MICOM P34x_EN_O_F33

MiCOM P342, P343 GuidesGenerator Protection Relays

This version of the Operation Guide is specific to the following models

Model Number Software NumberP342------0070C P342------0070-A/B/CP343------0070C P343------0070-A/B/C

For other models / software versions, please contact ALSTOM T&D – Energy,Automation & Information for the relevant information.

(Software versions P342------0010*, P342------0020*, P342------0030*,P342------0040*, P342------0050* and P343------0010*, P343------0020*,P343------0030*, P343------0040*, P343------0050* are not supported by thismenu database, see OG8614A (0010), OG8614B (0020 – 0040),P34x/EN O/C11 (0050) and P34x/EN O/D22 (0060) for information on themenu database for these software versions)

Operation GuideMiCOM P342, P343

Generator Protection Relays

Volume 2

Issue Control P34x/EN O/E33

MiCOM P342, P343

Manual Issue F33 Amendments completed 21.11.2003

Doc.

Ref.Section Page Description

- - -

Front coverSoftware version details amended to reflect latest relaysoftware, on the back of the front cover

IT ThroughoutAll references to appendices and chapters replaced withnew subdocument references

IT 3.4 11

Password protectionMinor amendment made to Access level column of tableLast row of table : As level 1 plus: and Password 2required swapped around

IN ThroughoutAll references to appendices and chapters replaced withnew subdocument references

8

RTD connections (if applicable)Paragraph 1 : minor amendments

IN 6.3 9 Paragraphs 2 and 3 : added

IN 6.4 9

Current loop input output (CLIO) connections (ifapplicable)New section added

IN 6.5 9

IRIG-B connections (if applicable)3rd sentence : amended

IN 6.6 9

EIA(RS)232 port3rd sentence : amended

IN 6.7 9

Download/monitor port3rd sentence : amended

IN - 10 Footnote added

CM 5.1.3 12

InsulationItem h) has been added to the relay terminals list

CM 5.2.8 17 - 18

Current loop inputsNew section added

CM 5.2.9 18

Current loop outputsNew section added

35

35

Replacing a PCBParagraph 4 : minor amendmentParagraph 7 : minor amendment

CM 9.3.2

36

36 - 37

Paragraph 13 : addedTable 14: data added

CM 9.3.2.2 40

Replacement of the IRIG-B/2nd communicationsboard4th paragraph after Figure 8 : minor amendment

CM 9.3.2.3 41

Replacement of the input moduleLast paragraph on page : minor amendment

CM 9.3.2.4 43

Replacement of the power supply board4th paragraph after Figure 10 : minor amendment

P34x/EN O/E33 Issue Control

MiCOM P342, P343

Manual Issue F33 Amendments completed 21.11.2003

Doc.

Ref.Section Page Description

CM 9.3.2.6 44

Replacement of the opto and separate relayboards (P343 only)Paragraph 6 : minor amendment

CM 9.3.2.7 45

Replacement of the RTD input board (P342 andP343 only)Figure 15 : figure title amended

CM 9.3.2.8 46 - 47

Replacement of the CLIO input boardNew section added

Product checks54 - 55 5.2.8 : new section added

CM 5. 55 5.2.9 : new section added

Setting record62 Table 0900 : last 3 rows added77 Table 4500 : last row added

81 - 83 Table 4D00 : added91 Table 6500 : last row added

95 - 97 Table 6D00 : added105 Table 8500 : last row added

108 - 111 Table 8D00 : added118 Table A500 : last row added

CM 11. 122 - 124 Table AD00 : added

PR ThroughoutAll references to appendices and chapters replaced withnew subdocument references

GC - -

Relay menu databaseAmended to reflect latest relay software

CO - -

External connection diagramsAdditional diagrams added

VC - -

Hardware/software version history andcompatibilityPresented in new layout and updated to reflect latest relaysoftware

Operation Guide P34x/EN O/F33

MiCOM P342, P343

GENERATOR PROTECTION RELAYS

MICOM P342, P343

CONTENT

Issue Control

Handling of Electronic Equipment

Safety Section

Introduction P34x/EN IT/F33

Installation P34x/EN IN/F33

Commissioning and Maintenance P34x/EN CM/F33

Problem Analysis P34x/EN PR/F33

Relay Menu Database P34x/EN GC/F33

External Connection Diagrams P34x/EN CO/F33

Hardware / Software Version History andCompatibility P34x/EN VC/E33

Repair Form

P34x/EN O/F33 Operation Guide

MiCOM P342, P343

HANDLING OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT

A person’s normal movements can easily generate electrostatic potentials of severalthousand volts. Discharge of these voltages into semiconductor devices whenhandling circuits can cause serious damage, which often may not be immediatelyapparent but the reliability of the circuit will have been reduced.

The electronic circuits of AREVA T&D are immune to the relevant levels of electrostaticdischarge when housed in their cases. Do not expose them to the risk of damage bywithdrawing modules unnecessarily.

Each module incorporates the highest practicable protection for its semiconductordevices. However, if it becomes necessary to withdraw a module, the followingprecautions should be taken to preserve the high reliability and long life for which theequipment has been designed and manufactured.

1. Before removing a module, ensure that you are a same electrostatic potentialas the equipment by touching the case.

2. Handle the module by its front-plate, frame, or edges of the printed circuitboard. Avoid touching the electronic components, printed circuit track orconnectors.

3. Do not pass the module to any person without first ensuring that you are bothat the same electrostatic potential. Shaking hands achieves equipotential.

4. Place the module on an antistatic surface, or on a conducting surface which isat the same potential as yourself.

5. Store or transport the module in a conductive bag.

More information on safe working procedures for all electronic equipment can befound in BS5783 and IEC 60147-0F.

If you are making measurements on the internal electronic circuitry of an equipmentin service, it is preferable that you are earthed to the case with a conductive wriststrap.

Wrist straps should have a resistance to ground between 500k – 10M ohms. If awrist strap is not available you should maintain regular contact with the case toprevent the build up of static. Instrumentation which may be used for makingmeasurements should be earthed to the case whenever possible.

AREVA T&D strongly recommends that detailed investigations on the electroniccircuitry, or modification work, should be carried out in a Special Handling Area suchas described in BS5783 or IEC 60147-0F.

CONTENT

1. SAFETY SECTION 3

1.1 Health and safety 3

1.2 Explanation of symbols and labels 3

2. INSTALLING, COMMISSIONING AND SERVICING 3

3. EQUIPMENT OPERATING CONDITIONS 4

3.1 Current transformer circuits 4

3.2 External resistors 4

3.3 Battery replacement 4

3.4 Insulation and dielectric strength testing 4

3.5 Insertion of modules and pcb cards 4

3.6 Fibre optic communication 5

4. OLDER PRODUCTS 5

5. DECOMMISSIONING AND DISPOSAL 5

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 6

1. SAFETY SECTION

This Safety Section should be read before commencing any work on theequipment.

1.1 Health and safety

The information in the Safety Section of the product documentation is intended toensure that products are properly installed and handled in order to maintain them ina safe condition. It is assumed that everyone who will be associated with theequipment will be familiar with the contents of the Safety Section.

1.2 Explanation of symbols and labels

The meaning of symbols and labels may be used on the equipment or in the productdocumentation, is given below.

Caution: refer to product documentation Caution: risk of electric shock

Protective/safety *earth terminal Functional *earth terminal

Note: This symbol may also beused for a protective/safety earthterminal if that terminal is part of aterminal block or sub-assemblye.g. power supply.

*NOTE: THE TERM EARTH USED THROUGHOUT THE PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION IS THEDIRECT EQUIVALENT OF THE NORTH AMERICAN TERM GROUND.

2. INSTALLING, COMMISSIONING AND SERVICING

Equipment connections

Personnel undertaking installation, commissioning or servicing work on thisequipment should be aware of the correct working procedures to ensure safety. Theproduct documentation should be consulted before installing, commissioning orservicing the equipment.

Terminals exposed during installation, commissioning and maintenance may presenta hazardous voltage unless the equipment is electrically isolated.

If there is unlocked access to the rear of the equipment, care should be taken by allpersonnel to avoid electrical shock or energy hazards.

Voltage and current connections should be made using insulated crimp terminationsto ensure that terminal block insulation requirements are maintained for safety. Toensure that wires are correctly terminated, the correct crimp terminal and tool for thewire size should be used.

Before energising the equipment it must be earthed using the protective earthterminal, or the appropriate termination of the supply plug in the case of plugconnected equipment. Omitting or disconnecting the equipment earth may cause asafety hazard.

The recommended minimum earth wire size is 2.5mm2, unless otherwise stated in thetechnical data section of the product documentation.

Before energising the equipment, the following should be checked:

− Voltage rating and polarity;

− CT circuit rating and integrity of connections;

− Protective fuse rating;

− Integrity of earth connection (where applicable)

− Remove front plate plastic film protection

− Remove insulating strip from battery compartment

3. EQUIPMENT OPERATING CONDITIONS

The equipment should be operated within the specified electrical and environmentallimits.

3.1 Current transformer circuits

Do not open the secondary circuit of a live CT since the high level voltage producedmay be lethal to personnel and could damage insulation.

3.2 External resistors

Where external resistors are fitted to relays, these may present a risk of electric shockor burns, if touched.

3.3 Battery replacement

Where internal batteries are fitted they should be replaced with the recommendedtype and be installed with the correct polarity, to avoid possible damage to theequipment.

3.4 Insulation and dielectric strength testing

Insulation testing may leave capacitors charged up to a hazardous voltage. At theend of each part of the test, the voltage should be gradually reduced to zero, todischarge capacitors, before the test leads are disconnected.

3.5 Insertion of modules and pcb cards

These must not be inserted into or withdrawn from equipment whist it is energisedsince this may result in damage.

3.6 Fibre optic communication

Where fibre optic communication devices are fitted, these should not be vieweddirectly. Optical power meters should be used to determine the operation or signallevel of the device.

4. OLDER PRODUCTS

Electrical adjustments

Equipments which require direct physical adjustments to their operating mechanismto change current or voltage settings, should have the electrical power removedbefore making the change, to avoid any risk of electrical shock.

Mechanical adjustments

The electrical power to the relay contacts should be removed before checking anymechanical settings, to avoid any risk of electric shock.

Draw out case relays

Removal of the cover on equipment incorporating electromechanical operatingelements, may expose hazardous live parts such as relay contacts.

Insertion and withdrawal of extender cards

When using an extender card, this should not be inserted or withdrawn from theequipment whilst it is energised. This is to avoid possible shock or damage hazards.Hazardous live voltages may be accessible on the extender card.

Insertion and withdrawal of heavy current test plugs

When using a heavy current test plug, CT shorting links must be in place beforeinsertion or removal, to avoid potentially lethal voltages.

5. DECOMMISSIONING AND DISPOSAL

Decommissioning: The auxiliary supply circuit in the relay may include capacitorsacross the supply or to earth. To avoid electric shock or energyhazards, after completely isolating the supplies to the relay (bothpoles of any dc supply), the capacitors should be safelydischarged via the external terminals prior to decommissioning.

Disposal: It is recommended that incineration and disposal to watercourses is avoided. The product should be disposed of in a safemanner. Any products containing batteries should have themremoved before disposal, taking precautions to avoid shortcircuits. Particular regulations within the country of operation,may apply to the disposal of lithium batteries.

6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Protective fuse rating

The recommended maximum rating of the external protective fuse for this equipmentis 16A, Red Spot type or equivalent, unless otherwise stated in the technical datasection of the product documentation.

Insulation class: IEC 601010-1 : 1990/A2 : 2001Class IEN 61010-1: 2001Class I

This equipment requires aprotective (safety) earthconnection to ensure usersafety.

InsulationCategory(Overvoltage):

IEC 601010-1 : 1990/A2 : 1995Category IIIEN 61010-1: 2001Category III

Distribution level, fixedinsulation. Equipment in thiscategory is qualification testedat 5kV peak, 1.2/50µs,500Ω, 0.5J, between all supplycircuits and earth and alsobetween independent circuits.

Environment: IEC 601010-1 : 1990/A2 : 1995Pollution degree 2

EN 61010-1: 2001Pollution degree 2

Compliance is demonstratedby reference to generic safetystandards.

Product Safety: 72/23/EEC

EN 61010-1: 2001EN 60950-1: 2002

Compliance with the EuropeanCommission Low VoltageDirective.

Compliance is demonstratedby reference to generic safetystandards.


MiCOM P342, P343

INTRODUCTION

P34x/EN IT/F33 Introduction

MiCOM P342, P343


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 1/28

CONTENT

1. INTRODUCTION TO MICOM 3

2. INTRODUCTION TO MiCOM GUIDES 4

3. USER INTERFACES AND MENU STRUCTURE 6

3.1 Introduction to the relay 6

3.1.1 Front panel 6

3.1.2 Relay rear panel 7

3.2 Introduction to the user interfaces and settings options 8

3.3 Menu structure 9

3.3.1 Protection settings 10

3.3.2 Disturbance recorder settings 11

3.3.3 Control and support settings 11

3.4 Password protection 11

3.5 Relay configuration 12

3.6 Front panel user interface (keypad and LCD) 12

3.6.1 Default display and menu time-out 13

3.6.2 Menu navigation and setting browsing 14

3.6.3 Password entry 14

3.6.4 Reading and clearing of alarm messages and fault records 14

3.6.5 Setting changes 15

3.7 Front communication port user interface 16

3.8 Rear communication port user interface 17

3.8.1 Courier communication 18

3.8.2 MODBUS communication 20

3.8.3 IEC 60870-5 CS 103 communication 21

3.8.4 DNP 3.0 Communication 23

3.9 Second rear communication port 24


Page 2/28 MiCOM P342, P343

Figure 1: Relay front view 6

Figure 2: Relay rear view 8

Figure 3: Menu structure 10

Figure 4: Front panel user interface 13

Figure 5: Front port connection 16

Figure 6: PC – relay signal connection 17

Figure 7: Remote communication connection arrangements 19

Figure 8: Second rear port k-bus application 26

Figure 9: Second rear port EIA(RS)485 example 27

Figure 10: Second rear port EIA(RS)232 example 27



1. INTRODUCTION TO MICOM

MiCOM is a comprehensive solution capable of meeting all electricity supplyrequirements. It comprises a range of components, systems and services from AREVAT&D.

Central to the MiCOM concept is flexibility.

MiCOM provides the ability to define an application solution and, through extensivecommunication capabilities, to integrate it with your power supply control system.

The components within MiCOM are:

− P range protection relays;

− C range control products;

− M range measurement products for accurate metering and monitoring;

− S range versatile PC support and substation control packages.

MiCOM products include extensive facilities for recording information on the stateand behaviour of the power system using disturbance and fault records. They canalso provide measurements of the system at regular intervals to a control centreenabling remote monitoring and control to take place.

For up-to-date information on any MiCOM product, visit our website:

www.areva-td.com



2. INTRODUCTION TO MiCOM GUIDES

The guides provide a functional and technical description of the MiCOM protectionrelay and a comprehensive set of instructions for the relay’s use and application.

Divided into two volumes, as follows:

Volume 1 – Technical Guide, includes information on the application of the relay anda technical description of its features. It is mainly intended for protection engineersconcerned with the selection and application of the relay for the protection of thepower system.

Volume 2 – Operation Guide, contains information on the installation andcommissioning of the relay, and also a section on fault finding. This volume isintended for site engineers who are responsible for the installation, commissioningand maintenance of the relay.

The section content within each volume is summarised below:

Volume 1 Technical Guide


Safety Section

P34x/EN IT Introduction

A guide to the different user interfaces of the protection relay describing how to startusing the relay.

P34x/EN AP Application Notes

Comprehensive and detailed description of the features of the relay including boththe protection elements and the relay’s other functions such as event and disturbancerecording, fault location and programmable scheme logic. This section includes adescription of common power system applications of the relay, calculation of suitablesettings, some typical worked examples, and how to apply the settings to the relay.

P34x/EN HW Relay Description

Overview of the operation of the relay’s hardware and software. This sectionincludes information on the self-checking features and diagnostics of the relay.

P34x/EN TD Technical Data

Technical data including setting ranges, accuracy limits, recommended operatingconditions, ratings and performance data. Compliance with technical standards isquoted where appropriate.

P34x/EN CT Communications and Interface Guide

This section provides detailed information regarding the communication interfaces ofthe relay, including a detailed description of how to access the settings databasestored within the relay. The section also gives information on each of thecommunication protocols that can be used with the relay, and is intended to allow theuser to design a custom interface to a SCADA system.

P34x/EN GC Relay Menu Database: User interface/Courier/MODBUS/IEC60870-5-103/DNP 3.0

Listing of all of the settings contained within the relay together with a brief descriptionof each.



P34x/EN CO External Connection Diagrams

All external wiring connections to the relay.

P34x/EN VC Hardware / Software Version History and Compatibility

Volume 2 Operation Guide


Safety Section

P34x/EN IT Introduction

A guide to the different user interfaces of the protection relay describing how to startusing the relay.

P34x/EN IN Installation

Recommendations on unpacking, handling, inspection and storage of the relay. Aguide to the mechanical and electrical installation of the relay is providedincorporating earthing recommendations.

P34x/EN CM Commissioning and Maintenance

Instructions on how to commission the relay, comprising checks on the calibrationand functionality of the relay. A general maintenance policy for the relay is outlined.

P34x/EN PR Problem Analysis

Advice on how to recognise failure modes and the recommended course of action.

P34x/EN GC Relay Menu Database: User interface/Courier/MODBUS/IEC 60870-5-103/DNP 3.0

Listing of all of the settings contained within the relay together with a brief descriptionof each.

P34x/EN CO External Connection Diagrams

All external wiring connections to the relay.

P34x/EN VC Hardware / Software Version History and Compatibility

Repair Form



3. USER INTERFACES AND MENU STRUCTURE

The settings and functions of the MiCOM protection relay can be accessed both fromthe front panel keypad and LCD, and via the front and rear communication ports.Information on each of these methods is given in this section to describe how to getstarted using the relay.

3.1 Introduction to the relay

3.1.1 Front panel

The front panel of the relay is shown in Figure 1, with the hinged covers at the topand bottom of the relay shown open. Extra physical protection for the front panel canbe provided by an optional transparent front cover. With the cover in place read onlyaccess to the user interface is possible. Removal of the cover does not compromisethe environmental withstand capability of the product, but allows access to the relaysettings. When full access to the relay keypad is required, for editing the settings, thetransparent cover can be unclipped and removed when the top and bottom coversare open. If the lower cover is secured with a wire seal, this will need to be removed.Using the side flanges of the transparent cover, pull the bottom edge away from therelay front panel until it is clear of the seal tab. The cover can then be movedvertically down to release the two fixing lugs from their recesses in the front panel.

!

"

"# $%

&#

'

()#

Figure 1: Relay front view



Note: *May vary according to relay type/model

The front panel of the relay includes the following, as indicated in Figure 1:

− a 16-character by 2-line alphanumeric liquid crystal display (LCD).

− a 7-key keypad comprising 4 arrow keys (, , and ), an enter key(), a clear key (), and a read key ().

− 12 LEDs; 4 fixed function LEDs on the left hand side of the front panel and 8programmable function LEDs on the right hand side.

Under the top hinged cover:

− the relay serial number, and the relay’s current and voltage rating information*.

Under the bottom hinged cover:

− battery compartment to hold the 1/2 AA size battery which is used for memoryback-up for the real time clock, event, fault and disturbance records.

− a 9-pin female D-type front port for communication with a PC locally to therelay (up to 15m distance) via an EIA(RS)232 serial data connection.

− a 25-pin female D-type port providing internal signal monitoring and highspeed local downloading of software and language text via a parallel dataconnection.

The fixed function LEDs on the left hand side of the front panel are used to indicatethe following conditions:

Trip (Red) indicates that the relay has issued a trip signal. It is reset when theassociated fault record is cleared from the front display. (Alternatively the trip LEDcan be configured to be self-resetting)*.

Alarm (Yellow) flashes to indicate that the relay has registered an alarm. This may betriggered by a fault, event or maintenance record. The LED will flash until the alarmshave been accepted (read), after which the LED will change to constant illumination,and will extinguish when the alarms have been cleared.

Out of service (Yellow) indicates that the relay’s protection is unavailable.

Healthy (Green) indicates that the relay is in correct working order, and should be onat all times. It will be extinguished if the relay’s self-test facilities indicate that there isan error with the relay’s hardware or software. The state of the healthy LED isreflected by the watchdog contact at the back of the relay.

3.1.2 Relay rear panel

The rear panel of the relay is shown in Figure 2. All current and voltage signals*,digital logic input signals and output contacts are connected at the rear of the relay.Also connected at the rear is the twisted pair wiring for the rear EIA(RS)485communication port, the IRIG-B time synchronising input and the optical fibre rearcommunication port which are both optional.




*+,"

'

-#.

-/01.

2$#

2343/

Figure 2: Relay rear view

Refer to the wiring diagram in section P34x/EN CO/E33 for complete connectiondetails.

3.2 Introduction to the user interfaces and settings options

The relay has three user interfaces:

− the front panel user interface via the LCD and keypad.

− the front port which supports Courier communication.

− the rear port which supports one protocol of either Courier, MODBUS,IEC 60870-5-103 or DNP3.0. The protocol for the rear port must be specifiedwhen the relay is ordered.

The measurement information and relay settings which can be accessed from thethree interfaces are summarised in Table 1.




Keypad/LCD

Courier MODBUSIEC870-5-

103DNP3.0

Display & modification ofall settings • • •

Digital I/O signal status • • • • •

Display/extraction ofmeasurements • • • • •

Display/extraction of faultrecords • • •

Extraction of disturbancerecords • • •

Programmable schemelogic settings •

Reset of fault & alarmrecords • • • • •

Clear event & fault records • • • •

Time synchronisation • • • •

Control commands • • • • •

Table 1

3.3 Menu structure

The relay’s menu is arranged in a tabular structure. Each setting in the menu isreferred to as a cell, and each cell in the menu may be accessed by reference to arow and column address. The settings are arranged so that each column containsrelated settings, for example all of the disturbance recorder settings are containedwithin the same column. As shown in Figure 3, the top row of each column containsthe heading which describes the settings contained within that column. Movementbetween the columns of the menu can only be made at the column heading level. Acomplete list of all of the menu settings is given in section P34x/EN GC/E33 of themanual.




/

'

'5

'6 +4 +7

# $ * + * +

78/

23439

Figure 3: Menu structure

All of the settings in the menu fall into one of three categories: protection settings,disturbance recorder settings, or control and support (C&S) settings. One of twodifferent methods is used to change a setting depending on which category thesetting falls into. Control and support settings are stored and used by the relayimmediately after they are entered. For either protection settings or disturbancerecorder settings, the relay stores the new setting values in a temporary ‘scratchpad’.It activates all the new settings together, but only after it has been confirmed that thenew settings are to be adopted. This technique is employed to provide extra security,and so that several setting changes that are made within a group of protectionsettings will all take effect at the same time.

3.3.1 Protection settings

The protection settings include the following items:

− protection element settings

− scheme logic settings

− auto-reclose and check synchronisation settings (where appropriate)*

− fault locator settings (where appropriate)*

There are four groups of protection settings, with each group containing the samesetting cells. One group of protection settings is selected as the active group, and isused by the protection elements.




3.3.2 Disturbance recorder settings

The disturbance recorder settings include the record duration and trigger position,selection of analogue and digital signals to record, and the signal sources that triggerthe recording.

3.3.3 Control and support settings

The control and support settings include:

− relay configuration settings

− open/close circuit breaker*

− CT & VT ratio settings*

− reset LEDs

− active protection setting group

− password & language settings

− circuit breaker control & monitoring settings*

− communications settings

− measurement settings

− event & fault record settings

− user interface settings

− commissioning settings

3.4 Password protection

The menu structure contains three levels of access. The level of access that is enableddetermines which of the relay’s settings can be changed and iscontrolled by entry of two different passwords. The levels of access are summarisedin Table 2.

Access level Operations enabled

Level 0 No password required

Read access to all settings, alarms, eventrecords and fault records

Level 1Password 1 or 2 required

As level 0 plus:Control commands, e.g.circuit breaker open/close. Reset of fault and alarm conditions. Reset LEDs. Clearing of event and fault records.

Level 2Password 2 required

As level 1 plus:All other settings

Table 2

Each of the two passwords are 4 characters of upper case text. The factory defaultfor both passwords is AAAA. Each password is user-changeable once it has beencorrectly entered. Entry of the password is achieved either by a prompt when asetting change is attempted, or by moving to the ‘Password’ cell in the ‘System data’




column of the menu. The level of access is independently enabled for each interface,that is to say if level 2 access is enabled for the rear communication port, the frontpanel access will remain at level 0 unless the relevant password is entered at the frontpanel. The access level enabled by the password entry will time-out independentlyfor each interface after a period of inactivity and revert to the default level. If thepasswords are lost an emergency password can be supplied - contact AREVA T&Dwith the relay’s serial number. The current level of access enabled for an interfacecan be determined by examining the 'Access level' cell in the 'System data' column,the access level for the front panel User Interface (UI), can also be found as one ofthe default display options.

The relay is supplied with a default access level of 2, such that no password isrequired to change any of the relay settings. It is also possible to set the defaultmenu access level to either level 0 or level 1, preventing write access to the relaysettings without the correct password. The default menu access level is set in the‘Password control’ cell which is found in the ‘System data’ column of the menu (notethat this setting can only be changed when level 2 access is enabled).

3.5 Relay configuration

The relay is a multi-function device which supports numerous different protection,control and communication features. In order to simplify the setting of the relay,there is a configuration settings column which can be used to enable or disable manyof the functions of the relay. The settings associated with any function that is disabledare made invisible, i.e. they are not shown in the menu. To disable a functionchange the relevant cell in the ‘Configuration’ column from ‘Enabled’ to ‘Disabled’.

The configuration column controls which of the four protection settings groups isselected as active through the ‘Active settings’ cell. A protection setting group canalso be disabled in the configuration column, provided it is not the present activegroup. Similarly, a disabled setting group cannot be set as the active group.

The column also allows all of the setting values in one group of protection settings tobe copied to another group.

To do this firstly set the ‘Copy from’ cell to the protection setting group to be copied,then set the ‘Copy to’ cell to the protection group where the copy is to be placed. Thecopied settings are initially placed in the temporary scratchpad, and will only be usedby the relay following confirmation.

To restore the default values to the settings in any protection settings group, set the‘Restore defaults’ cell to the relevant group number. Alternatively it is possible to setthe ‘Restore defaults’ cell to ‘All settings’ to restore the default values to all of therelay’s settings, not just the protection groups’ settings. The default settings willinitially be placed in the scratchpad and will only be used by the relay after they havebeen confirmed. Note that restoring defaults to all settings includes the rearcommunication port settings, which may result in communication via the rear portbeing disrupted if the new (default) settings do not match those of the master station.

3.6 Front panel user interface (keypad and LCD)

When the keypad is exposed it provides full access to the menu options of the relay,with the information displayed on the LCD.

The , , and keys which are used for menu navigation and setting valuechanges include an auto-repeat function that comes into operation if any of thesekeys are held continually pressed. This can be used to speed up both setting value




changes and menu navigation; the longer the key is held depressed, the faster therate of change or movement becomes.

# :#

8,5

;

*5 #

!"#$%&#'(%(

!"#)*&+,&-,'.

!"#,"/0

1&,-",,&%

4<4

7<4

<4=>4

4<72$

7<7

<7=>4

4<2$7

7<'?;

<=>5

*5

4

*5

7

*5

*55

@5')#$5 #

23431

Figure 4: Front panel user interface

3.6.1 Default display and menu time-out

The front panel menu has a selectable default display. The relay will time-out andreturn to the default display and turn the LCD backlight off after 15 minutes ofkeypad inactivity. If this happens any setting changes which have not been confirmedwill be lost and the original setting values maintained.

The contents of the default display can be selected from the following options:3-phase and neutral current, 3-phase voltage, power, system frequency, date andtime, relay description, or a user-defined plant reference*. The default display isselected with the ‘Default display’ cell of the ‘Measure’t setup’ column. Also, from thedefault display the different default display options can be scrolled through using theand keys. However the menu selected default display will be restored followingthe menu time-out elapsing. Whenever there is an uncleared alarm present in therelay (e.g. fault record, protection alarm, control alarm etc.) the default display willbe replaced by:

Alarms/FaultsPresent




Entry to the menu structure of the relay is made from the default display and is notaffected if the display is showing the ‘Alarms/Faults present’ message.

3.6.2 Menu navigation and setting browsing

The menu can be browsed using the four arrow keys, following the structure shown inFigure 4. Thus, starting at the default display the key will display the first columnheading. To select the required column heading use the and keys. The settingdata contained in the column can then be viewed by using the and keys. It is possible to return to the column header either by holding the[up arrow symbol] key down or by a single press of the clear key . It is onlypossible to move across columns at the column heading level. To return to thedefault display press the key or the clear key from any of the columnheadings. It is not possible to go straight to the default display from within one of thecolumn cells using the auto-repeat facility of the key, as the auto-repeat will stopat the column heading. To move to the default display, the key must be releasedand pressed again.

3.6.3 Password entry

When entry of a password is required the following prompt will appear:

Enter password**** Level 1

Note: The password required to edit the setting is the prompt as shownabove

A flashing cursor will indicate which character field of the password may be changed.Press the and keys to vary each character between A and Z. To movebetween the character fields of the password, use the and keys. The password isconfirmed by pressing the enter key . The display will revert to ‘Enter Password’ ifan incorrect password is entered. At this point a message will be displayed indicatingwhether a correct password has been entered and if so what level of access has beenunlocked. If this level is sufficient to edit the selected setting then the display willreturn to the setting page to allow the edit to continue. If the correct level ofpassword has not been entered then the password prompt page will be returned to.To escape from this prompt press the clear key . Alternatively, the password canbe entered using the ‘Password’ cell of the ‘System data’ column.

For the front panel user interface the password protected access will revert to thedefault access level after a keypad inactivity time-out of 15 minutes. It is possible tomanually reset the password protection to the default level by moving to the‘Password’ menu cell in the ‘System data’ column and pressing the clear key instead of entering a password.

3.6.4 Reading and clearing of alarm messages and fault records

The presence of one or more alarm messages will be indicated by the default displayand by the yellow alarm LED flashing. The alarm messages can either be self-resetting or latched, in which case they must be cleared manually. To view the alarmmessages press the read key . When all alarms have been viewed, but not




cleared, the alarm LED will change from flashing to constant illumination and thelatest fault record will be displayed (if there is one). To scroll through the pages ofthis use the key. When all pages of the fault record have been viewed, thefollowing prompt will appear:

Press clear toreset alarms

To clear all alarm messages press ; to return to the alarms/faults present displayand leave the alarms uncleared, press . Depending on the password configurationsettings, it may be necessary to enter a password before the alarm messages can becleared (see section on password entry). When the alarms have been cleared theyellow alarm LED will extinguish, as will the red trip LED if it was illuminated followinga trip.

Alternatively it is possible to accelerate the procedure, once the alarm viewer hasbeen entered using the key, the key can be pressed, this will move the displaystraight to the fault record. Pressing again will move straight to the alarm resetprompt where pressing once more will clear all alarms.

3.6.5 Setting changes

To change the value of a setting, first navigate the menu to display the relevant cell.To change the cell value press the enter key , which will bring up a flashing cursoron the LCD to indicate that the value can be changed. This will only happen if theappropriate password has been entered, otherwise the prompt to enter a passwordwill appear. The setting value can then be changed by pressing the or keys. If thesetting to be changed is a binary value or a text string, the required bit or character tobe changed must first be selected using the and keys. When the desired newvalue has been reached it is confirmed as the new setting value by pressing. Alternatively, the new value will be discarded either if the clear button ispressed or if the menu time-out occurs.

For protection group settings and disturbance recorder settings, the changes must beconfirmed before they are used by the relay. To do this, when all required changeshave been entered, return to the column heading level and press the key. Prior toreturning to the default display the following prompt will be given:

Update settings?Enter or clear

Pressing will result in the new settings being adopted, pressing will cause therelay to discard the newly entered values. It should be noted that, the setting valueswill also be discarded if the menu time out occurs before the setting changes havebeen confirmed. Control and support settings will be updated immediately after theyare entered, without ‘Update settings?’ prompt.




3.7 Front communication port user interface

The front communication port is provided by a 9-pin female D-type connector locatedunder the bottom hinged cover. It provides EIA(RS)232 serial data communicationand is intended for use with a PC locally to the relay (up to 15m distance) as shownin Figure 5. This port supports the Courier communication protocol only. Courier isthe communication language developed by AREVA T&D to allow communication withits range of protection relays. The front port is particularly designed for use with therelay settings program MiCOM S1 which is a Windows 98/NT based softwarepackage.

2

2)

A'*A#

-'*A4'*A7.

-41.

71$%

"#B

2343C

Figure 5: Front port connection

The relay is a Data Communication Equipment (DCE) device. Thus the pinconnections of the relay’s 9-pin front port are as follows:

Pin no. 2 Tx Transmit data

Pin no. 3 Rx Receive data

Pin no. 5 0V Zero volts common

None of the other pins are connected in the relay. The relay should be connected tothe serial port of a PC, usually called COM1 or COM2. PCs are normally DataTerminal Equipment (DTE) devices which have a serial port pin connection as below(if in doubt check your PC manual):

25 Way 9 Way

Pin no. 3 2 Rx Receive data

Pin no. 2 3 Tx Transmit data

Pin no. 7 5 0V Zero volts common

For successful data communication, the Tx pin on the relay must be connected to theRx pin on the PC, and the Rx pin on the relay must be connected to the Tx pin on thePC, as shown in Figure 6. Therefore, providing that the PC is a DTE with pinconnections as given above, a ‘straight through’ serial connector is required, i.e. onethat connects pin 2 to pin 2, pin 3 to pin 3, and pin 5 to pin 5. Note that a commoncause of difficulty with serial data communication is connecting Tx to Tx and Rx to Rx.




This could happen if a ‘cross-over’ serial connector is used, i.e. one that connects pin2 to pin 3, and pin 3 to pin 2, or if the PC has the same pin configuration as therelay.

23430

27 !28 !21 3

27 !28 !21 3

A'*A#

2'

@2'5$BD#

Figure 6: PC – relay signal connection

Having made the physical connection from the relay to the PC, the PC’scommunication settings must be configured to match those of the relay. The relay’scommunication settings for the front port are fixed as shown in the table below:

Protocol Courier

Baud rate 19,200 bits/s

Courier address 1

Message format 11 bit - 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 parity bit (even parity),1 stop bit

The inactivity timer for the front port is set at 15 minutes. This controls how long therelay will maintain its level of password access on the front port. If no messages arereceived on the front port for 15 minutes then any password access level that hasbeen enabled will be revoked.

3.8 Rear communication port user interface

The rear port can support one of four communication protocols (Courier, MODBUS,DNP3.0, IEC 60870-5-103), the choice of which must be made when the relay isordered. The rear communication port is provided by a 3-terminal screw connectorlocated on the back of the relay. See section P34x/EN CO/E33 for details of theconnection terminals. The rear port provides K-Bus/EIA(RS)485 serial datacommunication and is intended for use with a permanently-wired connection to aremote control centre. Of the three connections, two are for the signal connection,and the other is for the earthshield of the cable. When the K-Bus option is selected for the rear port, thetwo signal connections are not polarity conscious, however for MODBUS, IEC 60870-5-103 and DNP3.0 care must be taken to observe the correct polarity.

The protocol provided by the relay is indicated in the relay menu in the‘Communications’ column. Using the keypad and LCD, firstly check that the ‘Commssettings’ cell in the ‘Configuration’ column is set to ‘Visible’, then move to the‘Communications’ column. The first cell down the column shows the communicationprotocol being used by the rear port.




3.8.1 Courier communication

Courier is the communication language developed by AREVA T&D to allow remoteinterrogation of its range of protection relays. Courier works on a master/slave basiswhere the slave units contain information in the form of a database, and respondwith information from the database when it is requested by a master unit.

The relay is a slave unit which is designed to be used with a Courier master unit suchas MiCOM S1, MiCOM S10, PAS&T or a SCADA system. MiCOM S1 is a WindowsNT4.0/98 compatible software package which is specifically designed for settingchanges with the relay.

To use the rear port to communicate with a PC-based master station using Courier, aKITZ K-Bus to EIA(RS)232 protocol converter is required. This unit is available fromAREVA T&D. A typical connection arrangement is shown in Figure 7. For moredetailed information on other possible connection arrangements refer to the manualfor the Courier master station software and the manual for the KITZ protocolconverter. Each spur of the K-Bus twisted pair wiring can be up to 1000m in lengthand have up to 32 relays connected to it.




$E&,"F/01)

&G

787 &,"

A'*A# A'*A#A'*A#

2'

A

A

2$55$)

2'

'<

'<

2'

2343B

Figure 7: Remote communication connection arrangements

Having made the physical connection to the relay, the relay’s communication settingsmust be configured. To do this use the keypad and LCD user interface. In the relaymenu firstly check that the ‘Comms settings’ cell in the ‘Configuration’ column is setto ‘Visible’, then move to the ‘Communications’ column. Only two settings apply tothe rear port using Courier, the relay’s address and the inactivity timer. Synchronouscommunication is used at a fixed baud rate of 64kbits/s.

Move down the ‘Communications’ column from the column heading to the first celldown which indicates the communication protocol:

ProtocolCourier




The next cell down the column controls the address of the relay:

Remote address 1

Since up to 32 relays can be connected to one K-bus spur, as indicated in Figure 7, itis necessary for each relay to have a unique address so that messages from themaster control station are accepted by one relay only. Courier uses an integernumber between 0 and 254 for the relay address which is set with this cell. It isimportant that no two relays have the same Courier address. The Courier address isthen used by the master station to communicate with the relay.

The next cell down controls the inactivity timer:

Inactivity timer10.00 mins

The inactivity timer controls how long the relay will wait without receiving anymessages on the rear port before it reverts to its default state, including revoking anypassword access that was enabled. For the rear port this can be set between 1 and30 minutes.

Note that protection and disturbance recorder settings that are modified using an on-line editor such as PAS&T must be confirmed with a write to the ‘Save changes’ cell ofthe ‘Configuration’ column. Off-line editors such as MiCOM S1 do not require thisaction for the setting changes to take effect.

3.8.2 MODBUS communication

MODBUS is a master/slave communication protocol which can be used for networkcontrol. In a similar fashion to Courier, the system works by the master deviceinitiating all actions and the slave devices, (the relays), responding to the master bysupplying the requested data or by taking the requested action. MODBUScommunication is achieved via a twisted pair connection to the rear port and can beused over a distance of 1000m with up to 32 slave devices.

To use the rear port with MODBUS communication, the relay’s communicationsettings must be configured. To do this use the keypad and LCD user interface. Inthe relay menu firstly check that the ‘Comms settings’ cell in the ‘Configuration’column is set to ‘Visible’, then move to the ‘Communications’ column. Four settingsapply to the rear port using MODBUS which are described below. Move down the‘Communications’ column from the column heading to the first cell down whichindicates the communication protocol:

ProtocolMODBUS




The next cell down controls the MODBUS address of the relay:

MODBUS address 23

Up to 32 relays can be connected to one MODBUS spur, and therefore it is necessaryfor each relay to have a unique address so that messages from the master controlstation are accepted by one relay only. MODBUS uses an integer number between 1and 247 for the relay address. It is important that no two relays have the sameMODBUS address. The MODBUS address is then used by the master station tocommunicate with the relay.

The next cell down controls the inactivity timer:

Inactivity timer 10.00 mins


The next cell down the column controls the baud rate to be used:

Baud rate9600 bits/s

MODBUS communication is asynchronous. Three baud rates are supported by therelay, ‘9600 bits/s’, ‘19200 bits/s’ and ‘38400 bits/s’. It is important that whateverbaud rate is selected on the relay is the same as that set on the MODBUS masterstation.The next cell down controls the parity format used in the data frames:

ParityNone

The parity can be set to be one of ‘None’, ‘Odd’ or ‘Even’. It is important thatwhatever parity format is selected on the relay is the same as that set on theMODBUS master station.

3.8.3 IEC 60870-5 CS 103 communication

The IEC specification IEC 60870-5-103: Telecontrol Equipment and Systems, Part 5:Transmission Protocols Section 103 defines the use of standardsIEC 60870-5-1 to IEC 60870-5-5 to perform communication with protectionequipment. The standard configuration for the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is to use atwisted pair connection over distances up to 1000m. As an option for IEC 60870-5-103, the rear port can be specified to use a fibre optic connection for direct




connection to a master station. The relay operates as a slave in the system,responding to commands from a master station. The method of communication usesstandardised messages which are based on the VDEW communication protocol.

To use the rear port with IEC 60870-5-103 communication, the relay’scommunication settings must be configured. To do this use the keypad and LCD userinterface. In the relay menu firstly check that the ‘Comms settings’ cell in the‘Configuration’ column is set to ‘Visible’, then move to the ‘Communications’ column.Four settings apply to the rear port using IEC 60870-5-103 which are describedbelow. Move down the ‘Communications’ column from the column heading to thefirst cell which indicates the communication protocol:

ProtocolIEC 60870-5-103

The next cell down controls the IEC 60870-5-103 address of the relay:

Remote address162

Up to 32 relays can be connected to one IEC 60870-5-103 spur, and therefore it isnecessary for each relay to have a unique address so that messages from the mastercontrol station are accepted by one relay only. IEC 60870-5-103 uses an integernumber between 0 and 254 for the relay address. It is important that no two relayshave the same IEC 60870-5-103 address. The IEC 60870-5-103 address is thenused by the master station to communicate with the relay.



IEC 60870-5-103 communication is asynchronous. Two baud rates are supported bythe relay, ‘9600 bits/s’ and ‘19200 bits/s’. It is important that whatever baud rate isselected on the relay is the same as that set on the IEC 60870-5-103 master station.

The next cell down controls the period between IEC 60870-5-103 measurements:

Measure’t period 30.00 s

The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol allows the relay to supply measurements at regularintervals. The interval between measurements is controlled by this cell, and can beset between 1 and 60 seconds.

The following cell is not currently used but is available for future expansion

Inactive timer

The next cell down the column controls the physical media used for thecommunication:




Physical linkEIA(RS)485

The default setting is to select the electrical EIA(RS)485 connection. If the optionalfibre optic connectors are fitted to the relay, then this setting can be changed to ‘Fibreoptic’. This cell is also invisible if second rear comms port is fitted as it is mutuallyexclusive with the fibre optic connectors.

The next cell down can be used for monitor or command blocking:

CS103 Blocking

There are three settings associated with this cell; these are:

• Disabled - No blocking selected.

• Monitor Blocking - When the monitor blocking DDB Signal is active high, either by energising an opto input or control input, reading of the status information and disturbance records is not permitted. When in this mode the relay returns a “Termination of general interrogation” message to the master station.

• Command Blocking - When the command blocking DDB signal is active high, eitherby energising an opto input or control input, all remote commands will be ignored (i.e. CB Trip/Close, change settinggroup etc.). When in this mode the relay returns a “negative acknowledgement of command” message to the master station.

3.8.4 DNP 3.0 Communication

The DNP 3.0 protocol is defined and administered by the DNP User Group.Information about the user group, DNP 3.0 in general and protocol specificationscan be found on their website: www.dnp.org

The relay operates as a DNP 3.0 slave and supports subset level 2 of the protocolplus some of the features from level 3. DNP 3.0 communication is achieved via atwisted pair connection to the rear port and can be used over a distance of 1000mwith up to 32 slave devices.

To use the rear port with DNP 3.0 communication, the relay’s communication settingsmust be configured. To do this use the keypad and LCD user interface. In the relaymenu firstly check that the ‘Comms setting’ cell in the ‘Configuration’ column is set to‘Visible’, then move to the ‘Communications’ column. Four settings apply to the rearport using DNP 3.0, which are described below. Move down the ‘Communications’column from the column heading to the first cell which indicates the communicationsprotocol:

ProtocolDNP 3.0




The next cell controls the DNP 3.0 address of the relay:

DNP 3.0 address232

Upto 32 relays can be connected to one DNP 3.0 spur, and therefore it is necessaryfor each relay to have a unique address so that messages from the master controlstation are accepted by only one relay. DNP 3.0 uses a decimal number between 1and 65519 for the relay address. It is important that no two relays have the sameDNP 3.0 address. The DNP 3.0 address is then used by the master station tocommunicate with the relay.



DNP 3.0 communication is asynchronous. Six baud rates are supported by the relay‘1200bits/s’, ‘2400bits/s’, ‘4800bits/s’, ’9600bits/s’, ‘19200bits/s’ and‘38400bits/s’. It is important that whatever baud rate is selected on the relay is thesame as that set on the DNP 3.0 master station.

The next cell down the column controls the parity format used in the data frames:

ParityNone

The parity can be set to be one of ‘None’, ‘Odd’ or ‘Even’. It is important thatwhatever parity format is selected on the relay is the same as that set on the DNP 3.0master station.

The next cell down the column sets the time synchronisation request from the masterby the relay:

Time SynchEnabled

The time synch can be set to either enabled or disabled. If enabled it allows the DNP3.0 master to synchronise the time.

3.9 Second rear communication port

For relays with Courier, MODBUS, IEC60870-5-103 or DNP3 protocol on the firstrear communications port there is the hardware option of a second rearcommunications port, which will run the Courier language. This can be used overone of three physical links: twisted pair K-Bus (non polarity sensitive), twisted pairEIA(RS)485 (connection polarity sensitive) or EIA(RS)232.




The settings for this port are located immediately below the ones for the first port asdescribed in previous sections of P34x/EN IT/E33. Move down the settings until thefollowing sub heading is displayed.

REAR PORT2 (RP2)

The next cell down indicates the language, which is fixed at Courier for RP2.

RP2 ProtocolCourier

The next cell down indicates the status of the hardware, e.g.

RP2 Card StatusEIA(RS)232 OK

The next cell allows for selection of the port configuration.

RP2 Port ConfigEIA(RS)232

The port can be configured for EIA(RS)232, EIA(RS)485 or K-Bus.

In the case of EIA(RS)232 and EIA(RS)485 the next cell selects the communicationmode.

RP2 Comms ModeIEC60870 FT1.2

The choice is either IEC60870 FT1.2 for normal operation with 11-bit modems, or10-bit no parity.

The next cell down controls the comms port address.

RP2 Address255

Since up to 32 relays can be connected to one K-bus spur, as indicated in Figure 7, itis necessary for each relay to have a unique address so that messages from themaster control station are accepted by one relay only. Courier uses an integernumber between 0 and 254 for the relay address which is set with this cell. It isimportant that no two relays have the same Courier address. The Courier address isthen used by the master station to communicate with the relay.

The next cell down controls the inactivity timer.




RP2 Inactivity Timer15 mins


In the case of EIA(RS)232 and EIA(RS)485 the next cell down controls the baud rate.For K-Bus the baud rate is fixed at 64kbit/second between the relay and the KITZinterface at the end of the relay spur.

RP2 Baud Rate19200

Courier communications is asynchronous. Three baud rates are supported by therelay, ‘9600 bits/s’, ‘19200 bits/s’ and ‘38400 bits/s’.

2730/;

!"#$%&'(&)

%&

!%

(&( (&(

*%%*%%

*%%'

*%%'

%

#$'

+,*-./

*0 .+*+

1 1-1

#$

02&345'2"%& 264

!%

7#$''28('2

Figure 8: Second rear port K-Bus application




2 Master stations configuration: SCADA (Px40 1st RP) via CK222, EIA485 2ndrear port via remote PC, Px40 & Px30 mixture plus front access

2nd RP (EIA485)

1st RP (Modbus/ IEC103)

modem modemEIA232 EIA232

EIA232

Master 1 Master 2

EIA485

POWERSUPPLY

CENTRALPROCESSOR R.T.U.

To SCADA

CK222

Front port

MiCOMS1

EIA232

Note: 1st RP could be any chosen protocol, 2nd RP is always Courier

CK222

KITZ202/4

EIA485

“EIA(RS)485 Application” example

P2085ENA

Figure 9: Second rear port EIA(RS)485 example

P2086ENA2 Master stations configuration: SCADA (Px40 1st RP) via CK222, EIA232 2nd rearport via remote PC, max EIA232 bus distance 15m, PC local front/rear access

2nd RP (EIA232)

modem modemEIA232 EIA232

EIA232

Master 1 Master 2

EIA232

POW

ER S

UPP

LY

CEN

TRA

L PR

OC

ESSO

R

R.T.U.

To SCADA

EIA232splitter

Front port

MiCOMS1

EIA232

Note: 1st RP could be any chosen protocol, 2nd RP is always Courier

CK222

15mmax

1st RP (Modbus / DNP/ IEC103)

EIA485

“EIA(RS)232 Application” example

Figure 10: Second rear port EIA(RS)232 example


MiCOM P342, P343

INSTALLATION

P34x/EN IN/F33 Installation

MiCOM P342, P343



CONTENT

1. RECEIPT OF RELAYS 3

2. HANDLING OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT 3

3. STORAGE 4

4. UNPACKING 4

5. RELAY MOUNTING 4

5.1 Rack mounting 5

5.2 Panel mounting 6

6. RELAY WIRING 7

6.1 Medium and heavy duty terminal block connections 7

6.2 EIA(RS)485 port 8

6.3 RTD connections (if applicable) 8

6.4 Current loop input output (CLIO) connections (if applicable) 9

6.5 IRIG-B connections (if applicable) 9


6.7 Download/monitor port 9

6.8 Second EIA(RS)232/485 port 10

6.8.1 Connection to the second rear port 10

6.9 Earth connection 11

Figure 1: Location of battery isolation strip 5

Figure 2: Rack mounting of relays 6



1. RECEIPT OF RELAYS

Protective relays, although generally of robust construction, require careful treatmentprior to installation on site. Upon receipt, relays should be examined immediately toensure no external damage has been sustained in transit. If damage has beensustained, a claim should be made to the transport contractor and AREVA T&Dshould be promptly notified.

Relays that are supplied unmounted and not intended for immediate installationshould be returned to their protective polythene bags and delivery carton. Section 3gives more information about the storage of relays.

2. HANDLING OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT

A person’s normal movements can easily generate electrostatic potentials of severalthousand volts. Discharge of these voltages into semiconductor devices whenhandling electronic circuits can cause serious damage which, although not alwaysimmediately apparent, will reduce the reliability of the circuit. This is particularlyimportant to consider where the circuits use complementary metal oxidesemiconductors (CMOS), as is the case with these relays.

The relay’s electronic circuits are protected from electrostatic discharge when housedin the case. Do not expose them to risk by removing the front panel or printed circuitboards unnecessarily.

Each printed circuit board incorporates the highest practicable protection for it’ssemiconductor devices. However, if it becomes necessary to remove a printed circuitboard, the following precautions should be taken to preserve the high reliability andlong life for which the relay has been designed and manufactured.

1. Before removing a printed circuit board, ensure that you are at the sameelectrostatic potential as the equipment by touching the case.

2. Handle analogue input modules by the front panel, frame or edges of thecircuit boards. Printed circuit boards should only be handled by their edges.Avoid touching the electronic components, printed circuit tracks or connectors.

3. Do not pass the module to another person without first ensuring you are both atthe same electrostatic potential. Shaking hands achieves equipotential.

4. Place the module on an anti-static surface, or on a conducting surface which isat the same potential as yourself.

5. If it is necessary to store or transport printed circuit boards removed from thecase, place them individually in electrically conducting anti-static bags.

In the unlikely event that you are making measurements on the internal electroniccircuitry of a relay in service, it is preferable that you are earthed to the case with aconductive wrist strap. Wrist straps should have a resistance to ground between500kΩ to 10MΩ. If a wrist strap is not available you should maintain regular contactwith the case to prevent a build-up of electrostatic potential. Instrumentation whichmay be used for making measurements should also be earthed to the case wheneverpossible.

More information on safe working procedures for all electronic equipment can befound in BS EN 100015: Part 1:1992. It is strongly recommended that detailedinvestigations on electronic circuitry or modification work should be carried out in aspecial handling area such as described in the aforementioned British Standarddocument.



3. STORAGE

If relays are not to be installed immediately upon receipt, they should be stored in aplace free from dust and moisture in their original cartons. Where de-humidifierbags have been included in the packing they should be retained. The action of thede-humidifier crystals will be impaired if the bag is exposed to ambient conditionsand may be restored by gently heating the bag for about an hour prior to replacing itin the carton.

To prevent battery drain during transportation and storage a battery isolation strip isfitted during manufacture. With the lower access cover open, presence of the batteryisolation strip can be checked by a red tab protruding from the positive side.

Care should be taken on subsequent unpacking that any dust which has collected onthe carton does not fall inside. In locations of high humidity the carton and packingmay become impregnated with moisture and the de-humidifier crystals will lose theirefficiency.

Prior to installation, relays should be stored at a temperature of between –25º to+70ºC.

4. UNPACKING

Care must be taken when unpacking and installing the relays so that none of theparts are damaged and additional components are not accidentally left in thepacking or lost.

Note: With the lower access cover open, the red tab of the batteryisolation strip will be seen protruding from the positive side ofthe battery compartment. Do not remove this strip because itprevents battery drain during transportation and storage and willbe removed as part of the commissioning tests.

Relays must only be handled by skilled persons.

The site should be well lit to facilitate inspection, clean, dry and reasonably free fromdust and excessive vibration. This particularly applies to installations which are beingcarried out at the same time as construction work.

5. RELAY MOUNTING

MiCOM relays are dispatched either individually or as part of a panel/rack assembly.

Individual relays are normally supplied with an outline diagram showing thedimensions for panel cut-outs and hole centres. This information can also be foundin the product publication.

Secondary front covers can also be supplied as an option item to preventunauthorised changing of settings and alarm status. They are available in sizes 40TE(GN0037 001) and 60TE (GN0038 001).

The design of the relay is such that the fixing holes in the mounting flanges are onlyaccessible when the access covers are open and hidden from sight when the coversare closed.

If an MMLG test block is to be included, it is recommended that, when viewed fromthe front, it is positioned on the right-hand side of the relay (or relays) with which it isassociated. This minimises the wiring between the relay and test block, and allowsthe correct test block to be easily identified during commissioning and maintenancetests.



Figure 1: Location of battery isolation strip

If it is necessary to test correct relay operation during the installation, the batteryisolation strip can be removed but should be replaced if commissioning of thescheme is not imminent. This will prevent unnecessary battery drain duringtransportation to site and installation. The red tab of the isolation strip can be seenprotruding from the positive side of the battery compartment when the lower accesscover is open. To remove the isolation strip, pull the red tab whilst lightly pressing thebattery to prevent it falling out of the compartment. When replacing the batteryisolation strip, ensure that the strip is refitted as shown in Figure 1, i.e. with the stripbehind the battery with the red tab protruding.

5.1 Rack mounting

MiCOM relays may be rack mounted using single tier rack frames (our part numberFX0021 001), as illustrated in Figure 2. These frames have been designed to havedimensions in accordance with IEC60297 and are supplied pre-assembled ready touse. On a standard 483mm rack system this enables combinations of widths of caseup to a total equivalent of size 80TE to be mounted side by side.

The two horizontal rails of the rack frame have holes drilled at approximately 26mmintervals and the relays are attached via their mounting flanges using M4 Taptite self-tapping screws with captive 3mm thick washers (also known as a SEMS unit). Thesefastenings are available in packs of 5 (our part number ZA0005 104).

Note: Conventional self-tapping screws, including those supplied formounting MIDOS relays, have marginally larger heads whichcan damage the front cover moulding if used.

Once the tier is complete, the frames are fastened into the racks using mountingangles at each end of the tier.



Figure 2: Rack mounting of relays

Relays can be mechanically grouped into single tier (4U) or multi-tier arrangementsby means of the rack frame. This enables schemes using products from the MiCOMand MiDOS product ranges to be pre-wired together prior to mounting.

Where the case size summation is less than 80TE on any tier, or space is to be left forinstallation of future relays, blanking plates may be used. These plates can also beused to mount ancillary components. Table 1 shows the sizes that can be ordered.

Note: Blanking plates are only available in black.

Further details on mounting MiDOS relays can be found in publication R7012,“MiDOS Parts Catalogue and Assembly Instructions”.

Case Size Summation Blanking Plate Part Number

5TE GJ2028 001

10TE GJ2028 002

15TE GJ2028 003

20TE GJ2028 004

25TE GJ2028 005

30TE GJ2028 006

35TE GJ2028 007

40TE GJ2028 008

Table 1: Blanking plates

5.2 Panel mounting

The relays can be flush mounted into panels using M4 SEMS Taptite self-tappingscrews with captive 3mm thick washers (also known as a SEMS unit). Thesefastenings are available in packs of 5 (our part number ZA0005 104).




Alternatively tapped holes can be used if the panel has a minimum thickness of2.5mm.

For applications where relays need to be semi-projection or projection mounted, arange of collars are available. Further details can be obtained from the ContractsDepartment of AREVA T&D.

Where several relays are to be mounted in a single cut-out in the panel, it is advisedthat they are mechanically grouped together horizontally and/or vertically to formrigid assemblies prior to mounting in the panel.

Note: It is not advised that MiCOM relays are fastened using pop rivetsas this will not allow the relay to be easily removed from thepanel in the future if repair is necessary.

If it is required to mount a relay assembly on a panel complying to BS EN60529IP52, it will be necessary to fit a metallic sealing strip between adjoining relays (Partno GN2044 001) and a sealing ring selected from Table 3 around the completeassembly.

Width Single Tier Double Tier

10TE GJ9018 002 GJ9018 018

15TE GJ9018 003 GJ9018 019

20TE GJ9018 004 GJ9018 020

25TE GJ9018 005 GJ9018 021

30TE GJ9018 006 GJ9018 022

35TE GJ9018 007 GJ9018 023

40TE GJ9018 008 GJ9018 024

45TE GJ9018 009 GJ9018 025

50TE GJ9018 010 GJ9018 026

55TE GJ9018 011 GJ9018 027

60TE GJ9018 012 GJ9018 028

65TE GJ9018 013 GJ9018 029

70TE GJ9018 014 GJ9018 030

75TE GJ9018 015 GJ9018 031

80TE GJ9018 016 GJ9018 032

Table 3: IP52 sealing rings

Further details on mounting MiDOS relays can be found in publication R7012,“MiDOS Parts Catalogue and Assembly Instructions”.

6. RELAY WIRING

This section serves as a guide to selecting the appropriate cable and connector typefor each terminal on the MiCOM relay.

6.1 Medium and heavy duty terminal block connections

Loose relays are supplied with sufficient M4 screws for making connections to the rearmounted terminal blocks using ring terminals, with a recommended maximum of tworing terminals per relay terminal.



If required, AREVA T&D can supply M4 90° crimp ring terminals in three differentsizes depending on wire size (see Table 4). Each type is available in bags of 100.

Part Number Wire Size Insulation Colour

ZB9124 901 0.25 – 1.65mm2 (22 – 16AWG) Red

ZB9124 900 1.04 – 2.63mm2 (16 – 14AWG) Blue

ZB9124 904 2.53 – 6.64mm2 (12 – 10AWG) Uninsulated*

Table 4: M4 90° crimp ring terminals

* To maintain the terminal block insulation requirements for safety, an insulatingsleeve should be fitted over the ring terminal after crimping.

The following minimum wire sizes are recommended:

Current Transformers 2.5mm2

Auxiliary Supply, Vx 1.5mm2

EIA(RS)485 Port See separate section

Other circuits 1.0mm2

Due to the limitations of the ring terminal, the maximum wire size that can be usedfor any of the medium or heavy duty terminals is 6.0mm2 using ring terminals thatare not pre-insulated. Where it required to only use pre-insulated ring terminals, themaximum wire size that can be used is reduced to 2.63mm2 per ring terminal. If alarger wire size is required, two wires should be used in parallel, each terminated in aseparate ring terminal at the relay.

The wire used for all connections to the medium and heavy duty terminal blocks,except the first rear EIA(RS)485 port and second rear EIA(RS)232/485 port, shouldhave a minimum voltage rating of 300Vrms.

It is recommended that the auxiliary supply wiring should be protected by a 16A highrupture capacity (HRC) fuse of type NIT or TIA. For safety reasons, currenttransformer circuits must never be fused. Other circuits should be appropriately fusedto protect the wire used.

6.2 EIA(RS)485 port

Connections to the first rear EIA(RS)485 port are made using ring terminals. It isrecommended that a 2 core screened cable is used with a maximum total length of1000m or 200nF total cable capacitance. A typical cable specification would be:

Each core: 16/0.2mm copper conductors PVC insulated

Nominal conductor area: 0.5mm2 per core

Screen: Overall braid, PVC sheathed

6.3 RTD connections (if applicable)

Where RTD inputs are available on a MiCOM relay, the connections are made usingscrew clamp connectors on the rear of the relay which can accept wire sizes between0.1mm2 and 1.5mm2. The connections between the relay and the RTD’s must bemade using a screened 3 core cable with a total resistance less than 10Ω. The cableshould have a minimum voltage rating of 300Vrms.

A 3-core cable should be used even for 2-wire RTD applications, as it allows for thecables resistance to be removed from the overall resistance measurement. In such



cases the 3rd wire is connected to the 2nd wire at the point the cable is joined to theRTD.

The screen of each cable must only be earthed at one end, preferably at the relayend and must be continuous. Multiple earthing of the screen can cause circulatingcurrent to flow along the screen, which induces noise and is unsafe. It isrecommended to minimise noise pick-up in the RTD cables by keeping them close toearthed metal casings and avoiding areas of high electromagnetic and radiointerference. The RTD cables should not be run adjacent to or in the same conduit asother high voltage or current cables.

A typical cable specification would be:

Each core: 7/0.2mm copper conductors heat resistant PVCinsulated


Screen: Nickel-plated copper wire braid heat resistantPVC sheathed

6.4 Current loop input output (CLIO) connections (if applicable)

Where current loop inputs and outputs are available on a MiCOM relay, theconnections are made using screw clamp connectors, as per the RTD inputs, on therear of the relay which can accept wire sizes between 0.1mm2 and 1.5mm2. It isrecommended that connections between the relay and the current loop inputs andoutputs are made using a screened cable. The wire should have a minimum voltagerating of 300Vrms.

6.5 IRIG-B connections (if applicable)

The IRIG-B input has a BNC connection. It is recommended that the cable andconnector have a characteristic impedance of 50Ω. It is also recommended thatconnections between the IRIG-B equipment and the relay are made using coaxialcable 50Ω characteristic impedance with a halogen free, fire retardant sheath.

6.6 EIA(RS)232 port

Short term connections to the EIA(RS)232 port, located behind the bottom accesscover, can be made using a screened multi-core communication cable up to 15mlong, or a total capacitance of 2500pF. The cable should be terminated at the relayend with a 9-way, metal shelled, D-type male plug. Section 3.7 of P34x/EN IT/E33of this manual details the pin allocations.

6.7 Download/monitor port

Short term connections to the download/monitor port, located behind the bottomaccess cover, can be made using a screened 25-core communication cable up to 4mlong. The cable should be terminated at the relay end with a 25-way, metal shelled,D-type male plug. Section 3.7 of P34x/EN IT/E33 and section 3.5 ofP34x/EN CM/E33 of this manual details the pin allocations.



6.8 Second EIA(RS)232/485 port

Relays with Courier, MODBUS, IEC60870-5-103 or DNP3 protocol on the first rearcommunications port have the option of a second rear port, running Courierlanguage. The second rear communications port can be used over one of threephysical links: twisted pair K-Bus (non polarity sensitive), twisted pair EIA(RS)485(connection polarity sensitive) or EIA(RS)2321.

6.8.1 Connection to the second rear port

The second rear Courier port connects via a 9-way female D-type connector (SK4) inthe middle of the card end plate (in between IRIG-B connector and lower D-type).The connection is compliant to EIA(RS)574.

For IEC60870-5-2 over EIA(RS)232/574

Pin Connection

1 No Connection

2 RxD

3 TxD

4 DTR#

5 Ground

6 No Connection

7 RTS#

8 CTS#

9 No Connection

Connections to the second rear port configured for EIA(RS)232 operation can bemade using a screened multi-core communication cable up to 15m long, or a totalcapacitance of 2500pF. The cable should be terminated at the relay end with a9-way, metal shelled, D-type male plug. The table above details the pin allocations.

For K-bus or IEC60870-5-2 over EIA(RS)485

Pin* Connection

4 EIA(RS)485 – 1 (+ ve)

7 EIA(RS)485 – 2 (- ve)

* - All other pins unconnected.

# - These pins are control lines for use with a modem

NOTES:

1. Connector pins 4 and 7 are used by both the EIA(RS)232/574 and EIA(RS)485physical layers, but for different purposes. Therefore, the cables should beremoved during configuration switches.

2. For the EIA(RS)485 protocol an EIA(RS)485 to EIA(RS)232/574 converter will berequired to connect a modem or PC running MiCOM S1, to the relay. AnAREVA T&D CK222 is recommended.

1 This port is actually compliant to EIA(RS)574; the 9-pin version of EIA(RS)232, see www.tiaonline.org.



3. EIA(RS)485 is polarity sensitive, with pin 4 positive (+) and pin 7 negative (-).

4. The K-Bus protocol can be connected to a PC via a KITZ101 or 102.

5. It is recommended that a 2 core screened cable is used. To avoid exceedingthe second communications port flash clearances it is recommended that thelength of cable between the port and the communications equipment should beless than 300m. This length can be increased to 1000m or 200nF total cablecapacitance if the communications cable is not laid in close proximity to highcurrent carrying conductors. The cable screen should be earthed at one endonly.





6.9 Earth connection

Every relay must be connected to the local earth bar using the M4 earth studs in thebottom left hand corner of the relay case. The minimum recommended wire size is2.5mm2 and should have a ring terminal at the relay end. Due to the limitations ofthe ring terminal, the maximum wire size that can be used for any of the medium orheavy duty terminals is 6.0mm2 per wire. If a greater cross-sectional area isrequired, two parallel connected wires, each terminated in a separate ring terminal atthe relay, or a metal earth bar could be used.

Note: To prevent any possibility of electrolytic action between brass orcopper earth conductors and the rear panel of the relay,precautions should be taken to isolate them from one another.This could be achieved in a number of ways, including placing anickel-plated or insulating washer between the conductor andthe relay case, or using tinned ring terminals.

Installation P34x/EN IN/E33


CONTENT

1. RECEIPT OF RELAYS 3

2. HANDLING OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT 3

3. STORAGE 4

4. UNPACKING 4

5. RELAY MOUNTING 4

5.1 Rack mounting 5

5.2 Panel mounting 6

6. RELAY WIRING 7

6.1 Medium and heavy duty terminal block connections 7


6.3 RTD connections (if applicable) 8

6.4 Current loop input output (CLIO) connections (if applicable) 9

6.5 IRIG-B connections (if applicable) 9


6.7 Download/monitor port 9

6.8 Second EIA(RS)232/485 port 10

6.8.1 Connection to the second rear port 10

6.9 Earth connection 11

Figure 1: Location of battery isolation strip 5

Figure 2: Rack mounting of relays 6

P34x/EN IN/E33 Installation




1. RECEIPT OF RELAYS

Protective relays, although generally of robust construction, require careful treatmentprior to installation on site. Upon receipt, relays should be examined immediately toensure no external damage has been sustained in transit. If damage has beensustained, a claim should be made to the transport contractor and ALSTOM T&D Energy Automation & Information should be promptly notified.

Relays that are supplied unmounted and not intended for immediate installationshould be returned to their protective polythene bags and delivery carton. Section 3gives more information about the storage of relays.

2. HANDLING OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT

A persons normal movements can easily generate electrostatic potentials of severalthousand volts. Discharge of these voltages into semiconductor devices whenhandling electronic circuits can cause serious damage which, although not alwaysimmediately apparent, will reduce the reliability of the circuit. This is particularlyimportant to consider where the circuits use complementary metal oxidesemiconductors (CMOS), as is the case with these relays.

The relays electronic circuits are protected from electrostatic discharge when housedin the case. Do not expose them to risk by removing the front panel or printed circuitboards unnecessarily.

Each printed circuit board incorporates the highest practicable protection for itssemiconductor devices. However, if it becomes necessary to remove a printed circuitboard, the following precautions should be taken to preserve the high reliability andlong life for which the relay has been designed and manufactured.

1. Before removing a printed circuit board, ensure that you are at the sameelectrostatic potential as the equipment by touching the case.

2. Handle analogue input modules by the front panel, frame or edges of thecircuit boards. Printed circuit boards should only be handled by their edges.Avoid touching the electronic components, printed circuit tracks or connectors.

3. Do not pass the module to another person without first ensuring you are both atthe same electrostatic potential. Shaking hands achieves equipotential.

4. Place the module on an anti-static surface, or on a conducting surface which isat the same potential as yourself.

5. If it is necessary to store or transport printed circuit boards removed from thecase, place them individually in electrically conducting anti-static bags.

In the unlikely event that you are making measurements on the internal electroniccircuitry of a relay in service, it is preferable that you are earthed to the case with aconductive wrist strap. Wrist straps should have a resistance to ground between500kΩ to 10MΩ. If a wrist strap is not available you should maintain regular contactwith the case to prevent a build-up of electrostatic potential. Instrumentation whichmay be used for making measurements should also be earthed to the case wheneverpossible.

More information on safe working procedures for all electronic equipment can befound in BS EN 100015: Part 1:1992. It is strongly recommended that detailedinvestigations on electronic circuitry or modification work should be carried out in aspecial handling area such as described in the aforementioned British Standarddocument.



3. STORAGE

If relays are not to be installed immediately upon receipt, they should be stored in aplace free from dust and moisture in their original cartons. Where de-humidifierbags have been included in the packing they should be retained. The action of thede-humidifier crystals will be impaired if the bag is exposed to ambient conditionsand may be restored by gently heating the bag for about an hour prior to replacing itin the carton.

To prevent battery drain during transportation and storage a battery isolation strip isfitted during manufacture. With the lower access cover open, presence of the batteryisolation strip can be checked by a red tab protruding from the positive side.

Care should be taken on subsequent unpacking that any dust which has collected onthe carton does not fall inside. In locations of high humidity the carton and packingmay become impregnated with moisture and the de-humidifier crystals will lose theirefficiency.

Prior to installation, relays should be stored at a temperature of between 25º to+70ºC.

4. UNPACKING

Care must be taken when unpacking and installing the relays so that none of theparts are damaged and additional components are not accidentally left in thepacking or lost.

Note: With the lower access cover open, the red tab of the batteryisolation strip will be seen protruding from the positive side ofthe battery compartment. Do not remove this strip because itprevents battery drain during transportation and storage and willbe removed as part of the commissioning tests.

Relays must only be handled by skilled persons.

The site should be well lit to facilitate inspection, clean, dry and reasonably free fromdust and excessive vibration. This particularly applies to installations which are beingcarried out at the same time as construction work.

5. RELAY MOUNTING

MiCOM relays are dispatched either individually or as part of a panel/rack assembly.

Individual relays are normally supplied with an outline diagram showing thedimensions for panel cut-outs and hole centres. This information can also be foundin the product publication.

Secondary front covers can also be supplied as an option item to preventunauthorised changing of settings and alarm status. They are available in sizes 40TE(GN0037 001) and 60TE (GN0038 001).

The design of the relay is such that the fixing holes in the mounting flanges are onlyaccessible when the access covers are open and hidden from sight when the coversare closed.

If an MMLG test block is to be included, it is recommended that, when viewed fromthe front, it is positioned on the right-hand side of the relay (or relays) with which it isassociated. This minimises the wiring between the relay and test block, and allowsthe correct test block to be easily identified during commissioning and maintenancetests.



Figure 1: Location of battery isolation strip

If it is necessary to test correct relay operation during the installation, the batteryisolation strip can be removed but should be replaced if commissioning of thescheme is not imminent. This will prevent unnecessary battery drain duringtransportation to site and installation. The red tab of the isolation strip can be seenprotruding from the positive side of the battery compartment when the lower accesscover is open. To remove the isolation strip, pull the red tab whilst lightly pressing thebattery to prevent it falling out of the compartment. When replacing the batteryisolation strip, ensure that the strip is refitted as shown in Figure 1, i.e. with the stripbehind the battery with the red tab protruding.

5.1 Rack mounting

MiCOM relays may be rack mounted using single tier rack frames (our part numberFX0021 001), as illustrated in Figure 2. These frames have been designed to havedimensions in accordance with IEC60297 and are supplied pre-assembled ready touse. On a standard 483mm rack system this enables combinations of widths of caseup to a total equivalent of size 80TE to be mounted side by side.

The two horizontal rails of the rack frame have holes drilled at approximately 26mmintervals and the relays are attached via their mounting flanges using M4 Taptite self-tapping screws with captive 3mm thick washers (also known as a SEMS unit). Thesefastenings are available in packs of 5 (our part number ZA0005 104).


Once the tier is complete, the frames are fastened into the racks using mountingangles at each end of the tier.



Figure 2: Rack mounting of relays

Relays can be mechanically grouped into single tier (4U) or multi-tier arrangementsby means of the rack frame. This enables schemes using products from the MiCOMand MiDOS product ranges to be pre-wired together prior to mounting.

Where the case size summation is less than 80TE on any tier, or space is to be left forinstallation of future relays, blanking plates may be used. These plates can also beused to mount ancillary components. Table 1 shows the sizes that can be ordered.

Note: Blanking plates are only available in black.

Further details on mounting MiDOS relays can be found in publication R7012,MiDOS Parts Catalogue and Assembly Instructions.

Case Size Summation Blanking Plate Part Number

5TE GJ2028 001

10TE GJ2028 002

15TE GJ2028 003

20TE GJ2028 004

25TE GJ2028 005

30TE GJ2028 006

35TE GJ2028 007

40TE GJ2028 008

Table 1: Blanking plates

5.2 Panel mounting

The relays can be flush mounted into panels using M4 SEMS Taptite self-tappingscrews with captive 3mm thick washers (also known as a SEMS unit). Thesefastenings are available in packs of 5 (our part number ZA0005 104).




Alternatively tapped holes can be used if the panel has a minimum thickness of2.5mm.

For applications where relays need to be semi-projection or projection mounted, arange of collars are available. Further details can be obtained from the ContractsDepartment of ALSTOM T&D Energy Automation & Information.

Where several relays are to be mounted in a single cut-out in the panel, it is advisedthat they are mechanically grouped together horizontally and/or vertically to formrigid assemblies prior to mounting in the panel.

Note: It is not advised that MiCOM relays are fastened using pop rivetsas this will not allow the relay to be easily removed from thepanel in the future if repair is necessary.

If it is required to mount a relay assembly on a panel complying to BS EN60529IP52, it will be necessary to fit a metallic sealing strip between adjoining relays (Partno GN2044 001) and a sealing ring selected from Table 3 around the completeassembly.

Width Single Tier Double Tier

10TE GJ9018 002 GJ9018 018

15TE GJ9018 003 GJ9018 019

20TE GJ9018 004 GJ9018 020

25TE GJ9018 005 GJ9018 021

30TE GJ9018 006 GJ9018 022

35TE GJ9018 007 GJ9018 023

40TE GJ9018 008 GJ9018 024

45TE GJ9018 009 GJ9018 025

50TE GJ9018 010 GJ9018 026

55TE GJ9018 011 GJ9018 027

60TE GJ9018 012 GJ9018 028

65TE GJ9018 013 GJ9018 029

70TE GJ9018 014 GJ9018 030

75TE GJ9018 015 GJ9018 031

80TE GJ9018 016 GJ9018 032

Table 3: IP52 sealing rings

Further details on mounting MiDOS relays can be found in publication R7012,MiDOS Parts Catalogue and Assembly Instructions.

6. RELAY WIRING

This section serves as a guide to selecting the appropriate cable and connector typefor each terminal on the MiCOM relay.

6.1 Medium and heavy duty terminal block connections

Loose relays are supplied with sufficient M4 screws for making connections to the rearmounted terminal blocks using ring terminals, with a recommended maximum of tworing terminals per relay terminal.



If required, ALSTOM T&D Energy Automation & Information can supply M4 90°crimp ring terminals in three different sizes depending on wire size (see Table 4).Each type is available in bags of 100.

Part Number Wire Size Insulation Colour

ZB9124 901 0.25 1.65mm2 (22 16AWG) Red

ZB9124 900 1.04 2.63mm2 (16 14AWG) Blue

ZB9124 904 2.53 6.64mm2 (12 10AWG) Uninsulated*

Table 4: M4 90° crimp ring terminals

* To maintain the terminal block insulation requirements for safety, an insulatingsleeve should be fitted over the ring terminal after crimping.

The following minimum wire sizes are recommended:

Current Transformers 2.5mm2

Auxiliary Supply, Vx 1.5mm2

EIA(RS)485 Port See separate section

Other circuits 1.0mm2

Due to the limitations of the ring terminal, the maximum wire size that can be usedfor any of the medium or heavy duty terminals is 6.0mm2 using ring terminals thatare not pre-insulated. Where it required to only use pre-insulated ring terminals, themaximum wire size that can be used is reduced to 2.63mm2 per ring terminal. If alarger wire size is required, two wires should be used in parallel, each terminated in aseparate ring terminal at the relay.

The wire used for all connections to the medium and heavy duty terminal blocks,except the first rear EIA(RS)485 port and second rear EIA(RS)232/485 port, shouldhave a minimum voltage rating of 300Vrms.

It is recommended that the auxiliary supply wiring should be protected by a 16A highrupture capacity (HRC) fuse of type NIT or TIA. For safety reasons, currenttransformer circuits must never be fused. Other circuits should be appropriately fusedto protect the wire used.

6.2 EIA(RS)485 port

Connections to the first rear EIA(RS)485 port are made using ring terminals. It isrecommended that a 2 core screened cable is used with a maximum total length of1000m or 200nF total cable capacitance. A typical cable specification would be:




6.3 RTD connections (if applicable)

Where RTD inputs are available on a MiCOM relay, the connections are made usingscrew clamp connectors on the rear of the relay which can accept wire sizes between0.1mm2 and 1.5mm2. The connections between the relay and the RTDs must bemade using a screened 3 core cable with a total resistance less than 10Ω. The cableshould have a minimum voltage rating of 300Vrms.



A 3-core cable should be used even for 2-wire RTD applications, as it allows for thecables resistance to be removed from the overall resistance measurement. In suchcases the 3rd wire is connected to the 2nd wire at the point the cable is joined to theRTD.

The screen of each cable must only be earthed at one end, preferably at the relayend and must be continuous. Multiple earthing of the screen can cause circulatingcurrent to flow along the screen, which induces noise and is unsafe. It isrecommended to minimise noise pick-up in the RTD cables by keeping them close toearthed metal casings and avoiding areas of high electromagnetic and radiointerference. The RTD cables should not be run adjacent to or in the same conduit asother high voltage or current cables.


Each core: 7/0.2mm copper conductors heat resistant PVCinsulated


Screen: Nickel-plated copper wire braid heat resistantPVC sheathed

6.4 Current loop input output (CLIO) connections (if applicable)

Where current loop inputs and outputs are available on a MiCOM relay, theconnections are made using screw clamp connectors, as per the RTD inputs, on therear of the relay which can accept wire sizes between 0.1mm2 and 1.5mm2. It isrecommended that connections between the relay and the current loop inputs andoutputs are made using a screened cable. The wire should have a minimum voltagerating of 300Vrms.

6.5 IRIG-B connections (if applicable)

The IRIG-B input has a BNC connection. It is recommended that the cable andconnector have a characteristic impedance of 50Ω. It is also recommended thatconnections between the IRIG-B equipment and the relay are made using coaxialcable 50Ω characteristic impedance with a halogen free, fire retardant sheath.

6.6 EIA(RS)232 port

Short term connections to the EIA(RS)232 port, located behind the bottom accesscover, can be made using a screened multi-core communication cable up to 15mlong, or a total capacitance of 2500pF. The cable should be terminated at the relayend with a 9-way, metal shelled, D-type male plug. Section 3.7 of P34x/EN IT/E33of this manual details the pin allocations.

6.7 Download/monitor port

Short term connections to the download/monitor port, located behind the bottomaccess cover, can be made using a screened 25-core communication cable up to 4mlong. The cable should be terminated at the relay end with a 25-way, metal shelled,D-type male plug. Section 3.7 of P34x/EN IT/E33 and section 3.5 ofP34x/EN CM/E33 of this manual details the pin allocations.



6.8 Second EIA(RS)232/485 port

Relays with Courier, MODBUS, IEC60870-5-103 or DNP3 protocol on the first rearcommunications port have the option of a second rear port, running Courierlanguage. The second rear communications port can be used over one of threephysical links: twisted pair K-Bus (non polarity sensitive), twisted pair EIA(RS)485(connection polarity sensitive) or EIA(RS)2321.

6.8.1 Connection to the second rear port

The second rear Courier port connects via a 9-way female D-type connector (SK4) inthe middle of the card end plate (in between IRIG-B connector and lower D-type).The connection is compliant to EIA(RS)574.

For IEC60870-5-2 over EIA(RS)232/574

Pin Connection

1 No Connection

2 RxD

3 TxD

4 DTR#

5 Ground

6 No Connection

7 RTS#

8 CTS#

9 No Connection

Connections to the second rear port configured for EIA(RS)232 operation can bemade using a screened multi-core communication cable up to 15m long, or a totalcapacitance of 2500pF. The cable should be terminated at the relay end with a9-way, metal shelled, D-type male plug. The table above details the pin allocations.

For K-bus or IEC60870-5-2 over EIA(RS)485

Pin* Connection

4 EIA(RS)485 1 (+ ve)

7 EIA(RS)485 2 (- ve)


# - These pins are control lines for use with a modem

NOTES:

1. Connector pins 4 and 7 are used by both the EIA(RS)232/574 and EIA(RS)485physical layers, but for different purposes. Therefore, the cables should beremoved during configuration switches.

2. For the EIA(RS)485 protocol an EIA(RS)485 to EIA(RS)232/574 converter will berequired to connect a modem or PC running MiCOM S1, to the relay. AnALSTOM CK222 is recommended.




3. EIA(RS)485 is polarity sensitive, with pin 4 positive (+) and pin 7 negative (-).

4. The K-Bus protocol can be connected to a PC via a KITZ101 or 102.

5. It is recommended that a 2 core screened cable is used. To avoid exceedingthe second communications port flash clearances it is recommended that thelength of cable between the port and the communications equipment should beless than 300m. This length can be increased to 1000m or 200nF total cablecapacitance if the communications cable is not laid in close proximity to highcurrent carrying conductors. The cable screen should be earthed at one endonly.





6.9 Earth connection

Every relay must be connected to the local earth bar using the M4 earth studs in thebottom left hand corner of the relay case. The minimum recommended wire size is2.5mm2 and should have a ring terminal at the relay end. Due to the limitations ofthe ring terminal, the maximum wire size that can be used for any of the medium orheavy duty terminals is 6.0mm2 per wire. If a greater cross-sectional area isrequired, two parallel connected wires, each terminated in a separate ring terminal atthe relay, or a metal earth bar could be used.

Note: To prevent any possibility of electrolytic action between brass orcopper earth conductors and the rear panel of the relay,precautions should be taken to isolate them from one another.This could be achieved in a number of ways, including placing anickel-plated or insulating washer between the conductor andthe relay case, or using tinned ring terminals.

Commissioning and P34x/EN CM/F33MaintenanceMiCOM P342, P343

COMMISSIONING ANDMAINTENANCE

P34x/EN CM/F33 Commissioning andMaintenance

MiCOM P342, P343

Commissioning and P34x/EN CM/F33MaintenanceMiCOM P342, P343 Page 1/124

CONTENT

1. INTRODUCTION 5

2. SETTING FAMILIARISATION 5

3. COMMISSIONING TEST MENU 6

3.1 Opto I/P status 7

3.2 Relay O/P status 7

3.3 Test port status 7

3.4 LED status 7

3.5 Monitor bits 1 to 8 7

3.6 Test mode 8

4. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR COMMISSIONING 8

4.1 Minimum equipment required 8

4.2 Optional equipment 8

5. PRODUCT CHECKS 9

5.1 With the relay re-energised 9

5.1.1 Visual inspection 10

5.1.2 Current transformer shorting contacts 10

5.1.3 Insulation 12

5.1.4 External wiring 12

5.1.5 Watchdog contacts 12

5.1.6 Auxiliary supply 13

5.2 With the relay energised 13

5.2.1 Watchdog contacts 13

5.2.2 Date and time 14

5.2.2.1 With an IRIG-B signal 14

5.2.2.2 Without an IRIG-B signal 14

5.2.3 Light emitting diodes (LED’s) 15

5.2.3.1 Testing the alarm and out of service LED’s 15

5.2.3.2 Testing the trip LED 15

5.2.3.3 Testing the user-programmable LED’s 15

5.2.4 Field voltage supply 15



5.2.5 Input opto-isolators 15

5.2.6 Output relays 16

5.2.7 RTD inputs 17

5.2.8 Current loop inputs 17

5.2.9 Current loop outputs 18

5.2.10 First rear communications port 18

5.2.10.1 Courier communications 18

5.2.10.2 MODBUS communications 19

5.2.10.3 IEC60870-5-103 (VDEW) communications 19

5.2.10.4 DNP3.0 communications 19

5.2.11 Second rear communications port 20

5.2.11.1 K-Bus configuration 20

5.2.11.2 EIA(RS)485 configuration 20

5.2.11.3 EIA(RS)232 configuration 21

5.2.12 Current inputs 21

5.2.13 Voltage inputs 23

6. SETTING CHECKS 24

6.1 Apply application-specific settings 24

6.2 Check application-specific settings 24

6.3 Demonstrate correct relay operation 25

6.3.1 Generator differential protection (P343) 25

6.3.1.1 Connect the test circuit 25

6.3.1.2 Biased differential protection lower slope 26

6.3.1.3 Biased differential protection upper slope 27

6.3.2 Generator differential operation and contact assignment 27

6.3.2.1 Phase A 27

6.3.2.2 Phase B 28

6.3.2.3 Phase C 28

6.3.3 Backup phase overcurrent protection 28

6.3.3.1 Connect the test circuit 28

6.3.3.2 Perform the test 29

6.3.3.3 Check the operating time 29

7. ON-LOAD CHECKS 30

7.1 Voltage connections 30


7.2 Current connections 31

8. FINAL CHECKS 32

9. MAINTENANCE 32

9.1 Maintenance period 32

9.2 Maintenance checks 33

9.2.1 Alarms 33

9.2.2 Opto-isolators 33

9.2.3 Output relays 33

9.2.4 Measurement accuracy 33

9.3 Method of repair 33

9.3.1 Replacing the complete relay 34

9.3.2 Replacing a PCB 35

9.3.2.1 Replacement of the main processor board 37

9.3.2.2 Replacement of the IRIG-B/2nd communications board 38

9.3.2.3 Replacement of the input module 40

9.3.2.4 Replacement of the power supply board 42

9.3.2.5 Replacement of the relay board in the power supply module 43

9.3.2.6 Replacement of the opto and separate relay boards (P343 only) 44

9.3.2.7 Replacement of the RTD input board (P342 and P343 only) 45

9.3.2.8 Replacement of the CLIO input board 46

9.4 Re-calibration 47

9.5 Changing the battery 47

9.5.1 Instructions for replacing the battery 47

9.5.2 Post modification tests 48

9.5.3 Battery disposal 48

9.6 Cleaning 48

10. COMMISSIONING TEST RECORD 49

11. SETTING RECORD 60



Figure 1: Rear terminal blocks on size 40TE case 10

Figure 2: Location of securing screws for heavy duty terminal blocks 11

Figure 3: Connection for Testing 26

Figure 4: Location of securing screws for terminal blocks 34

Figure 5: Front panel assembly 38

Figure 6: Location of securing screws for IRIG-B board 39

Figure 7: Typical IRIG-B board 39

Figure 8: 2nd communications board with IRIG-B 40

Figure 9: Location of securing screws for input module 41

Figure 10: Typical power supply board 42

Figure 11: Typical relay board 43

Figure 12: Typical opto board 44

Figure 13: Location of securing screws for RTD/CLIO input board 45

Figure 14: Typical RTD input board 46

GROUP 1 PROTECTION SETTINGS 70





1. INTRODUCTION

The MiCOM P340 generator protection relays are fully numerical in their design,implementing all protection and non-protection functions in software. The relaysemploy a high degree of self-checking and, in the unlikely event of a failure, will givean alarm. As a result of this, the commissioning tests do not need to be as extensiveas with non-numeric electronic or electro-mechanical relays.

To commission numeric relays, it is only necessary to verify that the hardware isfunctioning correctly and the application-specific software settings have been appliedto the relay. It is considered unnecessary to test every function of the relay if thesettings have been verified by one of the following methods:

• Extracting the settings applied to the relay using appropriate setting software(Preferred method)

• Via the operator interface.

To confirm that the product is operating correctly once the application-specificsettings have been applied, a test should be performed on a single protectionelement.

Unless previously agreed to the contrary, the customer will be responsible fordetermining the application-specific settings to be applied to the relay and for testingof any scheme logic applied by external wiring and/or configuration of the relay’sinternal programmable scheme logic.

Blank commissioning test and setting records are provided at the end of thissub-document for completion as required.

As the relay’s menu language is user-selectable, it is acceptable for theCommissioning Engineer to change it to allow accurate testing as long as the menu isrestored to the customer’s preferred language on completion.

To simplify the specifying of menu cell locations in these Commissioning Instructions,they will be given in the form [courier reference: COLUMN HEADING, Cell Text]. Forexample, the cell for selecting the menu language (first cell under the columnheading) is located in the System Data column (column 00) so it would be given as[0001: SYSTEM DATA, Language].

Before carrying out any work on the equipment, the user should befamiliar with the contents of the Safety and technical data sections andthe ratings on the equipment’s rating label.

2. SETTING FAMILIARISATION

When commissioning a MiCOM P340 relay for the first time, sufficient time should beallowed to become familiar with the method by which the settings are applied.

Sub-document – Introduction contains a detailed description of the menu structure ofP340 relays.

With the secondary front cover in place all keys except the [Enter] key are accessible.All menu cells can be read. LEDs and alarms can be reset. However, no protectionor configuration settings can be changed, or fault and event records cleared.

Removing the secondary front cover allows access to all keys so that settings can bechanged, LEDs and alarms reset, and fault and event records cleared. However,menu cells that have access levels higher than the default level will require theappropriate password to be entered before changes can be made.



Alternatively, if a portable PC is available together with suitable setting software (suchas MiCOM S1), the menu can be viewed a page at a time to display a full column ofdata and text. This PC software also allows settings to be entered more easily, savedto a file on disk for future reference or printed to produce a setting record. Refer tothe PC software user manual for details. If the software is being used for the firsttime, allow sufficient time to become familiar with its operation.

3. COMMISSIONING TEST MENU

To help minimise the time required to test MiCOM relays the relay provides severaltest facilities under the ‘COMMISSION TESTS’ menu heading. There are menu cellswhich allow the status of the opto-isolated inputs, output relay contacts, internaldigital data bus (DDB) signals and user-programmable LEDs to be monitored.Additionally there are cells to test the operation of the output contacts and user-programmable LEDs.

The following table shows the relay menu of commissioning tests, including theavailable setting ranges and factory defaults:

Menu Text Default Setting Settings

COMMISSION TESTS

Opto I/P Status - -

Relay O/P Status - -

Test Port Status - -

LED Status - -

Monitor Bit 1 64 (LED 1)



0 to 511See P34x/EN GC/E33 fordetails of digital data bussignals





Test Mode DisabledDisabledTest ModeContacts Blocked

Test Pattern All bits set to 0 0 = Not Operated1 = Operated

Contact Test No OperationNo OperationApply TestRemove Test

Test LEDs No Operation No OperationApply Test

Table 37


3.1 Opto I/P status

This menu cell displays the status of the relay’s opto-isolated inputs as a binary string,a ‘1’ indicating an energised opto-isolated input and a ‘0’ a de-energised one. If thecursor is moved along the binary numbers the corresponding label text will bedisplayed for each logic input.

It can be used during commissioning or routine testing to monitor the status of theopto-isolated inputs whilst they are sequentially energised with a suitable dc voltage.

3.2 Relay O/P status

This menu cell displays the status of the digital data bus (DDB) signals that result inenergisation of the output relays as a binary string, a ‘1’ indicating an operated stateand ‘0’ a non-operated state. If the cursor is moved along the binary numbers thecorresponding label text will be displayed for each relay output.

The information displayed can be used during commissioning or routine testing toindicate the status of the output relays when the relay is ‘in service’. Additionally faultfinding for output relay damage can be performed by comparing the status of theoutput contact under investigation with it’s associated bit.

Note: When the ‘Test Mode’ cell is set to ‘Enabled’ this cell willcontinue to indicate which contacts would operate if the relaywas in-service, it does not show the actual status of the outputrelays.

3.3 Test port status

This menu cell displays the status of the eight digital data bus (DDB) signals that havebeen allocated in the ‘Monitor Bit’ cells. If the cursor is moved along the binarynumbers the corresponding DDB signal text string will be displayed for each monitorbit.

By using this cell with suitable monitor bit settings, the state of the DDB signals can bedisplayed as various operating conditions or sequences are applied to the relay.Thus the programmable scheme logic can be tested.

As an alternative to using this cell, the optional monitor/download port test box canbe plugged into the monitor/download port located behind the bottom access cover.Details of the monitor/download port test box can be found in section ? of thisCommissioning and Maintenance sub-document.

3.4 LED status

The ‘LED Status’ cell is an eight bit binary string that indicates which of theuser-programmable LEDs on the relay are illuminated when accessing the relay froma remote location, a ‘1’ indicating a particular LED is lit and a ‘0’ not lit.

3.5 Monitor bits 1 to 8

The eight ‘Monitor Bit’ cells allow the user to select the status of which digital data bussignals can be observed in the ‘Test Port Status’ cell or via the monitor/downloadport.

Each ‘Monitor Bit’ is set by entering the required digital data bus (DDB) signalnumber (0 – 511) from the list of available DDB signals in section P34x/EN GC/E33of this guide. The pins of the monitor/download port used for monitor bits are givenin the table overleaf. The signal ground is available on pins 18, 19, 22 and 25.



Monitor Bit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Monitor/ Download Port Pin 11 12 15 13 20 21 23 24

Table 38

THE MONITOR/DOWNLOAD PORT DOES NOT HAVE ELECTRICAL ISOLATEDAGAINST INDUCED VOLTAGES ON THE COMMUNICATIONS CHANNEL. ITSHOULD THEREFORE ONLY BE USED FOR LOCAL COMMUNICATIONS.

3.6 Test mode

This menu cell is used to allow secondary injection testing to be performed on therelay without operation of the trip contacts. It also enables a facility to directly test theoutput contacts by applying menu controlled test signals. To select test mode this cellshould be set to ‘Enabled’ which takes the relay out of service causing an alarmcondition to be recorded and the yellow ‘Out of Service’ LED to illuminate. Oncetesting is complete the cell must be set back to ‘Disabled’ to restore the relay back toservice.

4. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR COMMISSIONING

4.1 Minimum equipment required

Overcurrent test set with interval timer

110V ac voltage supply (if stage 1 of the overcurrent function is set directional)

Multimeter with suitable ac current range, and ac and dc voltage ranges of 0-440Vand 0-250V respectively

Continuity tester (if not included in multimeter)

Phase angle meter

Phase rotation meter

100Ω precision wirewound or metal film resistor, 0.1% tolerance (0°C±2°C)

Note: Modern test equipment may contain many of the above featuresin one unit.

4.2 Optional equipment

Multi-finger test plug type MMLB01 (if test block type MMLG installed)

An electronic or brushless insulation tester with a dc output not exceeding 500V (Forinsulation resistance testing when required).

A portable PC, with appropriate software (This enables the rear communications portto be tested if this is to be used and will also save considerable time duringcommissioning).

KITZ K-Bus to EIA(RS)232 protocol convertor (if first rear EIA(RS)485 K-Bus port orsecond rear port configured for K-Bus is being tested and one is not alreadyinstalled).

EIA(RS)485 to EIA(RS)232 convertor (if first rear EIA(RS)485 port or second rear portconfigured for EIA(RS)485 is being tested).

A printer (for printing a setting record from the portable PC).


5. PRODUCT CHECKS

These product checks cover all aspects of the relay that need to be checked to ensurethat it has not been physically damaged prior to commissioning, is functioningcorrectly and all input quantity measurements are within the stated tolerances.

If the application-specific settings have been applied to the relay prior tocommissioning, it is advisable to make a copy of the settings so as to allow theirrestoration later. If programmable scheme logic other than the default settings withwhich the relay is supplied have been applied the default settings should be restoredprior to commissioning. This could be done by:

• Obtaining a setting file on a diskette from the customer (This requires a portablePC with appropriate setting software for transferring the settings from the PC tothe relay)

• Extracting the settings from the relay itself (This again requires a portable PC withappropriate setting software)

• Manually creating a setting record. This could be done using a copy of the settingrecord located at the end of this sub-document to record the settings as the relay’smenu is sequentially stepped through via the front panel user interface.

If password protection is enabled and the customer has changed password 2 thatprevents unauthorised changes to some of the settings, either the revised password 2should be provided, or the customer should restore the original password prior tocommencement of testing.

Note: In the event that the password has been lost, a recoverypassword can be obtained from AREVA T&D by quoting theserial number of the relay. The recovery password is unique tothat relay and is unlikely to work on any other relay.

5.1 With the relay re-energised

The following group of tests should be carried out without the auxiliary supply beingapplied to the relay and with the trip circuit isolated.

The current and voltage transformer connections must be isolated from the relay forthese checks. If an MMLG test block is provided, the required isolation can easily beachieved by inserting test plug type MMLB01 which effectively open-circuits all wiringrouted through the test block.

Before inserting the test plug, reference should be made to the scheme (wiring)diagram to ensure that this will not potentially cause damage or a safety hazard. Forexample, the test block may be associated with protection current transformer circuits.It is essential that the sockets in the test plug which correspond to the currenttransformer secondary windings are linked before the test plug is inserted into the testblock.

DANGER: Never open circuit the secondary circuit of a currenttransformer since the high voltage produced may be lethaland could damage insulation.

If a test block is not provided, the voltage transformer supply to the relay should beisolated by means of the panel links or connecting blocks. The line currenttransformers should be short-circuited and disconnected from the relay terminals.Where means of isolating the auxiliary supply and trip circuit (e.g. isolation links,fuses, MCB, etc.) are provided, these should be used. If this is not possible, the


Page 10/124 MiCOM P342, P343

wiring to these circuits will have to be disconnected and the exposed ends suitablyterminated to prevent them from being a safety hazard.

5.1.1 Visual inspection

Carefully examine the relay to see that no physical damage has occurred sinceinstallation.

The rating information given under the top access cover on the front of the relayshould be checked to ensure it is correct for the particular installation.

Ensure that the case earthing connections, bottom left-hand corner at the rear of therelay case, are used to connect the relay to a local earth bar using an adequateconductor.

Figure 1: Rear terminal blocks on size 40TE case

5.1.2 Current transformer shorting contacts

If required, the current transformer shorting contacts can be checked to ensure thatthey close when the heavy duty terminal block (block reference C in Figure 1) isdisconnected from the current input PCB. For P342 relays block reference C (40TEcase) and D (60TE case) are heavy duty terminal blocks. In the case of P343 relaysthey are located at block references C and E (60TE case) and D and F (80TE case).


Current Input Shorting Contact Between Terminals

P342 (40TE), P343 (60TE) P342 (60TE), P343 (80TE)

1A CT’s 5A CT’s 1A CT’s 5A CT’s

ΙA C3-C2 C1-C2 D3-D2 D1-D2

ΙB C6-C5 C4-C5 D6-D5 D4-D5

ΙC C9-C8 C7-C8 D9-D8 D7-D8

ΙN C12-C11 C10-C11 D12-D11 D10-D11

ΙN SENSITIVE C15-C14 C13-C14 D15-D14 D13-D14

ΙA(2) (P343 only) E3-E2 E1-E2 F3-F2 F1-F2

ΙB(2) (P343 only) E6-E5 E4-E5 F6-F5 F4-F5

ΙC(2) (P343 only) E9-E8 E7-E8 F9-F8 F7-F8

Table 1: Current transformer shorting contact locations

Heavy duty terminal block are fastened to the rear panel using four crosshead screws.These are located top and bottom between the first and second, and third and fourth,columns of terminals (see Figure 2).

Note: The use of a magnetic bladed screwdriver is recommended tominimise the risk of the screws being left in the terminal block orlost.

Pull the terminal block away from the rear of the case and check with a continuitytester that all the shorting switches being used are closed. Table 1 shows theterminals between which shorting contacts are fitted.

Figure 2: Location of securing screws for heavy duty terminal blocks


Page 12/124 MiCOM P342, P343

5.1.3 Insulation

Insulation resistance tests are only necessary during commissioning if it is required forthem to be done and they haven’t been performed during installation.

Isolate all wiring from the earth and test the insulation with an electronic or brushlessinsulation tester at a dc voltage not exceeding 500V. Terminals of the same circuitsshould be temporarily connected together.

The main groups of relay terminals are:

a) Voltage transformer circuits

b) Current transformer circuits

c) Auxiliary voltage supply

d) Field voltage output and opto-isolated control inputs

e) Relay contacts

f) First rear EIA(RS)485 communication port

g) RTD inputs

h) Current loop (analogue) inputs and outputs (CLIO)

i) Case earth

The insulation resistance should be greater than 100MΩ at 500V.

On completion of the insulation resistance tests, ensure all external wiring is correctlyreconnected to the unit.

5.1.4 External wiring

Check that the external wiring is correct to the relevant relay diagram or schemediagram. The relay diagram number appears on the rating label under the topaccess cover on the front of the relay. The corresponding connection diagram willhave been supplied with the AREVA T&D order acknowledgement for the relay.

If an MMLG test block is provided, the connections should be checked against thescheme (wiring) diagram. It is recommended that the supply connections are to thelive side of the test block (coloured orange with the odd numbered terminals (1, 3, 5,7 etc.)). The auxiliary supply is normally routed via terminals 13 (supply positive) and15 (supply negative), with terminals 14 and 16 connected to the relay’s positive andnegative auxiliary supply terminals respectively. However, check the wiring againstthe schematic diagram for the installation to ensure compliance with the customer’snormal practice.

5.1.5 Watchdog contacts

Using a continuity tester, check that the watchdog contacts are in the states given inTable 2 for a de-energised relay.


Contact StateTerminals

Relay De-Energised Relay Energised

F11 - F12J11 - J12M11- M12

(P342 40TE)(P342/3 60TE)(P343 80TE)

Closed Open

F13 - F14J13 - J14M13 - M14

(P342 40TE)(P342/3 60TE)(P343 80TE)

Open Closed

Table 2: Watchdog contact status

5.1.6 Auxiliary supply

The relay can be operated from either a dc only or an ac/dc auxiliary supplydepending on the relay’s nominal supply rating. The incoming voltage must bewithin the operating range specified in Table 3.

Without energising the relay, measure the auxiliary supply to ensure it is within theoperating range.

Nominal Supply RatingDC [AC rms] DC Operating Range AC Operating Range

24 - 48V [-] 19 - 65V -

48 - 110V [30 - 100V] 37 - 150V 24 - 110V

110 - 240V [100 - 240V] 87 - 300V 80 - 265V

Table 3: Operational range of auxiliary supply Vx

It should be noted that the relay can withstand an ac ripple of up to 12% of the upperrated voltage on the dc auxiliary supply.

Do not energise the relay using the battery charger with the batterydisconnected as this can irreparably damage the relay’s power supplycircuitry.

Energise the relay only if the auxiliary supply is within the operating range. If anMMLG test block is provided, it may be necessary to link across the front of the testplug to connect the auxiliary supply to the relay.

5.2 With the relay energised

The following group of tests verify that the relay hardware and software is functioningcorrectly and should be carried out with the auxiliary supply applied to the relay.

The current and voltage transformer connections must remain isolated from the relayfor these checks. The trip circuit should also remain isolated to prevent accidentaloperation of the associated circuit breaker.

5.2.1 Watchdog contacts

Using a continuity tester, check the watchdog contacts are in the states given in Table2 for an energised relay.


Page 14/124 MiCOM P342, P343

5.2.2 Date and time

Before setting the date and time, ensure that the factory-fitted battery isolation stripthat prevents battery drain during transportation and storage has been removed.With the lower access cover open, presence of the battery isolation strip can bechecked by a red tab protruding from the positive side of the battery compartment.Lightly pressing the battery to prevent it falling out of the battery compartment, pullthe red tab to remove the isolation strip.

The data and time should now be set to the correct values. The method of setting willdepend on whether accuracy is being maintained via the optional inter-rangeinstrumentation group standard B (IRIG-B) port on the rear of the relay.

5.2.2.1 With an IRIG-B signal

If a satellite time clock signal conforming to IRIG-B is provided and the relay has theoptional IRIG-B port fitted, the satellite clock equipment should be energised.

To allow the relay’s time and date to be maintained from an external IRIG-B sourcecell [0804: DATE and TIME, IRIG-B Sync] must be set to ‘Enabled’.

Ensure the relay is receiving the IRIG-B signal by checking that cell [0805: DATE andTIME, IRIG-B Status] reads ‘Active’.

Once the IRIG-B signal is active, adjust the time offset of the universal co-ordinatedtime (satellite clock time) on the satellite clock equipment so that local time isdisplayed.

Check the time, date and month are correct in cell [0801: DATE and TIME,Date/Time]. The IRIG-B signal does not contain the current year so it will need to beset manually in this cell.

In the event of the auxiliary supply failing, with a battery fitted in the compartmentbehind the bottom access cover, the time and date will be maintained. Therefore,when the auxiliary supply is restored, the time and date will be correct and not needto be set again.

To test this, remove the IRIG-B signal, then remove the auxiliary supply from the relay.Leave the relay de-energised for approximately 30 seconds. On re-energisation, thetime in cell [0801: DATE and TIME, Date/Time] should be correct.

Reconnect the IRIG-B signal.

5.2.2.2 Without an IRIG-B signal

If the time and date is not being maintained by an IRIG-B signal, ensure that cell[0804: DATE and TIME, IRIG-B Sync] is set to ‘Disabled’.

Set the date and time to the correct local time and date using cell [0801: DATE andTIME, Date/Time].

In the event of the auxiliary supply failing, with a battery fitted in the compartmentbehind the bottom access cover, the time and date will be maintained. Thereforewhen the auxiliary supply is restored the time and date will be correct and not need tobe set again.

To test this, remove the auxiliary supply from the relay for approximately 30 seconds.On re-energisation, the time in cell [0801: DATE and TIME, Date/Time] should becorrect.


5.2.3 Light emitting diodes (LED’s)

On power up the green LED should have illuminated and stayed on indicating thatthe relay is healthy. The relay has non-volatile memory which remembers the state(on or off) of the alarm, trip and, if configured to latch, user-programmable LEDindicators when the relay was last energised from an auxiliary supply. Thereforethese indicators may also illuminate when the auxiliary supply is applied.

If any of these LED’s are on then they should be reset before proceeding with furthertesting. If the LED’s successfully reset (the LED goes out), there is no testing requiredfor that LED because it is known to be operational.

5.2.3.1 Testing the alarm and out of service LED’s

The alarm and out of service LED’s can be tested using the COMMISSIONING TESTSmenu column. Set cell [0F0D: COMMISSIONING TESTS, Test Mode] to ‘ContactsBlocked’. Check that the out of service LED illuminates continuously and the alarmLED flashes.

It is not necessary to return cell [0F0D: COMMISSIONING TESTS, Test Mode] to‘Disabled’ at this stage because the test mode will be required for later tests.

5.2.3.2 Testing the trip LED

The trip LED can be tested by initiating a manual circuit breaker trip from the relay.However, the trip LED will operate during the setting checks performed later.Therefore no further testing of the trip LED is required at this stage.

5.2.3.3 Testing the user-programmable LED’s

To test the user-programmable LED’s set cell [0F10: COMMISSIONING TESTS, TestLED’s] to ‘Apply Test’. Check that all 8 LED’s on the right-hand side of the relayilluminate.

5.2.4 Field voltage supply

The relay generates a field voltage of nominally 48V that can be used to energise theopto-isolated inputs (alternatively the substation battery may be used).

Measure the field voltage across terminals 7 and 9 on the terminal block given inTable 4. Check that the field voltage is within the range 40V to 60V when no load isconnected and that the polarity is correct.

Repeat for terminals 8 and 10.

TerminalsSupply Rail

P342 (40TE) P342/P343 (60TE) P343 (80TE)

+ve F7 & F8 J7 & J8 M7 & M8

-ve F9 & F10 J9 & J10 M9 & M10

Table 4: Field voltage terminals

5.2.5 Input opto-isolators

This test checks that all the opto-isolated inputs are functioning correctly. The P342relay has 8-16 opto-isolated inputs in the 40TE case and 16-24 opto-isolated inputsin the 60TE case. The P343 relay has 16-24 opto-isolated inputs in the 60TE caseand 24-32 opto-isolated inputs in the 80TE case.


Page 16/124 MiCOM P342, P343

The opto-isolated inputs should be energised one at a time, see external connectiondiagrams (P34x/EN CO/E33) for terminal numbers. Ensuring that the correct optoinput nominal voltage is set in the ‘Opto Config’ menu and correct polarity, connectthe field supply voltage to the appropriate terminals for the input being tested.

Note: The opto-isolated inputs may be energised from an external dcauxiliary supply (e.g. the station battery) in some installations.Check that this is not the case before connecting the field voltageotherwise damage to the relay may result. If an external24/27V, 30/34V, 48/54V, 110/125V, 220/250V supply is beingused it will be connected to the relay's optically isolated inputsdirectly. If an external supply is being used then it must beenergised for this test but only if it has been confirmed that it issuitably rated with less than 12% ac ripple.

The status of each opto-isolated input can be viewed using either cell [0020: SYSTEMDATA, Opto Ι/P Status] or [0F01: COMMISSIONING TESTS, Opto Ι/P Status], a ‘1’indicating an energised input and a ‘0’ indicating a de-energised input. When eachopto-isolated input is energised one of the characters on the bottom line of thedisplay will change to indicate the new state of the inputs.

5.2.6 Output relays

This test checks that all the output relays are functioning correctly. The P342 relayhas 7-15 output relays in the 40TE case and 16-24 output relays in the 60TE case.The P343 relay has 14-22 output relays in the 60TE case and 24-32 output relays inthe 80TE case.

Ensure that the cell [0F0D: COMMISSIONING TESTS, Test Mode] is set to ‘ContactsBlocked’.

The output relays should be energised one at a time. To select output relay 1 fortesting, set cell [0F0E: COMMISSIONING TESTS, Test Pattern]00000000000000000000000000000001.

Connect a continuity tester across the terminals corresponding to output relay 1 asgiven in external connection diagram (P34x/EN CO/E33).

To operate the output relay set cell [0F0F: COMMISSIONING TESTS, Contact Test] to‘Apply Test’. Operation will be confirmed by the continuity tester operating for anormally open contact and ceasing to operate for a normally closed contact.Measure the resistance of the contacts in the closed state.

Reset the output relay by setting cell [0F0F: COMMISSIONING TESTS, Contact Test]to ‘Remove Test’.

Note: It should be ensured that thermal ratings of anything connectedto the output relays during the contact test procedure is notexceeded by the associated output relay being operated for toolong. It is therefore advised that the time between applicationand removal of contact test is kept to the minimum.

Repeat the test for the rest of the relays.

Return the relay to service by setting cell [0F0D: COMMISSIONING TESTS, TestMode] to ‘Disabled’.


5.2.7 RTD inputs

This test checks that all the RTD inputs are functioning correctly and is only performedon relays with the RTD board fitted, i.e. P342 and P343 models.

A 100Ω resistor, preferably with a tolerance of 0.1%, should be connected acrosseach RTD in turn. The resistor needs to have a very small tolerance as RTDscomplying to BS EN 60751 : 1995 typically have a change of resistance of 0.39Ω per°C, therefore the use of a precision wirewound or metal film resistor isrecommended. It is essential to connect the RTD common return terminal to theappropriate RTD input otherwise the relay will report a RTD error as it will assumethat the RTD wiring has been damaged. The connections required for testing eachRTD input are given in Table 7.

Check that the corresponding temperature displayed in the ‘MEASUREMENTS 3’column of the menu is 0°C ±2°C. This range takes into account the 0.1% resistortolerance and relay accuracy of ±1°C. If a resistor of lower accuracy is used duringtesting the acceptable setting range will need to be increased.

Terminal ConnectionsRTD

Resistor Between Wire Between

Measurement Cell(in ‘Measurements 3’Column (04) of Menu)

1 B1 and B2 B2 and B3 [0412: RTD 1 Label]








9 B25 and B26 B26 and B27 [041A: RTD 9 Label]

10 B28 and B29 B29 and B30 [041B: RTD 10 Label]

Table 7: RTD input terminals

5.2.8 Current loop inputs

This test checks that all the current loop (analogue) inputs are functioning correctlyand is only performed on relays with the CLIO (current loop input output) boardfitted.

Relay terminal connections can be found by referring to the connection diagrams inP34x/EN CO/E33. Note that for the current loop inputs the physical connection ofthe 0-1mA input is different from that of the 0-10, 0-20 and 4-20mA inputs, asshown in the connection diagrams.

An accurate dc current source can be used to apply various current levels to thecurrent loop inputs. Another approach is to use the current loop output as aconvenient and flexible dc current source to test the input protection functionality.Externally the current loop outputs can be fed into their corresponding current loopinputs. Then by applying a certain level of analogue signal, such as VA, to the relaythe required dc output level can be obtained from the current loop output which isfeeding the current loop input.


Page 18/124 MiCOM P342, P343

Enable the current loop input to be tested. Set the CLIx minimum and maximumsettings and the CLIx Input type for the application.

Apply a dc current to the relay current loop input at 50% of the CLI input maximumrange, 0.5mA (0-1mA CLI), 5mA (0-10mA CLI) or 10mA (0-20, 4-20mA CLI).

Check the accuracy of the current loop input using the MEASUREMENTS 3 – CLIOInput 1/2/3/4 column of the menu. The display should show (CLIx maximum + CLIxminimum)/2 1% full scale accuracy.

5.2.9 Current loop outputs

This test checks that all the current loop (analogue) outputs are functioning correctlyand is only performed on relays with the CLIO board fitted.

Relay terminal connections can be found by referring to the connection diagrams inP34x/EN CO/E33. Note that for the current loop outputs the physical connection ofthe 0-1mA output is different from that of the 0-10, 0-20 and 4-20mA outputs, asshown in the connection diagrams.

Enable the current loop output to be tested. Set the CLOx parameter, CLOxminimum and maximum settings and the CLOx Output type for the application.Apply the appropriate analogue input parameter to the relay equals to (CLOxmaximum + CLOx minimum)/2. The current loop output should be at 50% of itsmaximum rated output. Using a precision resistive current shunt together with ahigh-resolution voltmeter, check that the current loop output is at 50% of its maximumrated output, 0.5mA (0-1mA CLO), 5mA (0-10mA CLO) or 10mA (0-20, 4-20mACLO). The accuracy should be within ±0.5% of full scale + meter accuracy.

5.2.10 First rear communications port

This test should only be performed where the relay is to be accessed from a remotelocation and will vary depending on the communications standard being adopted.

It is not the intention of the test to verify the operation of the complete system from therelay to the remote location, just the relay’s rear communications port and anyprotocol converter necessary.

5.2.10.1 Courier communications

If a K-Bus to EIA(RS)232 KITZ protocol convertor is installed, connect a portable PCrunning the appropriate software (e.g. MiCOM S1 or PAS&T) to the incoming (remotefrom relay) side of the protocol converter.

If a KITZ protocol convertor is not installed, it may not be possible to connect the PCto the relay installed. In this case a KITZ protocol convertor and portable PC runningappropriate software should be temporarily connected to the relay’s first rear K-Busport. The terminal numbers for the relay’s first rear K-Bus port are given in Table 8.However, as the installed protocol convertor is not being used in the test, only thecorrect operation of the relay’s K-Bus port will be confirmed.


Connection Terminal

K-Bus MODBUS, VDEW orDNP3.0

P342(40TE)

P342/3(60TE)

P343(80TE)

Screen Screen F16 J16 M16

1 +ve F17 J17 M17

2 -ve F18 J18 M18

Table 8: EIA(RS)485 terminals

Ensure that the communications baud rate and parity settings in the applicationsoftware are set the same as those on the protocol convertor (usually a KITZ but couldbe a SCADA RTU). The relay’s Courier address in cell [0E02: COMMUNICATIONS,Remote Address] must be set to a value between 1 and 254.

Check that communications can be established with this relay using the portable PC.

5.2.10.2 MODBUS communications

Connect a portable PC running the appropriate MODBUS Master Station software tothe relay’s first rear EIA(RS)485 port via a EIA(RS)485 to EIA(RS)232 interfaceconvertor. The terminal numbers for the relay’s EIA(RS)485 port are given in Table 8.

Ensure that the relay address, baud rate and parity settings in the applicationsoftware are set the same as those in cells [0E02: COMMUNICATIONS, RemoteAddress], [0E04: COMMUNICATIONS, Baud Rate] and [0E05: COMMUNICATIONS,Parity] of the relay.

Check that communications with this relay can be established.

5.2.10.3 IEC60870-5-103 (VDEW) communications

If the relay has the optional fibre optic communications port fitted, the port to be usedshould be selected by setting cell [0E07: COMMUNICATIONS, Physical Link] to ‘FibreOptic’ or ‘EIA(RS)485’.

IEC60870-5-103/VDEW communication systems are designed to have a local MasterStation and this should be used to verify that the relay’s rear fibre optic or EIA(RS)485port, as appropriate, is working.

Ensure that the relay address and baud rate settings in the application software areset the same as those in cells [0E02: COMMUNICATIONS, Remote Address] and[0E04: COMMUNICATIONS, Baud Rate] of the relay.

Check that, using the Master Station, communications with the relay can beestablished.

5.2.10.4 DNP3.0 communications

Connect a portable PC running the appropriate DNP3.0 Master Station Software tothe relay’s first rear EIA(RS)485 port via a EIA(RS)485 to EIA(RS)232 interfaceconverter. The terminal numbers for the relay’s EIA(RS)485 port are given in Table 8.

Ensure that the relay address, baud rate and parity settings in the applicationsoftware are set the same as those in cells [0E02: COMMUNICATIONS, Remoteaddress], [0E04: COMMUNICATIONS, Baud Rate] and [0E05: COMMUNICATIONS,Parity] of the relay.

Check that communications with this relay can be established.


Page 20/124 MiCOM P342, P343

5.2.11 Second rear communications port

This test should only be performed where the relay is to be accessed from a remotelocation and will vary depending on the communications standard being adopted.

It is not the intention of the test to verify the operation of the complete system from therelay to the remote location, just the relay’s rear communications port and anyprotocol converter necessary.

5.2.11.1 K-Bus configuration

If a K-Bus to EIA(RS)232 KITZ protocol convertor is installed, connect a portable PCrunning the appropriate software (e.g. MiCOM S1 or PAS&T) to the incoming (remotefrom relay) side of the protocol converter.

If a KITZ protocol convertor is not installed, it may not be possible to connect the PCto the relay installed. In this case a KITZ protocol convertor and portable PC runningappropriate software should be temporarily connected to the relay’s second rearcommunications port configured for K-Bus. The terminal numbers for the relay’sK-Bus port are given in Table 9. However, as the installed protocol convertor is notbeing used in the test, only the correct operation of the relay’s K-Bus port will beconfirmed.

Pin* Connection

4 EIA485 – 1 (+ ve)

7 EIA485 – 2 (- ve)

Table 9: 2nd rear communications port K-Bus terminals


Ensure that the communications baud rate and parity settings in the applicationsoftware are set the same as those on the protocol convertor (usually a KITZ but couldbe a SCADA RTU). The relay’s Courier address in cell [0E90: COMMUNICATIONS,RP2 Address] must be set to a value between 1 and 254. The second rearcommunication’s port configuration [0E88: COMMUNICATIONS RP2 Port Config]must be set to K-Bus.


5.2.11.2 EIA(RS)485 configuration

If an EIA(RS)485 to EIA(RS)232 convertor (AREVA T&D CK222) is installed, connect aportable PC running the appropriate software (e.g. MiCOM S1) to the EIA(RS)232side of the converter and the second rear communications port of the relay to theEIA(RS)485 side of the converter.

The terminal numbers for the relay’s EIA(RS)485 port are given in Table 9.

Ensure that the communications baud rate and parity settings in the applicationsoftware are set the same as those in the relay. The relay’s Courier address in cell[0E90: COMMUNICATIONS, RP2 Address] must be set to a value between 1 and254. The second rear communication’s port configuration [0E88:COMMUNICATIONS RP2 Port Config] must be set to EIA(RS)485.



5.2.11.3 EIA(RS)232 configuration

Connect a portable PC running the appropriate software (e.g. MiCOM S1) to the rearEIA(RS)2321 port of the relay.

The second rear communications port connects via the 9-way female D-typeconnector (SK4). The connection is compliant to EIA(RS)574.

Pin Connection

1 No Connection

2 RxD

3 TxD

4 DTR#

5 Ground

6 No Connection

7 RTS#

8 CTS#

9 No Connection

Table 10: Second rear communications port EIA(RS)232 terminals

# - These pins are control lines for use with a modem.

Connections to the second rear port configured for EIA(RS)232 operation can bemade using a screened multi-core communication cable up to 15m long, or a totalcapacitance of 2500pF. The cable should be terminated at the relay end with a9-way, metal shelled, D-type male plug. The terminal numbers for the relay’sEIA(RS)232 port are given in Table 10.

Ensure that the communications baud rate and parity settings in the applicationsoftware are set the same as those in the relay. The relay’s Courier address in cell[0E90: COMMUNICATIONS, RP2 Address] must be set to a value between 1 and254. The second rear communication’s port configuration [0E88:COMMUNICATIONS RP2 Port Config] must be set to EIA(RS)232.


5.2.12 Current inputs

This test verifies that the accuracy of current measurement is within the acceptabletolerances.

All relays will leave the factory set for operation at a system frequency of 50Hz. Ifoperation at 60Hz is required then this must be set in cell [0009: SYSTEM DATA,Frequency].

Apply current equal to the line current transformer secondary winding rating to eachcurrent transformer input of the corresponding rating in turn, checking its magnitudeusing a multimeter. Refer to Table 9 for the corresponding reading in the relay’sMEASUREMENTS 1 or MEASUREMENTS 3 columns, as appropriate, and record thevalue displayed.



Page 22/124 MiCOM P342, P343

Apply Current to

P342 (40TE), P343(60TE)

P342 (60TE), P343(80TE)Menu Cell

1A CT’s 5A CT’s 1A CT’s 5A CT’s

[0201: MEASUREMENTS 1,ΙA Magnitude]

C3-C2 C1-C2 D3-D2 D1-D2

[0203: MEASUREMENTS 1,ΙB Magnitude]

C6-C5 C4-C5 D6-D5 D4-D5

[0205: MEASUREMENTS 1,ΙC Magnitude]

C9-C8 C7-C8 D9-D8 D7-D8

[0207: MEASUREMENTS 1,ΙN Measured Mag]

C12-C11 C10-C11 D12-D11 D10-D11

[020B: MEASUREMENTS 1,ΙSEF Magnitude]

C15-C14 C13-C14 D15-D14 D13-D14

[0401: MEASUREMENTS 3,ΙA-2 Magnitude] (P343 only)

E3-E2 E1-E2 F3-F2 F1-F2

[0403: MEASUREMENTS 3,ΙB-2 Magnitude] (P343 only)

E6-E5 E4-E5 F6-F5 F4-F5

[0405: MEASUREMENTS 3,ΙC-2 Magnitude] (P343 only)

E9-E8 E7-E8 F9-F8 F7-F8

Table 9: Current input terminals

The measured current values displayed on the relay LCD or a portable PC connectedto the front communication port will either be in primary or secondary Amperes. Ifcell [0D02: MEASURE’T SETUP, Local Values] is set to ‘Primary’, the values displayedshould be equal to the applied current multiplied by the corresponding currenttransformer ratio set in the ‘CT and VT RATIOS’ menu column (see Table 10). If cell[0D02: MEASURE’T SETUP, Local Values] is set to ‘Secondary’, the value displayedshould be equal to the applied current.

Note: If a PC connected to the relay via the rear communications portis being used to display the measured current, the process will besimilar. However, the setting of cell [0D03: MEASURE’T SETUP,Remote Values] will determine whether the displayed values arein primary or secondary Amperes.

The measurement accuracy of the relay is ±1%. However, an additional allowancemust be made for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.


Menu CellCorresponding CT Ratio(in ‘VT and CT RATIOColumn (0A) of Menu)

[0201: MEASUREMENTS 1, ΙA Magnitude][0203: MEASUREMENTS 1, ΙB Magnitude][0205: MEASUREMENTS 1, ΙC Magnitude][0401: MEASUREMENTS 3, ΙA-2 Magnitude][0403: MEASUREMENTS 3, ΙB-2 Magnitude][0405: MEASUREMENTS 3, ΙC-2 Magnitude]

[0A07: Phase CT Primary][0A08: Phase CT Sec'y]

[0207: MEASUREMENTS 1, ΙN Measured Mag][0A09: E/F CT Primary]

[0A0A: E/F CT Sec'y]

[020B: MEASUREMENTS 1, ΙSEF Magnitude][0A0B: SEF CT Primary][0A0C: SEF CT Sec'y]

Table 10: CT ratio settings

5.2.13 Voltage inputs

This test verifies the accuracy of voltage measurement is within the acceptabletolerances.

Apply rated voltage to each voltage transformer input in turn, checking its magnitudeusing a multimeter. Refer to Table 11 for the corresponding reading in the relay’sMEASUREMENTS 1 column and record the value displayed.

Voltage Applied To

Menu Cell P342 (40TE),P343 (60TE)

P342 (60TE),P343 (80TE)

[021A: MEASUREMENTS 1, VAN Magnitude] C19-C22 D19-D22

[021C: MEASUREMENTS 1, VBN Magnitude] C20-C22 D20-D22

[021E: MEASUREMENTS 1, VCN Magnitude] C21-C22 D21-D22

[0220: MEASUREMENTS 1, VN Measured Mag] C23-C24 D23-D24

Table 11: Voltage input terminals

The measured voltage values displayed on the relay LCD or a portable PC connectedto the front communication port will either be in primary or secondary volts. If cell[0D02: MEASURE’T SETUP, Local Values] is set to ‘Primary’, the values displayedshould be equal to the applied voltage multiplied by the corresponding voltagetransformer ratio set in the ‘VT and CT RATIOS’ menu column (see Table 12). If cell[0D02: MEASURE’T SETUP, Local Values] is set to ‘Secondary’, the value displayedshould be equal to the applied voltage.

Note: If a PC connected to the relay via the rear communications portis being used to display the measured voltage, the process willbe similar. However, the setting of cell [0D03: MEASURE’TSETUP, Remote Values] will determine whether the displayedvalues are in primary or secondary Volts.

The measurement accuracy of the relay is ±1%. However, an additional allowancemust be made for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.


Page 24/124 MiCOM P342, P343

Menu CellCorresponding VT Ratio(in ‘VT and CT RATIOColumn (0A) of Menu)

[021A: MEASUREMENTS 1, VAN Magnitude][021C: MEASUREMENTS 1, VBN Magnitude][021E: MEASUREMENTS 1, VCN Magnitude]

[0A01: Main VT Primary][0A02: Main VT Sec'y)]

[0220: MEASUREMENTS 1, VN Measured Mag] [0A05: NVD VT Primary][0A06: NVD VT Sec'y]

Table 12: VT ratio settings

6. SETTING CHECKS

The setting checks ensure that all of the application-specific relay settings (i.e. boththe relay’s function and programmable scheme logic settings) for the particularinstallation have been correctly applied to the relay.

If the application-specific settings are not available, ignore Sections 6.1 and 6.2.

Note: The trip circuit should remain isolated during these checxks toprevent accidental operation of the associated circuit breaker.

6.1 Apply application-specific settings

There are two methods of applying the settings:

• Transferring them from a pre-prepared setting file to the relay using a portablePC running the appropriate software (MiCOM S1) via the relay’s front EIA(RS)232port, located under the bottom access cover, or the first rear communications port(Courier protocol with a KITZ protocol convertor connected), or the second rearcommunications port. This method is preferred for transferring function settingsas it is much faster and there is less margin for error. If programmable schemelogic other than the default settings with which the relay is supplied are to be usedthen this is the only way of changing the settings.

• If a setting file has been created for the particular application and provided on adiskette, this will further reduce the commissioning time and should always be thecase where application-specific programmable scheme logic is to be applied tothe relay.

• Enter them manually via the relay’s operator interface. This method is notsuitable for changing the programmable scheme logic.

Note: It is essential that where the installation needs application-specific Programmable Scheme Logic, that the appropriate .pslfile is downloaded (sent) to the relay, for each and every settinggroup that will be used. If the user fails to download therequired .psl file to any setting group that may be brought intoservice, then factory default PSL will still be resident. This mayhave severe operational and safety consequences.

6.2 Check application-specific settings

The settings applied should be carefully checked against the requiredapplication-specific settings to ensure they have been entered correctly. However, thisis not considered essential if a customer-prepared setting file on diskette has beentransferred to the relay using a portable PC.


There are two methods of checking the settings:

• Extract the settings from the relay using a portable PC running the appropriatesoftware (MiCOM S1) via the front EIA(RS)232 port, located under the bottomaccess cover, or the first rear communications port (Courier protocol with a KITZprotocol convertor connected), or the second rear communications port.Compare the settings transferred from the relay with the original writtenapplication-specific setting record. (For cases where the customer has onlyprovided a printed copy of the required settings but a portable PC is available).

• Step through the settings using the relay’s operator interface and compare themwith the original application-specific setting record.

Unless previously agreed to the contrary, the application-specific programmablescheme logic will not be checked as part of the commissioning tests.

Due to the versatility and possible complexity of the programmable scheme logic, it isbeyond the scope of these commissioning instructions to detail suitable testprocedures. Therefore, when programmable scheme logic tests must be performed,written tests which will satisfactorily demonstrate the correct operation of theapplication-specific scheme logic should be devised by the Engineer who created it.These should be provided to the Commissioning Engineer together with the diskettecontaining the programmable scheme logic setting file.

6.3 Demonstrate correct relay operation

Tests 4.2.9 and 4.2.10 have already demonstrated that the relay is within calibration,thus the purpose of these tests is as follows:

− To determine that the primary protection function of the P343 relay, the currentdifferential protection, can trip according to the correct application settings.

− To verify correct setting of the backup phase overcurrent protection (P342/3).

− To verify correct assignment of the trip contacts, by monitoring the response toa selection of fault injections.

6.3.1 Generator differential protection (P343)

To avoid spurious operation of any other protection elements all protection elementsexcept the generator differential protection should be disabled for the duration of thedifferential element tests. This is done in the relay’s CONFIGURATION column.Make a note of which elements need to be re-enabled after testing.

For testing the biased differential protection select the ‘Biased’ setting in the GENDIFF, GenDiff Function menu and perform the tests described in section 6.3.1.2,6.3.1.3 and 6.3.2. For testing the high impedance differential protection select the‘High Impedance’ setting in the GEN DIFF, GenDiff Function menu and perform thetests described in section 6.3.2.

The P343 generator differential protection has three elements, one for each phase.The biased differential protection uses the maximum bias current in the three phasesto bias the elements. The detailed bias characteristic is described in sub-document -Installation. The following instructions are for testing the bias characteristic of the Bphase element. The bias current is applied to the A phase element.

6.3.1.1 Connect the test circuit

The following tests require a variable transformer and two resistors connected asshown in Figure 3. Alternatively an injection test set can be used to supply Ιa and Ιbcurrents.


Page 26/124 MiCOM P342, P343

Figure 3: Connection for Testing

For the biased differential protection a current is injected into the A phase ΙA-2 input,(E3-E2 (1A, 60TE case), E1-E2 (5A, 60TE case), F3-F2 (1A, 80TE case), F1-F2 (5A,80TE case)), which is used as the bias current, ΙBias = (ΙA + ΙA-2)/2 = ΙA-2/2 asΙA=0. Another current is injected into the B phase ΙB-2 input (E6-E5 (1A, 60TE case),E4-E5 (5A, 60TE case), F6-F5 (1A, 80TE case), F4-F5 (5A, 80TE case)) which is usedas the differential current, Differential = ΙB-2 – ΙB = ΙB-2 as ΙB=0. Ιa is alwaysgreater than Ιb.

6.3.1.2 Biased differential protection lower slope

If three LEDs have been assigned to give phase segregated trip information, Gen DiffTrip A, Gen Diff Trip B and Gen Diff Trip C (DDB 419, 420, 421), these may be usedto indicate correct per-phase operation. If not, monitor options will need to be used –see the next paragraph.

Go to the COMMISSION TESTS column in the menu, scroll down and change cells[0F05: Monitor Bit 1] to 419, [0F06: Monitor Bit 2] to 420 and [0F07: Monitor Bit 3]to 421. Cell [0F04: Test Port Status] will now appropriately set or reset the bits thatnow represent Phase A Trip (DDB #419), Phase B Trip (DDB #420) and Phase C Trip(DDB #421) with the rightmost bit representing Phase A Trip. From now on youshould monitor the indication of [0F04: Test Port Status].

Adjust the variac and the resistor to inject 1 pu into ΙA-2 to give a bias current of 0.5pu in the A-phase. (Note: 1pu = 1A into terminals E3-E2 (60TE case), F3-F2 (80TEcase) for 1A applications; or 1pu = 5A into terminals E1-E2 (60TE case), F1-F2 (80TEcase) for 5A applications). The relay will trip and any contacts associated with the A-phase will operate, and bit 1 (rightmost) of [0F04: Test Port Status] will be set to 1.Some LEDs, including the yellow alarm LED, will come on, but ignore them for themoment.

Slowly increase the current in the B-phase ΙB-2 input E6-E5 (1A, 60TE), E4-E5(5A, 60TE case), F6-F5 (1A, 80TE case), F4-F5 (5A, 80TE case) until phase B trips (Bit2 of [0F04 : Test Port Status] is set to 1). Record the phase B current magnitude andcheck that it corresponds to the information below.

Switch OFF the ac supply and reset the alarms.

Bias Current (ΙA-2/2) Differential Current (ΙB)

Phase Magnitude Phase Magnitude

A 0.5 pu B 0.05pu +/-10%


Assumption: Ιs1 = 0.05pu, k1 = 0%, Ιs2 = 1.2pu

For other differential settings the formula below can be used (enter k1 slope in puform, i.e. percentage/100):

B phase operate current is (Ιs1 + ΙBias x k1) pu +/- 10%

6.3.1.3 Biased differential protection upper slope

Repeat the test in 6.2.1.2 with the A phase, IA-2, current set to be 3.4pu (Ibias = 1.7pu).

Slowly increase the current in the B phase until phase B trips (bit 2 of [0F04: Test PortStatus] is set to 1). Record the phase B current magnitude and check that itcorresponds to the information below.

Switch OFF the ac supply and reset the alarms.

Bias Current (ΙA-2/2) Differential current (ΙB)

Phase Magnitude Phase Magnitude

A 1.7 pu B 0.8pu +/-20%

Assumption: Ιs1 = 0.05pu, k1 = 0%, Ιs2 = 1.2pu, k2 =150%as above

For other differential settings the formula below can be used (enter k1 and k2 slopes inpu form, i.e. percentage/100):

Operate current is [(ΙBias x k2) + (k1 – k2) x Ιs2 + Ιs1] pu +/- 20%

Note that especially for 5A applications the duration of current injections should beshort to avoid overheating of the variac or injection test set.

6.3.2 Generator differential operation and contact assignment

6.3.2.1 Phase A

Retaining the same test circuit as before, prepare for an instantaneous injection of 4 xΙs1 pu current in the A phase, with no current in the B phase (B phase switch open).Connect a timer to start when the fault injection is applied, and to stop when the tripoccurs.

Determine which output relay has been selected to operate when a Gen Diff Tripoccurs by viewing the relay’s programmable scheme logic. The programmablescheme logic can only be changed using the appropriate software. If this software isnot available then the default output relay allocations will still be applicable. In thedefault PSL, relay 3 is the designated protection trip contact and DDB418 Gen DiffTrip is assigned to this contact. If the generator differential trip is not mapped directlyto an output relay in the programmable scheme logic, output relay 3 (H5-H6 in the60TE case and L5-L6 in the 80TE case) should be used for the test as relay 3 initiatesthe trip led.

Ensure that the timer is reset.

Apply a current of 4 x the setting in cell [3002: GROUP 1 GEN DIFF, Gen Diff Is1] tothe relay and note the time displayed when the timer stops.

After applying the test check the red trip led and yellow alarm led turns on when therelay operates. Check ‘Alarms / Faults Present – Tripped Phase A, Gen Diff Trip’ ison the display. Reset the alarms.


Page 28/124 MiCOM P342, P343

Three Pole Tripping DDB 418 : Gen Diff Trip

Single Pole Tripping DDB 419 : Gen Diff Trip A

DDB 420 : Gen Diff Trip B

DDB 421 : Gen Diff Trip C

6.3.2.2 Phase B

Reconfigure the test equipment to inject fault current into the B phase. Repeat the testin 6.3.2.1, this time ensuring that the breaker trip contacts relative to B phaseoperation close correctly. Record the phase B trip time. Check the red trip led andyellow alarm led turns on when the relay operates. Check ‘Alarms / Faults Present –Tripped Phase B, Gen Diff Trip’ is on the display. Reset the alarms.

6.3.2.3 Phase C

Repeat 6.3.2.2 for the C phase.

The average of the recorded operating times for the three phases should beless than 30ms. Switch OFF the ac supply and reset the alarms.

Upon completion of the tests any protection elements which were disabled for testingpurposes must have their original settings restored in the CONFIGURATION column.

6.3.3 Backup phase overcurrent protection

The overcurrent protection function Ι>1 element should be tested.

To avoid spurious operation of any other protection elements all protection elementsexcept the overcurrent protection should be disabled for the duration of theovercurrent element tests. This is done in the relay’s CONFIGURATION column.Make a note of which elements need to be re-enabled after testing.

6.3.3.1 Connect the test circuit

Determine which output relay has been selected to operate when an Ι>1 trip occursby viewing the relay’s programmable scheme logic.

The programmable scheme logic can only be changed using the appropriatesoftware. If this software has not been available then the default output relayallocations will still be applicable.

If the trip outputs are phase-segregated (i.e. a different output relay allocated foreach phase), the relay assigned for tripping on ‘A’ phase faults should be used.

If stage 1 is not mapped directly to an output relay in the programmable schemelogic, output relay 3 (H5-H6 in the 60TE case and L5-L6 in the 80TE case) should beused for the test as relay 3 initiates the trip led. In the default PSL relay 3 is thedesignated protection trip contact and DDB477 Ι>1 Trip is assigned to this contact.

Three Pole Tripping DDB 477 : Ι>1 Trip

Single Pole Tripping DDB 478 : Ι>1 Trip A

DDB 479 : Ι>1 Trip B

DDB 480 : Ι>1 Trip C

The associated terminal numbers can be found from the external connectiondiagrams in section P34x/EN CO/E33.

Connect the output relay so that its operation will trip the test set and stop the timer.


Connect the current output of the test set to the ‘A’ phase current transformer input ofthe relay (terminals C3-C2 (1A, 60TE case), D3-D2 (1A, 80TE case) C1-C2 (5A, 60TEcase), D1-D2 (5A, 80TE case)).

Ensure that the timer will start when the current is applied to the relay.

6.3.3.2 Perform the test

Ensure that the timer is reset.

Apply a current of twice the setting in cell [3504: GROUP 1 OVERCURRENT, Ι>1Current Set] to the relay and note the time displayed when the timer stops.

Check the red trip led and yellow alarm led turns on when the relay operates. Check‘Alarms / Faults Present – Started Phase A, Tripped Phase A, Overcurrent Start I>1,Overcurrent Trip I>1’ is on the display. Reset all alarms. Note, the trip led isinitiated from operation of relay 3, the protection trip contact in the default PSL.

6.3.3.3 Check the operating time

Check that the operating time recorded by the timer is within the range shown inTable 13.

Note: Except for the definite time characteristic, the operating timesgiven in Table 13 are for a time multiplier or time dial setting of1. Therefore, to obtain the operating time at other timemultiplier or time dial settings, the time given in Table 12 mustbe multiplied by the setting of cell[3506: GROUP 1 OVERCURRENT, Ι>1 TMS] for IEC and UKcharacteristics or cell [3507: GROUP 1 OVERCURRENT, TimeDial] for IEEE and US characteristics.

In addition, for definite time and inverse characteristics there is an additional delay ofup to 0.02 second and 0.08 second respectively that may need to be added to therelay’s acceptable range of operating times.

For all characteristics, allowance must be made for the accuracy of the test equipmentbeing used.


Page 30/124 MiCOM P342, P343

Characteristic Operating time at twice current setting and timemultiplier/time dial setting of 1.0

Nominal (seconds) Range (seconds)

DT [3505: Ι>1 Time Delay]setting

Setting ±5%

IEC S Inverse 10.03 9.53 – 10.53

IEC V Inverse 13.50 12.83 – 14.18

IEC E Inverse 26.67 25.34 – 28

UK LT Inverse 120.00 114.00 – 126.00

IEEE M Inverse 3.8 3.61 – 3.99

IEEE V Inverse 7.03 6.68 – 7.38

IEEE E Inverse 9.52 9.04 - 10

US Inverse 2.16 2.05 – 2.27

US ST Inverse 12.12 11.51 – 12.73

Table 13: Characteristic operating times for Ι>1

Upon completion of the tests any protection elements which were disabled for testingpurposes must have their original settings restored in the CONFIGURATION column.

7. ON-LOAD CHECKS

The following on-load measuring checks ensure the external wiring to the current andvoltage inputs is correct but can only be carried out if there are no restrictionspreventing the energisation of the plant being protected.

Remove all test leads, temporary shorting leads, etc. and replace any external wiringthat has been removed to allow testing.

If it has been necessary to disconnect any of the external wiring from the relay inorder to perform any of the foregoing tests, it should be ensured that all connectionsare replaced in accordance with the relevant external connection or scheme diagram.

7.1 Voltage connections

Using a multimeter measure the voltage transformer secondary voltages to ensurethey are correctly rated. Check that the system phase rotation is correct using aphase rotation meter.

Compare the values of the secondary phase voltages with the relay’s measuredvalues, which can be found in the MEASUREMENTS 1 menu column.

If cell [0D02: MEASURE’T SETUP, Local Values] is set to ‘Secondary’, the valuesdisplayed on the relay LCD or a portable PC connected to the front EIA(RS)232communication port should be equal to the applied secondary voltage. The valuesshould be within 1% of the applied secondary voltages. However, an additionalallowance must be made for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.

If cell [0D02: MEASURE’T SETUP, Local Values] is set to ‘Primary’, the valuesdisplayed should be equal to the applied secondary voltage multiplied thecorresponding voltage transformer ratio set in the ‘CT & VT RATIOS’ menu column(see Table 14). Again the values should be within 1% of the expected value, plus anadditional allowance for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.


Voltage Cell in MEASUREMENTS 1Column (02)

Corresponding VT Ratio(in ‘VT and CT RATIOColumn (0A) of Menu)

VAB [0214: VAB Magnitude]

VBC [0216: VBC Magnitude]

VCA [0218: VCA Magnitude]

VAN [021A: VAN Magnitude]

VBN [021C: VBN Magnitude]

VCN [021E: VCN Magnitude]

[0A01: Main VT Primary][0A02: Main VT Sec'y]

VN [0220: VN Measured Mag] [0A05: NVD VT Primary][0A06: NVD VT Sec'y]

Table 14: Measured voltages and VT ratio settings

7.2 Current connections

Measure the current transformer secondary values for each input using a multimeterconnected in series with corresponding relay current input.

Check that the current transformer polarities are correct by measuring the phaseangle between the current and voltage, either against a phase meter already installedon site and known to be correct or by determining the direction of power flow bycontacting the system control centre.

Ensure the current flowing in the neutral circuit of the current transformers isnegligible.

Compare the values of the secondary phase currents and phase angle with therelay’s measured values, which can be found in the MEASUREMENTS 1 menucolumn.

Note: Under normal load conditions the earth fault function willmeasure little, if any, current. It is therefore necessary tosimulate a phase to neutral fault. This can be achieved bytemporarily disconnecting one or two of the line currenttransformer connections to the relay and shorting the terminalsof these current transformer secondary windings.

Check that the ΙA/ΙB/ΙC Differential currents measured on the relay are less than 10%of the ΙA/ΙB/ΙC Bias currents, see the Measurements 3 menu. Check that the Ι2Magnitude negative phase sequence current measured by the relay is not greaterthan expected for the particular installation, see the Measurements 1 menu. Checkthat the active and reactive power measured by the relay are correct, see theMeasurements 2 menu. The power measurement modes are described in theApplication Notes section 3.9.3 of the technical guide P34x/EN T/E33.

If cell [0D02: MEASURE’T SETUP, Local Values] is set to ‘Secondary’, the currentsdisplayed on the relay LCD or a portable PC connected to the front EIA(RS)232communication port should be equal to the applied secondary current. The valuesshould be within 1% of the applied secondary currents. However, an additionalallowance must be made for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.

If cell [0D02: MEASURE’T SETUP, Local Values] is set to ‘Primary’, the currentsdisplayed should be equal to the applied secondary current multiplied by thecorresponding current transformer ratio set in ‘CT & VT RATIOS’ menu column (see


Page 32/124 MiCOM P342, P343

Table 10). Again the values should be within 1% of the expected value, plus anadditional allowance for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.

Note: If a P342 or P343 relay is applied with a single dedicated currenttransformer for the earth fault function, it may not be possible tocheck the relay’s measured values as the neutral current will bealmost zero.

8. FINAL CHECKS

The tests are now complete.

Remove all test or temporary shorting leads, etc. If it has been necessary todisconnect any of the external wiring from the relay in order to perform the wiringverification tests, it should be ensured that all connections are replaced in accordancewith the relevant external connection or scheme diagram.

Ensure that the relay has been restored to service by checking that cell [0F0D:COMMISSIONING TESTS, Test Mode] is set to ‘Disabled’.

If the relay is in a new installation or the circuit breaker has just been maintained, thecircuit breaker maintenance and current counters should be zero. These counters canbe reset using cell [0606: CB CONDITION, Reset All Values]. If the required accesslevel is not active, the relay will prompt for a password to be entered so that thesetting change can be made.

If the menu language has been changed to allow accurate testing it should berestored to the customer’s preferred language.

If an MMLG test block is installed, remove the MMLB01 test plug and replace theMMLG cover so that the protection is put into service.

Ensure that all event records, fault records, disturbance records, alarms and LEDshave been reset before leaving the relay.

If applicable, replace the secondary front cover on the relay.

9. MAINTENANCE

9.1 Maintenance period

It is recommended that products supplied by AREVA T&D receive periodic monitoringafter installation. As with all products some deterioration with time is inevitable. Inview of the critical nature of protective relays and their infrequent operation, it isdesirable to confirm that they are operating correctly at regular intervals.

AREVA T&D protective relays are designed for life in excess of 20 years.

MiCOM P340 generator relays are self-supervising and so require less maintenancethan earlier designs of relay. Most problems will result in an alarm so that remedialaction can be taken. However, some periodic tests should be done to ensure that therelay is functioning correctly and the external wiring is intact.

If a Preventative Maintenance Policy exists within the customer’s organisation then therecommended product checks should be included in the regular programme.Maintenance periods will depend on many factors, such as:


• the operating environment

• the accessibility of the site

• the amount of available manpower

• the importance of the installation in the power system

• the consequences of failure

9.2 Maintenance checks

Although some functionality checks can be performed from a remote location byutilising the communications ability of the relays, these are predominantly restricted tochecking that the relay is measuring the applied currents and voltages accurately,and checking the circuit breaker maintenance counters. Therefore it is recommendedthat maintenance checks are performed locally (i.e. at the substation itself).

Before carrying out any work on the equipment, the user should befamiliar with the contents of the Safety and technical data sections andthe ratings on the equipment’s rating label.

9.2.1 Alarms

The alarm status LED should first be checked to identify if any alarm conditions exist.If so, press the read key [] repeatedly to step through the alarms. Clear the alarmsto extinguish the LED.

9.2.2 Opto-isolators

The opto-isolated inputs can be checked to ensure that the relay responds to theirenergisation by repeating the commissioning test detailed in Section 5.2.5 of this sub-document.

9.2.3 Output relays

The output relays can be checked to ensure that they operate by repeating thecommissioning test detailed in Section 5.2.6 of this sub-document.

9.2.4 Measurement accuracy

If the power system is energised, the values measured by the relay can be comparedwith known system values to check that they are in the approximate range that isexpected. If they are then the analogue/digital conversion and calculations are beingperformed correctly by the relay. Suitable test methods can be found in Sections 7.1and 7.2 of this sub-document.

Alternatively, the values measured by the relay can be checked against known valuesinjected into the relay via the test block, if fitted, or injected directly into the relayterminals. Suitable test methods can be found in Sections 5.2.12 and 5.2.13 of thissub-document. These tests will prove the calibration accuracy is being maintained.

9.3 Method of repair

If the relay should develop a fault whilst in service, depending on the nature of thefault, the watchdog contacts will change state and an alarm condition will be flagged.Due to the extensive use of surface-mount components faulty PCBs should bereplaced as it is not possible to perform repairs on damaged circuits. Thus either thecomplete relay or just the faulty PCB, identified by the in-built diagnostic software,can be replaced. Advice about identifying the faulty PCB can be found in sub-document - ‘Problem Analysis’.


Page 34/124 MiCOM P342, P343

The preferred method is to replace the complete relay as it ensures that the internalcircuitry is protected against electrostatic discharge and physical damage at all timesand overcomes the possibility of incompatibility between replacement PCBs.However, it may be difficult to remove an installed relay due to limited access in theback of the cubicle and rigidity of the scheme wiring.

Replacing PCBs can reduce transport costs but requires clean, dry conditions on siteand higher skills from the person performing the repair. However, if the repair is notperformed by an approved service centre, the warranty will be invalidated.

Before carrying out any work on the equipment, the user should befamiliar with the contents of the Safety and technical data sections andthe ratings on the equipment’s rating label. This should ensure that nodamage is caused by incorrect handling of the electronic components.

9.3.1 Replacing the complete relay

The case and rear terminal blocks have been designed to facilitate removal of thecomplete relay should replacement or repair become necessary without having todisconnect the scheme wiring.

Before working at the rear of the relay, isolate all voltage and current supplies to therelay.

Note: The MiCOM range of relays have integral current transformershorting switches which will close when the heavy duty terminalblock is removed.

Disconnect the relay earth connection from the rear of the relay.

Figure 4: Location of securing screws for terminal blocks

There are three types of terminal block used on the relay, RTD input, heavy duty andmedium duty, which are fastened to the rear panel using screws (crosshead on theheavy and medium duty blocks, slotted on RTD input blocks), as in Figure 4.


Note: The use of a magnetic bladed screwdriver is recommended tominimise the risk of the screws being left in the terminal block orlost.

Without exerting excessive force or damaging the scheme wiring, pull the terminalblocks away from their internal connectors.

Remove the screws used to fasten the relay to the panel, rack, etc. These are thescrews with the larger diameter heads that are accessible with the access covers arefitted and open.

If the top and bottom access covers have been removed, Do not removethe screws with the smaller diameter heads which are accessible. Thesescrews hold the front panel on the relay.

Withdraw the relay from the panel, rack, etc. carefully because it will be heavy due tothe internal transformers, particularly in the case of a P343 relay.

To reinstall the repaired or replacement relay follow the above instructions in reverse,ensuring that each terminal block is relocated in the correct position and the caseearth, IRIG-B and fibre optic connections are replaced. To facilitate easyidentification of each terminal block, they are labelled alphabetically with ‘A’ on theleft hand side when viewed from the rear.

Once reinstallation is complete the relay should be recommissioned using theinstructions in sub-documents 1 to 7 inclusive of this sub-document.

9.3.2 Replacing a PCB

If the relay fails to operate correctly refer to sub-document - ‘Problem Analysis’, tohelp determine which PCB has become faulty.

To replace any of the relay’s PCBs it is necessary to first remove the front panel.

Before removing the front panel to replace a PCB the auxiliary supplymust be removed. It is also strongly recommended that the voltage andcurrent transformer connections and trip circuit are isolated.

Open the top and bottom access covers. With size 60TE/80TE cases the accesscovers have two hinge-assistance T-pieces which clear the front panel moulding whenthe access covers are opened by more than 90°, thus allowing their removal.

If fitted, remove the transparent secondary front cover. A description of how to dothis is given in sub-document - ‘Introduction’.

By applying outward pressure to the middle of the access covers, they can be bowedsufficiently so as to disengage the hinge lug allowing the access cover to be removed.The screws that fasten the front panel to the case are now accessible.

The size 40TE case has four crosshead screws fastening the front panel to the case,one in each corner, in recessed holes. The size 60TE/80TE case has an additionaltwo screws, one midway along each of the top and bottom edges of the front plate.Undo and remove the screws.

Do not remove the screws with the larger diameter heads which areaccessible when the access covers are fitted and open. These screws holdthe relay in its mounting (panel or cubicle).

When the screws have been removed, the complete front panel can be pulledforward and separated from the metal case.


Page 36/124 MiCOM P342, P343

Caution should be observed at this stage because the front panel isconnected to the rest of the relay circuitry by a 64-way ribbon cable.

Additionally, from here on, the internal circuitry of the relay is exposedand not protected against electrostatic discharges, dust ingress, etc.Therefore ESD precautions and clean working conditions should bemaintained at all times.

The ribbon cable is fastened to the front panel using an IDC connector; a socket onthe cable itself and a plug with locking latches on the front panel. Gently push thetwo locking latches outwards which will eject the connector socket slightly. Removethe socket from the plug to disconnect the front panel.

The PCBs within the relay are now accessible. Figures 28 to 36 in section P34x/ENCO/E33 show the PCB locations for the generator relays in the size 40TE case(P342), size 60TE case (P342 and P343) and size 80TE case (P343) respectively.

Note: The numbers above the case outline identify the guide slotreference for each printed circuit board. Each printed circuitboard has a label stating the corresponding guide slot numberto ensure correct re-location after removal. To serve as areminder of the slot numbering there is a label on the rear of thefront panel metallic screen.

The 64-way ribbon cable to the front panel also provides the electrical connectionsbetween PCBs with the connections being via IDC connectors.

The slots inside the case to hold the PCBs securely in place each correspond to a rearterminal block. Looking from the front of the relay these terminal blocks are labelledfrom right to left.

Note: To ensure compatibility, always replace a faulty PCB with one ofan identical part number. Table 14 lists the part numbers ofeach PCB type.

PCB Part Number Design Suffix

Power Supply Board (24/48V dc) ZN0001 001 A/B

(48/125V dc) ZN0001 002 A/B

(110/250V dc) ZN0001 003 A/B

Power Supply Board (24/48V dc) ZN0021 001 C

(48/125V dc) ZN0021 002 C

(110/250V dc) ZN0021 003 C

Relay Board 7 Relay contacts ZN0002 001 A

Relay Board 7 Relay contacts ZN0031 001 B/C

Relay Board 8 Relay contacts ZN0019 001 B/C

Opto Board 8 Opto inputs ZN0005 002 A

Opto Board 8 Opto inputs ZN0017 002 B/C

Dual Input/OutputBoard

4 Opto inputs + 4relay contacts ZN0028 002 B/C

IRIG-B Board (CommsAssy) (IRIG-B input only) ZN0007 001 A/B/C

(Fibre optic port only) ZN0007 002 A/B/C


PCB Part Number Design Suffix

(Both) ZN0007 003 A/B/C

RTD Board 10 RTDs ZN0010 001 A/B/C

2nd Rear Comms Board (With IRIG-B) ZN0025 001 C

2nd Rear Comms Board (Without IRIG-B) ZN0025 002 C

CLIO Board 4 inputs + 4 outputs ZN0018 001 C

Transformer Board ZN0004 001 A/B/C

Auxiliary TransformerBoard ZN0011 001 A/B/C

Input Board 8 Opto inputs ZN0005 001 A

Input Board 8 Opto inputs ZN0017 001 B/C

Input Module(transformer +auxiliary transformer +input board)

P341 Vn=100/120V GN0010 004 A

P341 Vn=380/480V GN0010 008 A

P342 Vn=100/120V GN0010 004 A

P342 Vn=380/480V GN0010 008 A

P343 Vn=100/120V GN0012 002 A

P343 Vn=380/480V GN0012 003 A

P341 Vn=100/120V GN0010 024 B/C

P341 Vn=380/480V GN0010 028 B/C

P342 Vn=100/120V GN0010 029 B/C

P342 Vn=380/480V GN0010 030 B/C

P343 Vn=100/120V GN0012 009 B/C

P343 Vn=380/480V GN0012 010 B/C

Table 14: PCB part numbers

9.3.2.1 Replacement of the main processor board

The main processor board is located in the front panel, not within the case as with allthe other PCBs.

Place the front panel with the user interface face-down and remove the six screwsfrom the metallic screen, as shown in Figure 5. Remove the metal plate.

There are two further screws, one each side of the rear of the battery compartmentrecess, that hold the main processor PCB in position. Remove these screws.

The user interface keypad is connected to the main processor board via a flex-stripribbon cable. Carefully disconnect the ribbon cable at the PCB-mounted connectoras it could easily be damaged by excessive twisting.


Page 38/124 MiCOM P342, P343

Figure 5: Front panel assembly

The front panel can then be re-assembled with a replacement PCB using the reverseprocedure. Ensure that the ribbon cable is reconnected to the main processor boardand all eight screws are re-fitted.

Refit the front panel using the reverse procedure to that given in Section 9.3.2. Afterrefitting and closing the access covers on size 60TE cases, press at the location of thehinge-assistance T-pieces so that they click back into the front panel moulding.

After replacement of the main processor board, all the settings required for theapplication will need to be re-entered. Therefore, it is useful if an electronic copy ofthe application-specific settings is available on disk. Although this is not essential, itcan reduce the time taken to re-enter the settings and hence the time the protection isout of service.

Once the relay has been reassembled after repair, it should be recommissioned inaccordance with the instructions in sub-documents 1 to 7 inclusive of this sub-document.

9.3.2.2 Replacement of the IRIG-B/2nd communications board

Depending on the model number of the relay, the relay may have an IRIG-B boardfitted with connections for IRIG-B signals, IEC60870-5-103 (VDEW) communications,both or not be present at all. The relay may also have the 2nd communications boardfitted with or without IRIG-B in same position.

To replace a faulty board, disconnect all IRIG-B and/or IEC60870-5-103 and/orcommunications connections at the rear of the relay.

The board is secured in the case by two screws accessible from the rear of the relay,one at the top and another at the bottom, as shown in Figure 6. Remove thesescrews carefully as they are not captive in the rear panel of the relay.


Figure 6: Location of securing screws for IRIG-B board

Gently pull the IRIG-B board or 2nd communications board forward and out of thecase.

To help identify that the correct board has been removed, Figure 7 illustrates thelayout of the IRIG-B board with both IRIG-B and IEC60870-5-103 options fitted(ZN0007 003). The other versions (ZN0007 001 and ZN0007 002) use the samePCB layout but have less components fitted. Figure 8 shows the 2nd communicationsboard with IRIG-B.

Figure 7: Typical IRIG-B board


Page 40/124 MiCOM P342, P343

Language:

Courier always

Physical links:EIA 232 or EIA 485 (polarity sensitive) or K-Bus (non polarity sensitive)SK5

SK4

Phyical links are s/w selectable

Optional IRIG-B

Courier Port (EIA232/EIA485)

Not used (EIA232)

P2083ENA

Figure 8: 2nd communications board with IRIG-B

Before fitting the replacement PCB check that the number on the round label adjacentto the front edge of the PCB matches the slot number into which it will be fitted. If theslot number is missing or incorrect write the correct slot number on the label.

The replacement PCB should be carefully slotted into the appropriate slot, ensuringthat it is pushed fully back on to the rear terminal blocks and the securing screws arere-fitted.

Reconnect all IRIG-B and/or IEC60870-5-103 and/or communications connections atthe rear of the relay.

Refit the front panel using the reverse procedure to that given in Section 9.3.2. Afterrefitting and closing the access covers on size 60TE/80TE cases, press at the locationof the hinge-assistance T-pieces so that they click back into the front panel moulding.

Once the relay has been reassembled after repair, it should be recommissioned inaccordance with the instructions in sub-documents 1 to 7 inclusive of thissub-document.

9.3.2.3 Replacement of the input module

The input module comprises of two or three boards fastened together. In the P342relays the input module consists of a transformer board and a input board. TheP343 input module has three boards; input, transformer and auxiliary transformer.

The module is secured in the case by two screws on its right-hand side, accessiblefrom the front of the relay, as shown in Figure 9. Remove these screws carefully asthey are not captive in the front plate of the module.


! "#

Figure 9: Location of securing screws for input module

On the right-hand side of the analogue input module in P342 relays there is a smallmetal tab which brings out a handle. In the P343 relay there is an additional tab onthe left hand side. Grasping the handle or handles firmly, pull the module forward,away from the rear terminal blocks. A reasonable amount of force will be required toachieve this due to the friction between the contacts of the terminal blocks; onemedium duty and one heavy duty in P341 and P342 relays, one medium duty andtwo heavy duty in P343 relays.

Note: Care should be taken when withdrawing the input module as itwill suddenly come loose once the friction of the terminal blockshas been overcome. This is particularly important withunmounted relays as the metal case will need to be held firmlywhilst the module is withdrawn.

Remove the module from the case, taking care as it is heavy because it contains allthe relay’s input voltage and current transformers.

Before fitting the replacement module check that the number on the round labeladjacent to the front edge of the PCB matches the slot number into which it will befitted. If the slot number is missing or incorrect write the correct slot number on thelabel.

The replacement module can be slotted in using the reverse procedure, ensuring thatit is pushed fully back on to the rear terminal blocks. To help confirm that themodule has been inserted fully there is a V-shaped cut-out in the bottom plate of thecase that should be fully visible. Re-fit the securing screws.

Note: The transformer and input boards within the module arecalibrated together with the calibration data being stored on theinput board. Therefore it is recommended that the completemodule is replaced to avoid on-site recalibration having to beperformed.



Page 42/124 MiCOM P342, P343

Once the relay has been reassembled after repair, it should be recommissioned inaccordance with the instructions in sub-documents 1 to 7 inclusive of thissub-document.

9.3.2.4 Replacement of the power supply board

The power supply board is fastened to a relay board to form the power supplymodule and is located on the extreme left-hand side of all MiCOM generator relays.

Pull the power supply module forward, away from the rear terminal blocks and out ofthe case. A reasonable amount of force will be required to achieve this due to thefriction between the contacts of the two medium duty terminal blocks.

The two boards are held together with push-fit nylon pillars and can be separated bypulling them apart. Care should be taken when separating the boards to avoiddamaging the inter-board connectors located near the lower edge of the PCBstowards the front of the power supply module.

The power supply board is the one with two large electrolytic capacitors on it thatprotrude through the other board that forms the power supply module. To helpidentify that the correct board has been removed, Figure 10 illustrates the layout ofthe power supply board for all voltage ratings.

Figure 10: Typical power supply board

Before re-assembling the module with a replacement PCB check that the number onthe round label adjacent to the front edge of the PCB matches the slot number intowhich it will be fitted. If the slot number is missing or incorrect write the correct slotnumber on the label.

Re-assemble the module with a replacement PCB ensuring the inter-board connectorsare firmly pushed together and the four push-fit nylon pillars are securely located intheir respective holes in each PCB.

Slot the power supply module back into the relay case, ensuring that it is pushed fullyback on to the rear terminal blocks.



Once the relay has been reassembled after repair, it should be re-commissioned inaccordance with the instructions in sub-documents 1 to 7 inclusive of thissub-document.

9.3.2.5 Replacement of the relay board in the power supply module

Remove and replace the relay board in the power supply module as described in9.3.2.4 above.

The relay board is the one with holes cut in it to allow the transformer and two largeelectrolytic capacitors of the power supply board to protrude through. To helpidentify that the correct board has been removed, Figure 11 illustrates the layout ofthe relay board.

Figure 11: Typical relay board

Before re-assembling the module with a replacement relay board check that thenumber on the round label adjacent to the front edge of the PCB matches the slotnumber into which it will be fitted. If the slot number is missing or incorrect write thecorrect slot number on the label.

Ensure the setting of the link (located above IDC connector) on the replacement relayboard is the same as the one being replaced before replacing the module in the relaycase.



Page 44/124 MiCOM P342, P343

9.3.2.6 Replacement of the opto and separate relay boards (P343 only)

The P343 generator relay has two additional boards to the P341 and P342. Theseboards provide extra output relays and optically-isolated inputs to those in the powersupply and input modules respectively.

To remove either, gently pull the faulty PCB forward and out of the case.

If the relay board is being replaced, ensure the setting of the link (located above IDCconnector) on the replacement relay board is the same as the one being replaced.To help identify that the correct board has been removed, Figures 12 and 13illustrate the layout of the relay and opto boards respectively.

Before fitting the replacement PCB check that the number on the round label adjacentto the front edge of the PCB matches the slot number into which it will be fitted. If theslot number is missing or incorrect write the correct slot number on the label.

The replacement PCB should be carefully slid into the appropriate slot, ensuring thatit is pushed fully back on to the rear terminal blocks.


$

Figure 12: Typical opto board



9.3.2.7 Replacement of the RTD input board (P342 and P343 only)

To replace a faulty RTD input board, it is necessary to first remove the two 15-wayterminal blocks, each is fastened to its other half by slotted screws above and belowthe row of terminals, as shown in Figure 13. Remove these screws carefully as theyare not captive in the terminal blocks.

Without damaging the RTD wiring, pull the terminal blocks away from their internalhalves. It is not necessary to disconnect the RTD screen connections from the spadeconnectors on the metal rear panel of the relay.

Figure 13: Location of securing screws for RTD/CLIO input board

The RTD input board is secured in the case by two screws accessible from the rear ofthe relay, one at the top and another at the bottom, as shown in Figure 13. Removethese screws carefully as they are not captive in the rear panel of the relay.


Page 46/124 MiCOM P342, P343

%

Figure 14: Typical RTD input board

Gently pull the faulty RTD input PCB forward and out of the case. To help identifythat the correct board has been removed, Figure 12 illustrates the PCB layout.

The replacement PCB should be carefully slotted into the appropriate slot, ensuringthat it is pushed fully back and the board securing screws are re-fitted.

Refit the RTD input terminal blocks, ensuring that they are in the correct location andthat their fixing screws are replaced.


9.3.2.8 Replacement of the CLIO input board

All external connections to the current loop input output board are made via thesame 15 way light duty I/O connector SL3.5/15/90F as used on the RTD board. Twosuch connectors are used, one for the current loop outputs and one for the currentloop inputs.

To replace a faulty CLIO board, it is necessary to first remove the two 15-wayterminal blocks, each is fastened to its other half by slotted screws above and belowthe row of terminals, as shown in Figure 13. Remove these screws carefully as theyare not captive in the terminal blocks. Note, the CLIO board occupies the same slotB as the RTD board in the 60TE case but uses a separate slot C in the 80TE case.

Without damaging the CLIO wiring, pull the terminal blocks away from their internalhalves. It is not necessary to disconnect the CLIO screen connections from the spadeconnectors on the metal rear panel of the relay.

The CLIO board is secured in the case by two screws accessible from the rear of therelay, one at the top and another at the bottom, as shown in Figure 13. Removethese screws carefully as they are not captive in the rear panel of the relay.


Gently pull the faulty CLIO PCB forward and out of the case.

The replacement PCB should be carefully slotted into the appropriate slot, ensuringthat it is pushed fully back and the board securing screws are re-fitted.

Refit the CLIO terminal blocks, ensuring that they are in the correct location and thattheir fixing screws are replaced.


9.4 Re-calibration

Re-calibration is not required when a PCB is replaced unless it happens to be one ofthe boards in the input module, the replacement of either directly affect thecalibration.

Although it is possible to carry out re-calibration on site, this requires test equipmentwith suitable accuracy and a special calibration program to run on a PC. It istherefore recommended that the work is carried out by the manufacturer, or entrustedto an approved service centre.

9.5 Changing the battery

Each relay has a battery to maintain status data and the correct time when theauxiliary supply voltage fails. The data maintained includes event, fault anddisturbance records and the thermal state at the time of failure.

This battery will periodically need changing, although an alarm will be given as partof the relay’s continuous self-monitoring in the event of a low battery condition.

If the battery-backed facilities are not required to be maintained during aninterruption of the auxiliary supply, the steps below can be followed to remove thebattery, but do not replace with a new battery.

Before carrying out any work on the equipment, the user should be familiar with thecontents of the safety and technical data sections and the ratings on the equipmentsrating label.

9.5.1 Instructions for replacing the battery

Open the bottom access cover on the front of the relay.

Gently extract the battery from its socket. If necessary, use a small insulatedscrewdriver to prize the battery free.

Ensure that the metal terminals in the battery socket are free from corrosion, greaseand dust.

The replacement battery should be removed from its packaging and placed into thebattery holder, taking care to ensure that the polarity markings on the battery agreewith those adjacent to the socket.

Note: Only use a type ½AA Lithium battery with a nominal voltage of3.6V and safety approvals such as UL (Underwriters Laboratory),CSA (Canadian Standards Association) or VDE (VereinigungDeutscher Elektrizitätswerke).

Ensure that the battery is securely held in its socket and that the battery terminals aremaking good contact with the metal terminals of the socket.

Close the bottom access cover.


Page 48/124 MiCOM P342, P343

9.5.2 Post modification tests

To ensure that the replacement battery will maintain the time and status data if theauxiliary supply fails, check cell [0806: DATE and TIME, Battery Status] reads‘Healthy’.

Additionally, if further confirmation that the replacement battery is installed correctlyis required, the commissioning test described in section 5.2.2, ‘Date and Time’, canbe performed.

9.5.3 Battery disposal

The battery that has been removed should be disposed of in accordance with thedisposal procedure for Lithium batteries in the country in which the relay is installed.

9.6 Cleaning

Before cleaning the relay ensure that all ac and dc supplies, current transformer andvoltage transformer connections are isolated to prevent any chance of an electricshock whilst cleaning.

The equipment may be cleaned using a lint-free cloth dampened with clean water.The use of detergents, solvents or abrasive cleaners is not recommended as they maydamage the relay’s surface and leave a conductive residue.


10. COMMISSIONING TEST RECORD

Date Engineer

Station Circuit

System Frequency

Front Plate Information

Generator Protection Relay P34__

Model Number

Serial Number

Rated Current Ιn

Rated Voltage Vn

Auxiliary Voltage Vx

Test Equipment Used

This section should be completed to allow future identification of protective devicesthat have been commissioned using equipment that is later found to be defective orincompatible but may not be detected during the commissioning procedure.

Model: Overcurrent test set

Serial No:

Model:Phase angle meter

Serial No:

Model:Phase rotation meter

Serial No:

Model:Insulation tester

Serial No:

Type:Setting software:

Version:

*Delete as appropriate

Have all relevant safety instructions been followed? Yes/No*


Page 50/124 MiCOM P342, P343

5. PRODUCT CHECKS

5.1 With the relay de-energised

5.1.1 Visual inspection

Relay damaged? Yes/No*

Rating information correct for installation? Yes/No*

Case earth installed? Yes/No*

5.1.2 Current transformer shorting contacts close? Yes/No/Not checked*

5.1.3 Insulation resistance >100MΩ at 500V dc Yes/No/Not tested*

5.1.4 External wiring

Wiring checked against diagram? Yes/No*

Test block connections checked? Yes/No/na*

5.1.5 Watchdog contacts (auxiliary supply off)

Terminals 11 and 12 Contact closed? Yes/No*

Contact resistance ____Ω/Not measured*

Terminals 13 and 14 Contact open? Yes/No*

5.1.6 Measured auxiliary supply ______V ac/dc*

5.2 With the relay energised

5.2.1 Watchdog contacts (auxiliary supply on)

Terminals 11 and 12 Contact open? Yes/No*

Terminals 13 and 14 Contact closed? Yes/No*


5.2.2 Date and time

Clock set to local time? Yes/No*

Time maintained when auxiliary supply removed? Yes/No*


5.2.3 Light emitting diodes

Relay healthy (green) LED working? Yes/No*

Alarm (yellow) LED working? Yes/No*

Out of service (yellow) LED working? Yes/No*

Trip (red) LED working? Yes/No*

All 8 programmable LEDs working? Yes/No*

5.2.4 Field supply voltage

Value measured between terminals 7 and 9 ______V dc

Value measured between terminals 8 and 10 ______V dc

5.2.5 Input opto-isolators

Opto input 1 working? Yes/No*








Opto input 9 working? Yes/No/na*

















Page 52/124 MiCOM P342, P343









5.2.6 Output relays

Working? Yes/No*Relay 1







Contact resistance (N/C) ____Ω/Not measured*

(N/O) ____Ω/Not measured*










Working? Yes/No/na*Relay 8








Page 54/124 MiCOM P342, P343



















5.2.7 RTD inputs

Resistor tolerance ____%

RTD 1 reading [0412: RTD 1 Label] ____°C








RTD 9 reading [041A: RTD 9 Label] ____°C

RTD 10 reading [041B: RTD 10 Label] ____°C

5.2.8 Current loop inputs

CLI input type 0-1mA/0-10mA/0-20mA/4-20mA*

CLI1 reading at 50% CLI maximum range[0425: CLI1 Input Label] _______





5.2.9 Current loop outputs

CLO output type 0-1mA/0-10mA/0-20mA/4-20mA*

CLO1 output current at 50% of rated output _______mA




5.2.10 First rear communications port

Communication standard K-Bus/MODBUS/IEC60870-5-103*

Communications established? Yes/No*

Protocol convertor tested? Yes/No/na*

5.2.11 Second rear communications port

Communication port configuration K-Bus/EIA(RS)485/EIA(RS)232*

Communications established? Yes/No*

Protocol convertor tested? Yes/No/na*

5.2.12 Current inputs

Displayed Current Primary/Secondary*

Phase CT Ratio

[Phase CT Primary]

[Phase CT Sec'y]_______/na*

Earth Fault CT Ratio

[E/F CT Primary]

[E/F CT Sec'y]_______/na*

SEF CT Ratio

[SEF CT Primary]

[SEF CT Sec'y]_______/na*


Page 56/124 MiCOM P342, P343

Ιnput CT Applied value Displayed value

ΙA _______A _______A

ΙB _______A _______A

ΙC _______A _______A

ΙN _______A/na* _______A/na*

ΙN Sensitive/ISEF _______A _______A

ΙA (2) _______A/na* _______A/na*

ΙB (2) _______A/na* _______A/na*

ΙC (2) _______A/na* _______A/na*

5.2.13 Voltage inputs

Displayed Voltage Primary/Secondary*

Main VT Ratio

[Main VT Primary]

[Main VT Sec'y]_______/na*

NVD VT Ratio

[NVD VT Primary]

[NVD VT Secondary]_______/na*

Input VT Applied value Displayed value

Va _______V _______V

Vb _______V _______V

Vc _______V _______V

Vo _______V _______V

6. SETTING CHECKS

6.1 Application-specific function settings applied? Yes/No*

Application-specific programmable scheme logicsettings applied? Yes/No/na*

6.2 Application-specific function settings verified? Yes/No/na*

Application-specific programmable scheme logictested? Yes/No/na*

6.3 Demonstrate correct relay operation

6.3.1 Generator differential protection (P343)


6.3.1.2 Generator Differential lower slope pickup _________A

6.3.1.3 Generator Differential upper slope pickup _________A

6.3.2.1 Generator Differential Phase A contact routing OK? Yes/No

Generator Differential Phase A trip time _________s

6.3.2.2 Generator Differential Phase B contact routing OK? Yes/No

Generator Differential Phase B trip time _________s

6.3.2.3 Generator Differential Phase C contact routing OK? Yes/No

Generator Differential Phase C trip time _________s

Average trip time, Phases A, B and C _________s

6.3.3 Phase overcurrent protection (P342/P343)

Protection function timing tested? Yes/No*

Overcurrent type (set in cell [Ι>1 Direction])Directional

/Non-directional*

Applied current _________A

Expected operating time _________s

Measured operating time _________s

7. ON-LOAD CHECKS

Test wiring removed? Yes/No/na*

Disturbed customer wiring re-checked? Yes/No/na*

On-load test performed? Yes/No*

7.1 VT wiring checked? Yes/No/na*

Phase rotation correct? Yes/No*

Displayed Voltage Primary/Secondary*

Main VT Ratio

[Main VT Primary]

[Main VT Sec'y]_______V/na*

NVD VT Ratio

[NVD VT Primary]

[NVD VT Secondary]_______V/na*

Voltages: Applied value Displayed value

VAN/VAB* _______V _______V

VBN/VBC* _______V _______V

VCN/VCA* _______V _______V

VN _______V _______V


Page 58/124 MiCOM P342, P343

7.2 CT wiring checked? Yes/No/na*

CT polarities correct? Yes/No*

Displayed Current Primary/Secondary*

Phase CT Ratio

[Phase CT Primary]

[Phase CT Sec'y]_______A/na*

Earth Fault CT Ratio

[E/F CT Primary]

[E/F CT Sec'y]_______A/na*

SEF CT Ratio

[SEF CT Primary]

[SEF CT Sec'y]_______A/na*

Currents: Applied value Displayed value

ΙA _______A _______A

ΙB _______A _______A

ΙC _______A _______A

ΙN _______A/na* _______A/na*

ΙN Sensitive/ISEF _______A _______A

ΙA (2) _______A/na* _______A/na*

ΙB (2) _______A/na* _______A/na*

ΙC (2) _______A/na* _______A/na*

8. FINAL CHECKS

Test wiring removed? Yes/No/na*

Disturbed customer wiring re-checked? Yes/No/na*

Test mode disabled? Yes/No*

Circuit breaker operations counter reset? Yes/No/na*

Current counters reset? Yes/No/na*

Event records reset? Yes/No*

Fault records reset? Yes/No*

Disturbance records reset? Yes/No*

Alarms reset? Yes/No*

LEDs reset? Yes/No*

Secondary front cover replaced? Yes/No/na*


Commissioning Engineer Customer Witness

Date Date


Page 60/124 MiCOM P342, P343

11. SETTING RECORD

Date Engineer

Station Circuit

System Frequency

Front Plate Information

Generator Protection Relay P34__

Model Number

Serial Number

Rated Current Ιn

Rated Voltage Vn

Auxiliary Voltage Vx

*Delete as appropriate

Setting Groups Used

Group 1 Yes/No*

Group 2 Yes/No*

Group 3 Yes/No*

Group 4 Yes/No*

0000 SYSTEM DATA

0001 Language English/Francais/Deutsch/Espanol*

0003 Sys Fn Links

0004 Description

0005 Plant Reference

0006 Model Number

0008 Serial Number

0009 Frequency

000A Comms Level

000B Relay Address

0011 Software Ref. 1

00D1 Password Control Level 0/Level 1/Level 2*

00D2 Password Level 1

00D3 Password Level 2


0600 CB CONDITION

0601 CB Operations

0602 Total ΙA Broken

0603 Total ΙB Broken

0604 Total ΙC Broken

0605 CB Operate Time

0700 CB CONTROL

0701 CB Control byDisabled/Local/Remote/Local+Remote/

Opto/Opto+Local/Opto+Remote/Opto+Rem+Local*

0702 Close Pulse Time

0703 Trip Pulse Time

0705 Man Close Delay

0706 Healthy Window

0709 Reset Lockout by User Interface/CB Close*

070A Man Close Rst Dly

0711 CB Status Input None/52A/52B/Both 52A and 52B*

0800 DATE AND TIME

0804 IRIG-B Sync Disabled/Enabled*

0805 IRIG-B Status Inactive/Active*

0806 Battery Status Dead/Healthy*

0900 CONFIGURATION

0902 Setting Group Select via Menu/Select via Optos*

0903 Active Settings Group 1/Group 2/Group 3/Group 4*

0907 Setting Group 1 Disabled/Enabled*



090A Setting Group 4 Disabled/Enabled*

090B Gen Differential Disabled/Enabled*

090C Power Disabled/Enabled*

090D Field Failure Disabled/Enabled*

090E NPS Thermal Disabled/Enabled*

090F System Backup Disabled/Enabled*

0910 Overcurrent Disabled/Enabled*

0911 Thermal Overload Disabled/Enabled*


Page 62/124 MiCOM P342, P343

0913 Earth Fault Disabled/Enabled*

0915 SEF/REF/S Power Disabled/SEF/REF/Sensitive Power*

0916 Residual O/V NVD Disabled/Enabled*

0917 100% Stator EF Disabled/Enabled*

0918 Overfluxing V/Hz Disabled/Enabled*

091B Dead Machine Disabled/Enabled*

091D Volt Protection Disabled/Enabled*

091E Freq Protection Disabled/Enabled*

091F RTD Inputs Disabled/Enabled*

0920 CB Fail Disabled/Enabled*

0921 Supervision Disabled/Enabled*

0924 Pole Slipping Disabled/Enabled*

0925 Input Labels Invisible/Visible*

0926 Output Labels Invisible/Visible*

0927 RTD Labels Invisible/Visible*

0928 CT & VT Ratios Invisible/Visible*

0929 Event Recorder Invisible/Visible*

092A Disturb Recorder Invisible/Visible*

092B Measure’t Setup Invisible/Visible*

092C Comms Settings Invisible/Visible*

092D Commissioning Tests Invisible/Visible*

092E Setting Values Primary/Secondary*

092F Control Inputs Invisible/Visible*

0930 CLIO Inputs Disabled/Enabled*

0931 CLIO Outputs Disabled/Enabled*

0A00 VT AND CT RATIOS

0A01 Main VT Primary

0A02 Main VT Sec’y

0A05 NVD VT Primary

0A06 NVD VT Sec’y

0A07 Phase CT Primary

0A08 Phase CT Sec’y

0A09 E/F CT Primary

0A0A E/F CT Sec’y

0A0B SEF CT Primary

0A0C SEF CT Sec’y


0B00 RECORD CONTROL

0B04 Alarm Event Disabled/Enabled*

0B05 Relay O/P Event Disabled/Enabled*

0B06 Opto Input Event Disabled/Enabled*

0B07 System Event Disabled/Enabled*

0B08 Fault Rec Event Disabled/Enabled*

0B09 Maint Rec Event Disabled/Enabled*

0B0A Protection Event Disabled/Enabled*

0B0B DDB 31 - 0

0B0C DDB 63 - 32

0B0D DDB 95 - 64

0B0E DDB 127 - 96

0B0F DDB 159 - 128

0B10 DDB 191 - 160

0B11 DDB 223 - 192

0B12 DDB 255 - 224

0B13 DDB 287 - 256

0B14 DDB 319 - 288

0B15 DDB 351 - 320

0B16 DDB 383 - 352

0B17 DDB 415 - 384

0B18 DDB 447 - 416

0B19 DDB 479 - 448

0B1A DDB 511 - 480

0B1B DDB 543 - 512

0B1C DDB 575 - 544

0B1D DDB 607 - 576

0B1E DDB 639 - 608

0B1F DDB 671 - 640

0B20 DDB 703 - 672

0B21 DDB 735 - 704

0B22 DDB 767 - 736

0B23 DDB 799 - 768

0B24 DDB 831 - 800

0B25 DDB 863 - 832

0B26 DDB 895 - 864

0B27 DDB 927 - 896


Page 64/124 MiCOM P342, P343

0B28 DDB 959 - 928

0B29 DDB 991 - 960

0B2A DDB 1022 - 992

0C00 DISTURB RECORDER

0C01 Duration

0C02 Trigger Position

0C03 Trigger Mode Single/Extended*

0C04 Analog Channel 1






0C0A Analog Channel 7

0C0B Analog Channel 8

0C0C Digital Input 1

0C0D Input 1 Trigger No Trigger/Trigger L-H/Trigger H-L*

0C0E Digital Input 2

0C0F Input 2 Trigger No Trigger/Trigger L-H/Trigger H-L*

0C10 Digital Input 3

0C11 Input 3 Trigger No Trigger/Trigger L-H/Trigger H-L*









0C1A Digital Input 8

01B Input 8 Trigger No Trigger/Trigger L-H/Trigger H-L*

















0C2B Input 16 Trigger No Trigger/Trigger L-H/Trigger H-L*




02F Input 18 Trigger No Trigger/Trigger L-H/Trigger H-L*
























Page 66/124 MiCOM P342, P343







0D00 MEASURE’T SETUP

0D01 Default Display3Ph+N Current/3Ph Voltage/Power/

Date and Time/Description/Plant Reference/Frequency/ Access Level*

0D02 Local Values Primary/Secondary*

0D03 Remote Values Primary/Secondary*

0D04 Measurement Ref VA/VB/VC/IA/IB/IC*

0D05 Measurement Mode

0D06 Fix Dem Period

0D07 Roll Sub Period

0D08 Num Sub Periods

0E00 COMMUNICATIONS

0E01 Rear protocol Courier/IEC870-5-103/MODBUS*/DNP3.0

0E02 Remote Address

0E03 Inactivity Timer

0E04 Baud Rate 1200/2400/4800/9600/19200/38400*

0E05 Parity Odd/Even/None*

0E06 Measure’t Period

0E07 Physical Link EIA(RS)485/Fibre Optic*

0E08 Time Synch Disabled/Enabled*

0E0A CS103 Blocking Disabled/Monitor Blocking/CommandBlocking*

0E88 RP2 Port Config EIA(RS)232/EIA(RS)485/K-Bus*

0E8A RP2 Comms Mode IEC60870 FT1.2/10-bit no parity*

0E90 RP2 Address

0E92 RP2 Inactive Timer

0E94 RP2 Baud Rate 1200/2400/4800/9600/19200/38400*


0F00 COMMISSION TESTS

0F05 Monitor Bit 1

0F06 Monitor Bit 2

0F07 Monitor Bit 3

0F08 Monitor Bit 4

0F09 Monitor Bit 5

0F0A Monitor Bit 6

0F0B Monitor Bit 7

0F0C Monitor Bit 8

0F0D Test Mode Test Mode/Contacts Blocked*

0F0E Test Pattern

1000 CB MONITOR SETUP

1001 Broken Ι^

1002 Ι^ Maintenance Alarm Disabled/Alarm Enabled*

1003 Ι^ Maintenance

1004 Ι^ Lockout Alarm Disabled/Alarm Enabled*

1005 Ι^ Lockout

1006 No CB Ops Maint Alarm Disabled/Alarm Enabled*

1007 No CB Ops Maint

1008 No CB Ops Lock Alarm Disabled/Alarm Enabled*

1009 No CB Ops Lock

100A CB Time Maint Alarm Disabled/Alarm Enabled*

100B CB Time Maint

100C CB Time Lockout Alarm Disabled/Alarm Enabled*

100D CB Time Lockout

100E Fault Freq Lock Alarm Disabled/Alarm Enabled*

100F Fault Freq Count

1010 Fault Freq Time


Page 68/124 MiCOM P342, P343

1100 OPTO CONFIG

1101 Nominal V 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V, Custom*

1102 Opto Input 1 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1103 Opto Input 2 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1104 Opto Input 3 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1105 Opto Input 4 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1106 Opto Input 5 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1107 Opto Input 6 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1108 Opto Input 7 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1109 Opto Input 8 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

110A Opto Input 9 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

110B Opto Input 10 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

110C Opto Input 11 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

110D Opto Input 1224-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,

220-250V*

110E Opto Input 1324-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,

220-250V*

110F Opto Input 14 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1110 Opto Input 15 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1111 Opto Input 16 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1112 Opto Input 17 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1113 Opto Input 18 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1114 Opto Input 19 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1115 Opto Input 20 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*


1116 Opto Input 21 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1117 Opto Input 22 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1118 Opto Input 23 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1119 Opto Input 24 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

111A Opto Input 25 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

111B Opto Input 26 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

111C Opto Input 27 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

111D Opto Input 28 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-50V*

111E Opto Input 29 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

111F Opto Input 30 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1120 Opto Input 31 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

1121 Opto Input 32 24-27V, 30-34V, 48-54V, 110-125V,220-250V*

B700 PSL DATA

B701 Grp 1 PSL Ref

B702 Date/Time

B703 Grp 1 PSL ID

B711 Grp 2 PSL Ref

B712 Date/Time

B713 Grp 2 PSL ID

B721 Grp 3 PSL Ref

B722 Date/Time

B723 Grp 3 PSL ID

B731 Grp 4 PSL Ref

B732 Date/Time

B733 Grp 4 PSL ID


Page 70/124 MiCOM P342, P343

GROUP 1 PROTECTION SETTINGS

3000 GROUP 1 GEN DIFF

3001 Gen Diff Function Disabled/Percentage Bias/HighImpedance/Interturn*

3002 Gen Diff Ιs1

3003 Gen Diff k1

3004 Gen Diff Ιs2

3005 Gen Diff k2

3010 Interturn Is A

3014 Interturn Is B

3018 Interturn Is C

301C Interturn Delay

3100 GROUP 1 POWER

3120 Operating Mode Generating/Motoring

3124 Power1 Function Disabled/Reverse/Low Forward/Over*

3128 -P>1 Setting

312C P<1 Setting

3130 P>1 Setting

3134 Power 1 Time Delay

3138 Power1 DO Timer

313C P1 Poledead Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*

3140 Power 2 Function Disabled/Reverse/Low Forward/Over*

3144 -P>2 Setting

3148 P<2 Setting

314C P>2 Setting


3154 Power 2 DO Timer

3158 P2 Poledead Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*

3200 GROUP 1 FIELD FAILURE

3201 FFail Alm Status

3202 FFail Alm Angle Disabled/Enabled*

3203 FFail Alm Delay

3204 FFail1 Status

3205 FFail1 -Xa1 Disabled/Enabled*

3206 FFail1 Xb1


3207 FFail1 Time Delay

3208 FFail1 DO Timer

3209 FFail2 Status

320A FFail2 -Xa1 Disabled/Enabled*

320B FFail2 Xb1

320C FFail2 Time Delay

320D FFail2 DO Timer

3300 GROUP 1 NPS THERMAL

3301 Ι2>1 Status Disabled/Enabled*

3302 Ι2>1 Current Set

3303 Ι2>1 Time Delay



3306 Ι2>2 k Setting

3307 Ι2>2 kRESET

3308 Ι2>2 tMAX

3309 Ι2>2 tMIN

3400 GROUP 1 SYSTEM BACKUP

3401 Backup Function Disabled/Underimpedance/Voltagecontrolled/ Voltage restrained*

3402 Vector Rotation None/Delta-Star*

3420 V Dep OC Char

Disabled/DT/IEC S Inverse/IEC VInverse/IEC E Inverse/

UK LT Inverse/IEEE M Inverse/IEEE V Inverse/

IEEE E Inverse/US Inverse/US ST Inverse*

3423 V Dep OC Ι> Set

3425 V Dep OC T Dial

3426 V Dep OC Reset DT/Inverse*

3427 V Dep OC Delay

3428 V Dep OC TMS

3429 V Dep OC K (RI)

342A V Dep OC V<1 Set

342D V Dep OC V<2 Set

342E V Dep OC k Set

342F Z<1 Setting

3430 Z<1 Time Delay


Page 72/124 MiCOM P342, P343

3432 Z<1 tRESET

3433 Z< Stage 2 Disabled/Enabled*

3434 Z<2 Setting

3435 Z<2 Time Delay

3436 Z<2 tRESET

3500 GROUP 1 OVERCURRENT

3523 Ι>1 Function

Disabled/DT/IEC S Inverse/IEC VInverse/IEC E Inverse/UK LT

Inverse/Rectifier/RI (K)/IEEE M Inverse/IEEE V Inverse/IEEE E Inverse/US Inverse/

US ST Inverse*

3527 Ι>1 Current Set

3529 Ι>1 Time Delay

352A Ι>1 TMS

352B Ι>1 Time Dial

352C Ι>1 K (RI)

352E Ι>1 Reset Char DT/Inverse*

352F Ι>1 tRESET

3532 Ι>2 Function Disabled/DT*



3600 GROUP 1 THERMAL OVERLOAD

3650 Thermal Disabled/Enabled*

3655 Thermal Ι>

365A Thermal Alarm

365F T-heating

3664 T-cooling

3669 M Factor

3800 GROUP 1 EARTH FAULT

3825 ΙN>1 Function

Disabled/DT/IEC S Inverse/IEC VInverse/IEC E Inverse/UK LT Inverse/RI (K)/IEEE M Inverse/IEEE V Inverse/

IEEE E Inverse/US Inverse/US STInverse/IDG*

3829 ΙN>1 Current Set

382A ΙN>1 IDG Is


382C ΙN>1 Time Delay

382D ΙN>1 TMS

382E ΙN>1 Time Dial

382F ΙN>1 K (RI)

3830 ΙN>1 IDG Time

3832 ΙN>1 Reset Char DT/Inverse*

3833 ΙN>1 tRESET

3836 ΙN>2 Function Disabled/DT*

383A ΙN>2 Current Set

383D ΙN>2 Time Delay

3A00 GROUP 1 SEF/REF PROT’N

3A01 Sens E/F Options SEF/Wattmetric/Hi Z REF/Lo Z REF/Lo ZREF+SEF/ Low Z REF+Wattmet*

3A2A ΙSEF>1 Function Disabled/DT*

3A2B ΙSEF>1 DirectionNon-Directional/Directional Fwd/Directional

Rev*

3A2E ΙSEF>1 Current

3A31 ΙSEF>1 Delay

3A57 ΙSEF> Func Link

3A58 ΙSEF Directional

3A59 ΙSEF> Char Angle

3A5A ΙSEF> Vpol Input Measured/Derived*

3A5B ΙSEF> VNpol Set

3A5D Wattmetric SEF

3A5E PN> Setting

3A60 Restricted E/F

3A61 ΙREF> k1

3A62 ΙREF> k2

3A63 ΙREF> Ιs1

3A64 ΙREF> Ιs2

3A65 ΙREF> Ιs

3B00 GROUP 1 RESIDUAL O/V NVD

3B01 VN Input Measured/Derived*

3B02 VN>1 Function Disabled/DT/IDMT*

3B03 VN>1 Voltage Set


Page 74/124 MiCOM P342, P343

3B04 VN>1 Time Delay

3B05 VN>1 TMS

3B06 VN>1 tReset

3B07 VN>2 Status Disabled/Enabled*



3C00 GROUP 1 100% STATOR EF

3C01 100% St Status Disabled/Enabled*

3C02 100% St EF VN3H<

3C03 VN3H< Delay

3C04 100% St EF V< InhibitSet

3C05 P< Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*

3C06 P< Inhibit Set

3C07 Q< Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*

3C08 Q< Inhibit Set

3C09 S< Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*

3C0A SP< Inhibit Set

3C0B 100% St EF VN3H>

3C0C VN3H> Delay

3D00 GROUP 1 VOLTS/Hz

3D01 V/f Alarm Status Disabled/Enabled*

3D02 V/f Alarm Set

3D03 V/f Alarm Delay

3D04 V/f Trip Func Disabled/DT/IDMT*

3D05 V/f Trip Setting

3D06 V/f Trip TMS

3D07 V/f Trip Delay

4000 GROUP 1 DEAD MACHINE

4001 Dead Mach Status Disabled/Enabled*

4002 Dead Mach Ι>

4003 Dead Mach V<

4004 Dead Mach tPU

4005 Dead Mach tDO


4200 GROUP 1 VOLT PROTECTION

4201 UNDERVOLTAGE

4202 V< Measur’t Mode Phase-Phase/Phase-Neutral*

4203 V< Operate Mode Any Phase/Three Phase*

4204 V<1 Function Disabled/DT/IDMT*

4205 V<1 Voltage Set

4206 V<1 Time Delay

4207 V<1 TMS

4208 V<1 Poledead Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*

4209 V<2 Status Disabled/Enabled*

420A V<2 Voltage Set

420B V<2 Time Delay

420C V<2 Poledead Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*

420D OVERVOLTAGE

420E V> Measur’t Mode Phase-Phase/Phase-Neutral*

420F V> Operate Mode Any Phase/Three Phase*

4210 V>1 Function Disabled/DT/IDMT*

4211 V>1 Voltage Set

4212 V>1 Time Delay

4213 V>1 TMS

4214 V>2 Status Disabled/Enabled*


4216 V>2 Time Delay

4300 GROUP 1 FREQ PROTECTION

4301 Under Frequency

4302 F<1 Status Disabled/Enabled*

4303 F<1 Setting

4304 F<1 Time Delay


4306 F<2 Setting

4307 F<2 Time Delay


4309 F<3 Setting

430A F<3 Time Delay

430B F<4 Status Disabled/Enabled*

430C F<4 Setting


Page 76/124 MiCOM P342, P343

430D F<4 Time Delay

430E F< Function Link

430F Over Frequency

4310 F>1 Status Disabled/Enabled*

4311 F>1 Freq Set

4312 F>1 Time Delay


4314 F>2 Freq Set

4315 F>2 Time Delay

4400 GROUP 1 RTD PROTECTION

4402 RTD 1 Alarm Set

4403 RTD 1 Alarm Dly

4404 RTD 1 Trip Set

4405 RTD 1 Trip Dly



4408 RTD 2 Trip Set

4409 RTD 2 Trip Dly

440A RTD 3 Alarm Set

440B RTD 3 Alarm Dly

440C RTD 3 Trip Set

440D RTD 3 Trip Dly

440E RTD 4 Alarm Set

440F RTD 4 Alarm Dly

4410 RTD 4 Trip Set

4411 RTD 4 Trip Dly



4414 RTD 5 Trip Set

4415 RTD 5 Trip Dly



4418 RTD 6 Trip Set

4419 RTD 6 Trip Dly




441C RTD 7 Trip Set

441D RTD 7 Trip Dly



4420 RTD 8 Trip Set

4421 RTD 8 Trip Dly



4424 RTD 9 Trip Set

4425 RTD 9 Trip Dly



4428 RTD 10 Trip Set

4429 RTD 10 Trip Dly

4500 GROUP 1 CB FAIL & Ι<

4501 BREAKER FAIL

4502 CB Fail 1 Status Disabled/Enabled*

4503 CB Fail 1 Timer



4506 CBF Non Ι Reset Ι< Only/CB Open & Ι</Prot Reset & Ι<*

4507 CBF Ext Reset Ι< Only/CB Open & Ι</Prot Reset & Ι<*

4508 UNDER CURRENT

4509 Ι< Current Set

450A ΙN< Current Set

450B ΙSEF< Current

450C BLOCKED O/C

450D Remove Ι> Start Disabled/Enabled*

450E Remove ΙN> Start Disabled/Enabled*

4515 I< Current Input IA-1 IB-1 IC-1/IA-2 IB-2 IC-2*

4600 GROUP 1 SUPERVISION

4601 VT SUPERVISION

4602 VTS Status Blocking/Indication*

4603 VTS Reset Mode Manual/Auto*

4604 VTS Time Delay


Page 78/124 MiCOM P342, P343

4605 VTS Ι> Inhibit

4606 VTS Ι2> Inhibit

4607 CT SUPERVISION

4608 CTS Status Disabled/Enabled*

4609 CTS VN Inhibit Measured/Derived*

460A CTS VN< Inhibit

460B CTS ΙN> Set

460C CTS Time Delay

4700 GROUP 1 SENSITIVE POWER

4720 Comp Angle

4724 Operating Mode Generating/Motoring*

4728 Sen Power 1 Func Disabled/Reverse/Low Forward/Over*

472C Sen-P>1 Setting

4730 Sen P<1 Setting

4734 Sen P>1 Setting

4738 Sen Power 1 Delay

473C Power 1 DO Timer

4740 P1 Pole dead Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*


4748 Sen-P>2 Setting

474C Sen P<2 Setting



4758 Power 2 DO Timer Disabled/Enabled*

475C P2 Pole dead Inhibit

4900 GROUP 1 POLE SLIPPING

4901 P Slip Function Disabled/Enabled*

4902 Z Based Pole Slip

4903 Pole Slip Mode Generating/Motoring/Both*

4904 P Slip Za Forward

4905 P Slip Zb Reverse

4906 Lens Angle

4907 P Slip Timer T1


4909 Blinder Angle


490A P Slip Zc

490B Zone 1 Slip Count

490C Zone 2 Slip Count

490D P Slip Reset Time

4A00 GROUP 1 INPUT LABELS

4A01 Opto Input 1

4A02 Opto Input 2

4A03 Opto Input 3

4A04 Opto Input 4

4A05 Opto Input 5

4A06 Opto Input 6

4A07 Opto Input 7

4A08 Opto Input 8

4A09 Opto Input 9

4A0A Opto Input 10

4A0B Opto Input 11

4A0C Opto Input 12

4A0D Opto Input 13

4A0E Opto Input 14

4A0F Opto Input 15

4A10 Opto Input 16

4A11 Opto Input 17

4A12 Opto Input 18

4A13 Opto Input 19

4A14 Opto Input 20

4A15 Opto Input 21

4A16 Opto Input 22

4A17 Opto Input 23

4A18 Opto Input 24

4A19 Opto Input 25

4A1A Opto Input 26

4A1B Opto Input 27

4A1C Opto Input 28

4A1D Opto Input 29

4A1E Opto Input 30

4A1F Opto Input 31


Page 80/124 MiCOM P342, P343

4A20 Opto Input 32

4B00 GROUP 1 OUTPUT LABELS

4B01 Relay 1

4B02 Relay 2

4B03 Relay 3

4B04 Relay 4

4B05 Relay 5

4B06 Relay 6

4B07 Relay 7

4B08 Relay 8

4B09 Relay 9

4B0A Relay 10

4B0B Relay 11

4B0C Relay 12

4B0D Relay 13

4B0E Relay 14

4B0F Relay 15

4B10 Relay 16

4B11 Relay 17

4B12 Relay 18

4B13 Relay 19

4B14 Relay 20

4B15 Relay 21

4B16 Relay 22

4B17 Relay 23

4B18 Relay 24

4B19 Relay 25

4B1A Relay 26

4B1B Relay 27

4B1C Relay 28

4B1D Relay 29

4B1E Relay 30

4B1F Relay 31

4B20 Relay 32


4C00 GROUP 1 RTD LABELS

4C01 RTD 1

4C02 RTD 2

4C03 RTD 3

4C04 RTD 4

4C05 RTD 5

4C06 RTD 6

4C07 RTD 7

4C08 RTD 8

4C09 RTD 9

4C0A RTD 10

4D00 GROUP 1 CLIO PROTECTION

4D02 CLIO Input 1 Disabled/Enabled*

4D04 CLI1 Input Type 0-1mA/0-10mA/0-20mA/4-20mA*

4D06 CLI1 Input Label

4D08 CLI1 Minimum

4D0A CLI1 Maximum

4D0C CLI1 Alarm Disabled/Enabled*

4D0E CLI1 Alarm Fn Under/Over*

4D10 CLI1 Alarm Set

4D12 CLI1 Alarm Delay

4D14 CLI1 Trip Disabled/Enabled*

4D16 CLI1 Trip Fn Under/Over*

4D18 CLI1 Trip Set

4D1A CLI1 Trip Delay

4D1C CLI1 I< Alarm

4D1E CLI1 I< Alm Set




4D28 CLI2 Minimum

4D2A CLI2 Maximum



4D30 CLI2 Alarm Set



Page 82/124 MiCOM P342, P343



4D38 CLI2 Trip Set


4D3C CLI2 I< Alarm





4D48 CLI3 Minimum

4D4A CLI3 Maximum



4D50 CLI3 Alarm Set




4D58 CLI3 Trip Set


4D5C CLI3 I< Alarm




4566 CLI4 Input Label

4D68 CLI4 Minimum

4D6A CLI4 Maximum



4D70 CLI4 Alarm Set




4D78 CLI4 Trip Set


4D7C CLI4 I< Alarm


4DA0 CLIO Output 1 Disabled/Enabled*


4DA2 CLO1 Output Type 0-1mA/0-10mA/0-20mA/4-20mA*

4DA4 CLO1 Set Values Primary//Secondary*

4DA6 CLO1 Parameter (See G155 Data Type)

4DA8 CLO1 Minimum

4DAA CLO1 Maximum

4DB0 CLIO Output 2 Disabled/Enabled*

4DB2 CLO2 Output Type 0-1mA/0-10mA/0-20mA/4-20mA*

4DB4 CLO2 Set Values Primary//Secondary*

4DB6 CLO2 Parameter (See G155 Data Type)

4DB8 CLO2 Minimum

4DBA CLO2 Maximum

4DC0 CLIO Output 3 Disabled/Enabled*

4DC2 CLO3 Output Type 0-1mA/0-10mA/0-20mA/4-20mA*

4DC4 CLO3 Set Values Primary//Secondary*

4DC6 CLO3 Parameter (See G155 Data Type)

4DC8 CLO3 Minimum

4DCA CLO3 Maximum

4DD0 CLIO Output 4 Disabled/Enabled*

4DD2 CLO4 Output Type 0-1mA/0-10mA/0-20mA/4-20mA*

4DD4 CLO4 Set Values Primary//Secondary*

4DD6 CLO4 Parameter (See G155 Data Type)

4DD8 CLO4 Minimum

4DDA CLO4 Maximum




5002 Gen Diff Ιs1

5003 Gen Diff k1

5004 Gen Diff Ιs2

5005 Gen Diff k2

5010 Interturn Is A

5014 Interturn Is B

5018 Interturn Is C



Page 84/124 MiCOM P342, P343

5100 GROUP 2 POWER



5128 -P>1 Setting

512C P<1 Setting

5130 P>1 Setting





5144 -P>2 Setting

5148 P<2 Setting

514C P>2 Setting








5204 FFail1 Status


5206 FFail1 Xb1



5209 FFail2 Status


520B FFail2 Xb1











5307 Ι2>2 kRESET

5308 Ι2>2 tMAX

5309 Ι2>2 tMIN




5420 V Dep OC Char

Disabled/DT/IEC S Inverse/IEC VInverse/IEC E Inverse/UK LT Inverse/

IEEE M Inverse/IEEE V Inverse/IEEE E Inverse/US Inverse/US ST Inverse*




5427 V Dep OC Delay

5428 V Dep OC TMS


542A V Dep OC tRESET


542E V Dep OC V<2 Set

542F V Dep OC k Set

5430 Z< 1 Setting

5431 Z< 1 Time Delay

5432 Z< 1 tRESET


5434 Z<2 Setting

5435 Z<2 Time Delay

5436 Z<2 tRESET


5523 Ι>1 Function


Inverse/Rectifier/RI (K)/IEEE M Inverse/IEEE V Inverse/IEEE E Inverse/US Inverse/

US ST Inverse*




Page 86/124 MiCOM P342, P343

552A Ι>1 TMS

552B Ι>1 Time Dial

552C Ι>1 K (RI)


552F Ι>1 tRESET






5655 Thermal Ι>

565A Thermal Alarm

565F T-heating

5664 T-cooling

5669 M Factor


5825 ΙN>1 Function

Disabled/DT/IEC S Inverse/IEC VInverse/IEC E Inverse/UK LT Inverse/RI (K)/IEEE V Inverse/IEEE E Inverse/

US ST Inverse/IDG*


582A ΙN>1 IDG Is


582D ΙN>1 TMS


582F ΙN>1 K (RI)

5830 ΙN>1 IDG Time


5833 ΙN>1 tRESET









Rev*


5A31 ΙSEF>1 Delay






5A5D Wattmetric SEF

5A5E PN> Setting

5A60 Restricted E/F

5A61 ΙREF> k1

5A62 ΙREF> k2

5A63 ΙREF> Ιs1

5A64 ΙREF> Ιs2

5A65 ΙREF> Ιs






5B05 VN>1 TMS

5B06 VN>1 tReset






5C02 100% St EF VN3H<

5C03 VN3H< Delay


Page 88/124 MiCOM P342, P343



5C06 P< Inhibit Set


5C08 Q< Inhibit Set




5C0C VN3H> Delay



5D02 V/f Alarm Set




5D06 V/f Trip TMS

5D07 V/f Trip Delay



6002 Dead Mach Ι>

6003 Dead Mach V<

6004 Dead Mach tPU

6005 Dead Mach tDO


6201 UNDERVOLTAGE





6206 V<1 Time Delay

6207 V<1 TMS





620B V<2 Time Delay


620D OVERVOLTAGE





6212 V>1 Time Delay

6213 V>1 TMS



6216 V>2 Time Delay




6303 F<1 Setting

6304 F<1 Time Delay


6306 F<2 Setting

6307 F<2 Time Delay


6309 F<3 Setting

630A F<3 Time Delay


630C F<4 Setting

630D F<4 Time Delay


630F Over Frequency


6311 F>1 Freq Set

6312 F>1 Time Delay


6314 F>2 Freq Set

6315 F>2 Time Delay


Page 90/124 MiCOM P342, P343




6404 RTD 1 Trip Set

6405 RTD 1 Trip Dly



6408 RTD 2 Trip Set

6409 RTD 2 Trip Dly



640C RTD 3 Trip Set

640D RTD 3 Trip Dly



6410 RTD 4 Trip Set

6411 RTD 4 Trip Dly



6414 RTD 5 Trip Set

6415 RTD 5 Trip Dly



6418 RTD 6 Trip Set

6419 RTD 6 Trip Dly



641C RTD 7 Trip Set

641D RTD 7 Trip Dly



6420 RTD 8 Trip Set

6421 RTD 8 Trip Dly



6424 RTD 9 Trip Set

6425 RTD 9 Trip Dly







6501 BREAKER FAIL







6508 UNDER CURRENT



650B ΙSEF< Current

650C BLOCKED O/C





6601 VT SUPERVISION



6604 VTS Time Delay



6607 CT SUPERVISION




660B CTS ΙN> Set

660C CTS Time Delay


Page 92/124 MiCOM P342, P343


6720 Comp Angle















675C P2 Pole dead Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*







6906 Lens Angle



6909 Blinder Angle

690A P Slip Zc





6A01 Opto Input 1

6A02 Opto Input 2

6A03 Opto Input 3


6A04 Opto Input 4

6A05 Opto Input 5

6A06 Opto Input 6

6A07 Opto Input 7

6A08 Opto Input 8

6A09 Opto Input 9

6A0A Opto Input 10

6A0B Opto Input 11

6A0C Opto Input 12

6A0D Opto Input 13

6A0E Opto Input 14

6A0F Opto Input 15

6A10 Opto Input 16

6A11 Opto Input 17

6A12 Opto Input 18

6A13 Opto Input 19

6A14 Opto Input 20

6A15 Opto Input 21

6A16 Opto Input 22

6A17 Opto Input 23

6A18 Opto Input 24

6A19 Opto Input 25

6A1A Opto Input 26

6A1B Opto Input 27

6A1C Opto Input 28

6A1D Opto Input 29

6A1E Opto Input 30

6A1F Opto Input 31

6A20 Opto Input 32


6B01 Relay 1

6B02 Relay 2

6B03 Relay 3

6B04 Relay 4

6B05 Relay 5

6B06 Relay 6


Page 94/124 MiCOM P342, P343

6B07 Relay 7

6B08 Relay 8

6B09 Relay 9

6B0A Relay 10

6B0B Relay 11

6B0C Relay 12

6B0D Relay 13

6B0E Relay 14

6B0F Relay 15

6B10 Relay 16

6B11 Relay 17

6B12 Relay 18

6B13 Relay 19

6B14 Relay 20

6B15 Relay 21

6B16 Relay 22

6B17 Relay 23

6B18 Relay 24

6B19 Relay 25

6B1A Relay 26

6B1B Relay 27

6B1C Relay 28

6B1D Relay 29

6B1E Relay 30

6B1F Relay 31

6B20 Relay 32


6C01 RTD 1

6C02 RTD 2

6C03 RTD 3

6C04 RTD 4

6C05 RTD 5

6C06 RTD 6

6C07 RTD 7

6C08 RTD 8

6C09 RTD 9


6C0A RTD 10





6D08 CLI1 Minimum

6D0A CLI1 Maximum



6D10 CLI1 Alarm Set




6D18 CLI1 Trip Set


6D1C CLI1 I< Alarm





6D28 CLI2 Minimum

6D2A CLI2 Maximum



6D30 CLI2 Alarm Set




6D38 CLI2 Trip Set


6D3C CLI2 I< Alarm





6D48 CLI3 Minimum


Page 96/124 MiCOM P342, P343

6D4A CLI3 Maximum



6D50 CLI3 Alarm Set




6D58 CLI3 Trip Set


6D5C CLI3 I< Alarm





6D68 CLI4 Minimum

6D6A CLI4 Maximum



6D70 CLI4 Alarm Set




6D78 CLI4 Trip Set


6D7C CLI4 I< Alarm






6DA8 CLO1 Minimum

6DAA CLO1 Maximum





6DB8 CLO2 Minimum


6DBA CLO2 Maximum





6DC8 CLO3 Minimum

6DCA CLO3 Maximum





6DD8 CLO4 Minimum

6DDA CLO4 Maximum



7001 Gen Diff Function Disabled/Percentage Bias/High Impedance*

7002 Gen Diff Ιs1

7003 Gen Diff k1

7004 Gen Diff Ιs2

7005 Gen Diff k2

7010 Interturn Is A

7014 Interturn Is B

7018 Interturn Is C


7100 GROUP 3 POWER



7128 -P>1 Setting

712C P<1 Setting

7130 P>1 Setting






Page 98/124 MiCOM P342, P343

7144 -P>2 Setting

7148 P<2 Setting

714C P>2 Setting








7204 FFail1 Status


7206 FFail1 Xb1



7209 FFail2 Status


720B FFail2 Xb1










7307 Ι2>2 kRESET

7308 Ι2>2 tMAX

7309 Ι2>2 tMIN





7420 V Dep OC Char


UK LT Inverse/IEEE M Inverse/IEEE V Inverse/





7427 V Dep OC Delay

7428 V Dep OC TMS





742F V Dep OC k Set

7430 Z<1 Setting

7431 Z<1 Time Delay

7432 Z<1 tRESET


7434 Z<2 Setting

7435 Z<2 Time Delay

7436 Z<2 tRESET


7523 Ι>1 Function


UK LT Inverse/Rectifier/RI (K)/IEEE M Inverse/IEEE V Inverse/




752A Ι>1 TMS

752B Ι>1 Time Dial

752C Ι>1 K (RI)


752F Ι>1 tRESET





Page 100/124 MiCOM P342, P343



7655 Thermal Ι>

765A Thermal Alarm

765F T-heating

7664 T-cooling

7669 M Factor


7825 ΙN>1 Function


RI (K)/Inverse/IEEE V Inverse/IEEE E Inverse/US Inverse/US ST Inverse/IDG*


782A ΙN>1 IDG Is


782D ΙN>1 TMS


782F ΙN>1 K (RI)

7830 ΙN>1 IDG Time


7833 ΙN>1 tRESET








Rev*


7A31 ΙSEF>1 Delay







7A5D Wattmetric SEF

7A5E PN> Setting

7A60 Restricted E/F

7A61 ΙREF> k1

7A62 ΙREF> k2

7A63 ΙREF> Ιs1

7A64 ΙREF> Ιs2

7A65 ΙREF> Ιs






7B05 VN>1 TMS

7B06 VN>1 tReset






7C02 100% St EF VN3H<

7C03 VN3H< Delay



7C06 P< Inhibit Set


7C08 Q< Inhibit Set




7C0C VN3H> Delay


Page 102/124 MiCOM P342, P343



7D02 V/f Alarm Set




7D06 V/f Trip TMS

7D07 V/f Trip Delay



8002 Dead Mach Ι>

8003 Dead Mach V<

8004 Dead Mach tPU

8005 Dead Mach tDO


8201 UNDERVOLTAGE





8206 V<1 Time Delay

8207 V<1 TMS




820B V<2 Time Delay


820D OVERVOLTAGE





8212 V>1 Time Delay

8213 V>1 TMS




8216 V>2 Time Delay




8303 F<1 Setting

8304 F<1 Time Delay


8306 F<2 Setting

8307 F<2 Time Delay


8309 F<3 Setting

830A F<3 Time Delay


830C F<4 Setting

830D F<4 Time Delay


830F Over Frequency


8311 F>1 Freq Set

8312 F>1 Time Delay


8314 F>2 Freq Set

8315 F>2 Time Delay




8404 RTD 1 Trip Set

8405 RTD 1 Trip Dly



8408 RTD 2 Trip Set

8409 RTD 2 Trip Dly




Page 104/124 MiCOM P342, P343

840C RTD 3 Trip Set

840D RTD 3 Trip Dly



8410 RTD 4 Trip Set

8411 RTD 4 Trip Dly



8414 RTD 5 Trip Set

8415 RTD 5 Trip Dly



8418 RTD 6 Trip Set

8419 RTD 6 Trip Dly



841C RTD 7 Trip Set

841D RTD 7 Trip Dly



8420 RTD 8 Trip Set

8421 RTD 8 Trip Dly



8424 RTD 9 Trip Set

8425 RTD 9 Trip Dly






8501 BREAKER FAIL








8508 UNDER CURRENT



850B ΙSEF< Current

850C BLOCKED O/C





8601 VT SUPERVISION



8604 VTS Time Delay



8607 CT SUPERVISION




860B CTS ΙN> Set

860C CTS Time Delay


8720 Comp Angle












Page 106/124 MiCOM P342, P343





875C P2 Pole dead Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*







8906 Lens Angle



8909 Blinder Angle

890A P Slip Zc





8A01 Opto Input 1

8A02 Opto Input 2

8A03 Opto Input 3

8A04 Opto Input 4

8A05 Opto Input 5

8A06 Opto Input 6

8A07 Opto Input 7

8A08 Opto Input 8

8A09 Opto Input 9

8A0A Opto Input 10

8A0B Opto Input 11

8A0C Opto Input 12

8A0D Opto Input 13

8A0E Opto Input 14

8A0F Opto Input 15


8A10 Opto Input 16

8A11 Opto Input 17

8A12 Opto Input 18

8A13 Opto Input 19

8A14 Opto Input 20

8A15 Opto Input 21

8A16 Opto Input 22

8A17 Opto Input 23

8A18 Opto Input 24

8A19 Opto Input 25

8A1A Opto Input 26

8A1B Opto Input 27

8A1C Opto Input 28

8A1D Opto Input 29

8A1E Opto Input 30

8A1F Opto Input 31

8A20 Opto Input 32


8B01 Relay 1

8B02 Relay 2

8B03 Relay 3

8B04 Relay 4

8B05 Relay 5

8B06 Relay 6

8B07 Relay 7

8B08 Relay 8

8B09 Relay 9

8B0A Relay 10

8B0B Relay 11

8B0C Relay 12

8B0D Relay 13

8B0E Relay 14

8B0F Relay 15

8B10 Relay 16

8B11 Relay 17

8B12 Relay 18


Page 108/124 MiCOM P342, P343

8B13 Relay 19

8B14 Relay 20

8B15 Relay 21

8B16 Relay 22

8B17 Relay 23

8B18 Relay 24

8B19 Relay 25

8B1A Relay 26

8B1B Relay 27

8B1C Relay 28

8B1D Relay 29

8B1E Relay 30

8B1F Relay 31

8B20 Relay 32


8C01 RTD 1

8C02 RTD 2

8C03 RTD 3

8C04 RTD 4

8C05 RTD 5

8C06 RTD 6

8C07 RTD 7

8C08 RTD 8

8C09 RTD 9

8C0A RTD 10





8D08 CLI1 Minimum

8D0A CLI1 Maximum



8D10 CLI1 Alarm Set





8D18 CLI1 Trip Set


8D1C CLI1 I< Alarm





8D28 CLI2 Minimum

8D2A CLI2 Maximum



8D30 CLI2 Alarm Set




8D38 CLI2 Trip Set


8D3C CLI2 I< Alarm





8D48 CLI3 Minimum

8D4A CLI3 Maximum



8D50 CLI3 Alarm Set




8D58 CLI3 Trip Set


8D5C CLI3 I< Alarm




Page 110/124 MiCOM P342, P343



8D68 CLI4 Minimum

8D6A CLI4 Maximum



8D70 CLI4 Alarm Set




8D78 CLI4 Trip Set


8D7C CLI4 I< Alarm






8DA8 CLO1 Minimum

8DAA CLO1 Maximum





8DB8 CLO2 Minimum

8DBA CLO2 Maximum





8DC8 CLO3 Minimum

8DCA CLO3 Maximum





8DD8 CLO4 Minimum


8DDA CLO4 Maximum




9002 Gen Diff Ιs1

9003 Gen Diff k1

9004 Gen Diff Ιs2

9005 Gen Diff k2

9010 Interturn Is A

9014 Interturn Is B

9018 Interturn Is C


9100 GROUP 4 POWER



9128 -P>1 Setting

912C P<1 Setting

9130 P>1 Setting





9144 -P>2 Setting

9148 P<2 Setting

914C P>2 Setting








9204 FFail1 Status


Page 112/124 MiCOM P342, P343


9206 FFail1 Xb1



9209 FFail2 Status


920B FFail2 Xb1










9307 Ι2>2 kRESET

9308 Ι2>2 tMAX

9309 Ι2>2 tMIN




9420 V Dep OC Char


IEEE M Inverse/IEEE V Inverse/IEEE E Inverse/US Inverse/US ST Inverse*




9427 V Dep OC Delay

9428 V Dep OC TMS






942F V Dep OC k Set

9430 Z<1 Setting

9431 Z<1 Time Delay

9432 Z<1 tRESET


9434 Z<2 Setting

9435 Z<2 Time Delay

9436 Z<2 tRESET


9523 Ι>1 Function


Inverse/Rectifier/RI (K)/IEE M Inverse/IEE V Inverse/IEEE E Inverse/US Inverse/

US ST Inverse*



952A Ι>1 TMS

952B Ι>1 Time Dial

952C Ι>1 K (RI)


952F Ι>1 tRESET






9655 Thermal Ι>

965A Thermal Alarm

965F T-heating

9664 T-cooling

9669 M Factor


9825 ΙN>1 Function

Disabled/DT/IEC S Inverse/IEC VInverse/IEC E Inverse/UK LT Inverse/RI (K)/IEE M Inverse/IEEE V Inverse/

IEEE E Inverse/US Inverse/US ST Inverse/IDG*


Page 114/124 MiCOM P342, P343


982A ΙN>1 IDG Is


982D ΙN>1 TMS


982F ΙN>1 K (RI)

9830 ΙN>1 IDG Time


9833 ΙN>1 tRESET








Rev*


9A31 ΙSEF>1 Delay






9A5D Wattmetric SEF

9A5E PN> Setting

9A60 Restricted E/F

9A61 ΙREF> k1

9A62 ΙREF> k2

9A63 ΙREF> Ιs1

9A64 ΙREF> Ιs2

9A65 ΙREF> Ιs







9B05 VN>1 TMS

9B06 VN>1 tReset






9C02 100% St EF VN3H<

9C03 VN3H< Delay



9C06 P< Inhibit Set


9C08 Q< Inhibit Set




9C0C VN3H> Delay



9D02 V/f Alarm Set




9D06 V/f Trip TMS

9D07 V/f Trip Delay

A000 GROUP 4 DEAD MACHINE

A001 Dead Mach Status Disabled/Enabled*

A002 Dead Mach Ι>


Page 116/124 MiCOM P342, P343

A003 Dead Mach V<

A004 Dead Mach tPU

A005 Dead Mach tDO

A200 GROUP 4 VOLT PROTECTION

A201 UNDERVOLTAGE

A202 V< Measur’t Mode Phase-Phase/Phase-Neutral*

A203 V< Operate Mode Any Phase/Three Phase*

A204 V<1 Function Disabled/DT/IDMT*

A205 V<1 Voltage Set

A206 V<1 Time Delay

A207 V<1 TMS

A208 V<1 Poledead Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*

A209 V<2 Status Disabled/Enabled*

A20A V<2 Voltage Set

A20B V<2 Time Delay

A20C V<2 Poledead Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*

A20D OVERVOLTAGE

A20E V> Measur’t Mode Phase-Phase/Phase-Neutral*

A20F V> Operate Mode Any Phase/Three Phase*

A210 V>1 Function Disabled/DT/IDMT*

A211 V>1 Voltage Set

A212 V>1 Time Delay

A213 V>1 TMS

A214 V>2 Status Disabled/Enabled*

A215 V>2 Voltage Set

A216 V>2 Time Delay

A300 GROUP 4 FREQ PROTECTION

A301 Under Frequency

A302 F<1 Status Disabled/Enabled*

A303 F<1 Setting

A304 F<1 Time Delay


A306 F<2 Setting

A307 F<2 Time Delay



A309 F<3 Setting

A30A F<3 Time Delay

A30B F<4 Status Disabled/Enabled*

A30C F<4 Setting

A30D F<4 Time Delay

A30E F< Function Link

A30F Over Frequency

A310 F>1 Status Disabled/Enabled*

A311 F>1 Freq Set

A312 F>1 Time Delay

A313 F>2 Status Disabled/Enabled*

A314 F>2 Freq Set

A315 F>2 Time Delay

A400 GROUP 4 RTD PROTECTION

A402 RTD 1 Alarm Set

A403 RTD 1 Alarm Dly

A404 RTD 1 Trip Set

A405 RTD 1 Trip Dly



A408 RTD 2 Trip Set

A409 RTD 2 Trip Dly

A40A RTD 3 Alarm Set

A40B RTD 3 Alarm Dly

A40C RTD 3 Trip Set

A40D RTD 3 Trip Dly

A40E RTD 4 Alarm Set

A40F RTD 4 Alarm Dly

A410 RTD 4 Trip Set

A411 RTD 4 Trip Dly



A414 RTD 5 Trip Set

A415 RTD 5 Trip Dly




Page 118/124 MiCOM P342, P343

A418 RTD 6 Trip Set

A419 RTD 6 Trip Dly

A41A RTD 7 Alarm Set

A41B RTD 7 Alarm Dly

A41C RTD 7 Trip Set

A41D RTD 7 Trip Dly

A41E RTD 8 Alarm Set

A41F RTD 8 Alarm Dly

A420 RTD 8 Trip Set

A421 RTD 8 Trip Dly



A424 RTD 9 Trip Set

A425 RTD 9 Trip Dly



A428 RTD 10 Trip Set

A429 RTD 10 Trip Dly

A500 GROUP 4 CB FAIL & Ι<

A501 BREAKER FAIL

A502 CB Fail 1 Status Disabled/Enabled*

A503 CB Fail 1 Timer

A504 CB Fail 2 Status Disabled/Enabled*

A505 CB Fail 2 Timer

A506 CBF Non Ι Reset Ι< Only/CB Open & Ι</Prot Reset & Ι<*

A507 CBF Ext Reset Ι< Only/CB Open & Ι</Prot Reset & Ι<*

A508 UNDER CURRENT

A509 Ι< Current Set

A50A ΙN< Current Set

A50B ΙSEF< Current

A50C BLOCKED O/C

A50D Remove Ι> Start Disabled/Enabled*

A50E Remove ΙN> Start Disabled/Enabled*

A515 I< Current Input IA-1 IB-1 IC-1/IA-2 IB-2 IC-2*


A600 GROUP 4 SUPERVISION

A601 VT SUPERVISION

A602 VTS Status Blocking/Indication*

A603 VTS Reset Mode Manual/Auto*

A604 VTS Time Delay

A605 VTS Ι> Inhibit

A606 VTS Ι2> Inhibit

A607 CT SUPERVISION

A608 CTS Status Disabled/Enabled*

A609 CTS VN Inhibit Measured/Derived*

A60A CTS VN< Inhibit

A60B CTS ΙN> Set

A60C CTS Time Delay

A700 GROUP 4 SENSITIVE POWER

A720 Comp Angle

A724 Operating Mode Generating/Motoring*

A728 Sen Power 1 Func Disabled/Reverse/Low Forward/Over*

A72C Sen-P>1 Setting

A730 Sen P<1 Setting

A734 Sen P>1 Setting

A738 Sen Power 1 Delay

A73C Power 1 DO Timer

A740 P1 Pole dead Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*

A744 Sen Power 2 Func Disabled/Reverse/Low Forward/Over*

A748 Sen-P>2 Setting

A74C Sen P<2 Setting

A750 Sen P>2 Setting

A754 Sen Power 2 Delay

A758 Power 2 DO Timer

A75C P2 Pole dead Inhibit Disabled/Enabled*

A900 GROUP 4 POLE SLIPPING

A901 P Slip Function Disabled/Enabled*

A902 Z Based Pole Slip

A903 Pole Slip Mode Generating/Motoring/Both*

A904 P Slip Za Forward


Page 120/124 MiCOM P342, P343

A905 P Slip Zb Reverse

A906 Lens Angle

A907 P Slip Timer T1

A908 P Slip Timer T2

A909 Blinder Angle

A90A P Slip Zc

A90B Zone 1 Slip Count

A90C Zone 2 Slip Count

A90D P Slip Reset Time

AA00 GROUP 4 INPUT LABELS

AA01 Opto Input 1

AA02 Opto Input 2

AA03 Opto Input 3

AA04 Opto Input 4

AA05 Opto Input 5

AA06 Opto Input 6

AA07 Opto Input 7

AA08 Opto Input 8

AA09 Opto Input 9

AA0A Opto Input 10

AA0B Opto Input 11

AA0C Opto Input 12

AA0D Opto Input 13

AA0E Opto Input 14

AA0F Opto Input 15

AA10 Opto Input 16

AA11 Opto Input 17

AA12 Opto Input 18

AA13 Opto Input 19

AA14 Opto Input 20

AA15 Opto Input 21

AA16 Opto Input 22

AA17 Opto Input 23

AA18 Opto Input 24

AA19 Opto Input 25

AA1A Opto Input 26


AA1B Opto Input 27

AA1C Opto Input 28

AA1D Opto Input 29

AA1E Opto Input 30

AA1F Opto Input 31

AA20 Opto Input 32

AB00 GROUP 4 OUTPUT LABELS

AB01 Relay 1

AB02 Relay 2

AB03 Relay 3

AB04 Relay 4

AB05 Relay 5

AB06 Relay 6

AB07 Relay 7

AB08 Relay 8

AB09 Relay 9

AB0A Relay 10

AB0B Relay 11

AB0C Relay 12

AB0D Relay 13

AB0E Relay 14

AB0F Relay 15

AB10 Relay 16

AB11 Relay 17

AB12 Relay 18

AB13 Relay 19

AB14 Relay 20

AB15 Relay 21

AB16 Relay 22

AB17 Relay 23

AB18 Relay 24

AB19 Relay 25

AB1A Relay 26

AB1B Relay 27

AB1C Relay 28

AB1D Relay 29


Page 122/124 MiCOM P342, P343

AB1E Relay 30

AB1F Relay 31

AB20 Relay 32

AC00 GROUP 4 RTD LABELS

AC01 RTD 1

AC02 RTD 2

AC03 RTD 3

AC04 RTD 4

AC05 RTD 5

AC06 RTD 6

AC07 RTD 7

AC08 RTD 8

AC09 RTD 9

AC0A RTD 10

AD00 GROUP 4 CLIO PROTECTION

AD02 CLIO Input 1 Disabled/Enabled*

AD04 CLI1 Input Type 0-1mA/0-10mA/0-20mA/4-20mA*

AD06 CLI1 Input Label

AD08 CLI1 Minimum

AD0A CLI1 Maximum

AD0C CLI1 Alarm Disabled/Enabled*

AD0E CLI1 Alarm Fn Under/Over*

AD10 CLI1 Alarm Set

AD12 CLI1 Alarm Delay

AD14 CLI1 Trip Disabled/Enabled*

AD16 CLI1 Trip Fn Under/Over*

AD18 CLI1 Trip Set

AD1A CLI1 Trip Delay

AD1C CLI1 I< Alarm

AD1E CLI1 I< Alm Set




AD28 CLI2 Minimum

AD2A CLI2 Maximum




AD30 CLI2 Alarm Set




AD38 CLI2 Trip Set


AD3C CLI2 I< Alarm





AD48 CLI3 Minimum

AD4A CLI3 Maximum



AD50 CLI3 Alarm Set




AD58 CLI3 Trip Set


AD5C CLI3 I< Alarm





AD68 CLI4 Minimum

AD6A CLI4 Maximum



AD70 CLI4 Alarm Set




AD78 CLI4 Trip Set


Page 124/124 MiCOM P342, P343


AD7C CLI4 I< Alarm


ADA0 CLIO Output 1 Disabled/Enabled*

ADA2 CLO1 Output Type 0-1mA/0-10mA/0-20mA/4-20mA*

ADA4 CLO1 Set Values Primary//Secondary*

ADA6 CLO1 Parameter (See G155 Data Type)

ADA8 CLO1 Minimum

ADAA CLO1 Maximum

ADB0 CLIO Output 2 Disabled/Enabled*

ADB2 CLO2 Output Type 0-1mA/0-10mA/0-20mA/4-20mA*

ADB4 CLO2 Set Values Primary//Secondary*

ADB6 CLO2 Parameter (See G155 Data Type)

ADB8 CLO2 Minimum

ADBA CLO2 Maximum

ADC0 CLIO Output 3 Disabled/Enabled*

ADC2 CLO3 Output Type 0-1mA/0-10mA/0-20mA/4-20mA*

ADC4 CLO3 Set Values Primary//Secondary*

ADC6 CLO3 Parameter (See G155 Data Type)

ADC8 CLO3 Minimum

ADCA CLO3 Maximum

ADD0 CLIO Output 4 Disabled/Enabled*

ADD2 CLO4 Output Type 0-1mA/0-10mA/0-20mA/4-20mA*

ADD4 CLO4 Set Values Primary//Secondary*

ADD6 CLO4 Parameter (See G155 Data Type)

ADD8 CLO4 Minimum

ADDA CLO4 Maximum

Problem Analysis P34x/EN PR/F33

MiCOM P342, P343

PROBLEM ANALYSIS

P34x/EN PR/F33 Problem Analysis

MiCOM P342, P343

Problem Analysis P34x/EN PR/F33 MiCOM P342, P343 Page 1/8

CONTENT

1. INTRODUCTION 3

2. INITIAL PROBLEM IDENTIFICATION 3

3. POWER UP ERRORS 4

4. ERROR MESSAGE/CODE ON POWER-UP 4

5. OUT OF SERVICE LED ILLUMINATED ON POWER UP 6

6. ERROR CODE DURING OPERATION 7

7. MIS-OPERATION OF THE RELAY DURING TESTING 7

7.1 Failure of output contacts 7

7.2 Failure of opto-isolated inputs 8

7.3 Incorrect analogue signals 8


1. INTRODUCTION

Before carrying out any work on the equipment, the user should befamiliar with the contents of the safety and technical data sections andthe ratings on the equipment’s rating label

The purpose of this sub-document of the service manual is to allow an error conditionon the relay to be identified so that appropriate corrective action can be taken.

Should the relay have developed a fault, it should be possible in most cases toidentify which relay module requires attention. Sub-document - ‘Commissioning andMaintenance’, advises on the recommended method of repair where faulty modulesneed replacing. It is not possible to perform an on-site repair to a faulted module.

In cases where a faulty relay/module is being returned to the manufacturer or one oftheir approved service centres, completed copy of the Repair Form located at the endof this manual should be included.

2. INITIAL PROBLEM IDENTIFICATION

Consult the table below to find the description that best matches the problemexperienced, then consult the section referenced to perform a more detailed analysisof the problem.

Symptom Refer to

Relay fails to power up Section 3

Relay powers up - but indicates error and halts duringpower-up sequence Section 4

Relay Powers up but Out of Service LED is illuminated Section 5

Relay Re-boots during normal operation Section 6

Error during normal operation Section 6

Misoperation of the relay during testing Section 7

Table 1: Problem identification



3. POWER UP ERRORS

If the relay does not appear to power up then the following procedure can be used todetermine whether the fault is in the external wiring, auxiliary fuse, power supplymodule of the relay or the relay front panel.

Test Check Action

1 Measure auxiliary voltage onterminals 1 and 2, verify voltagelevel and polarity against the ratinglabel on front.

Terminal 1 is -dc, 2 is +dc

If auxiliary voltage is present andcorrect, then proceed to test 2.Otherwise the wiring/fuses inauxiliary supply should be checked.

2 Do LEDs/ and LCD backlightilluminate on power up, also checkthe N/O watchdog contact forclosing.

If they illuminate or the contactcloses and no error code isdisplayed then error is probably inthe main processor board (frontpanel). If they do not illuminateand the contact does not close thenproceed to test 3.

3 Check Field voltage output(nominally 48V DC)

If field voltage is not present thenthe fault is probably in the relaypower supply module. Consultsub-document – Commissioningand Maintenance for a descriptionof how to remove this module. Thepart number of this module can bechecked to verify that the rating ofthe module conforms to theauxiliary rated printed on the relayfront panel.

Table 2: Failure of relay to power up

4. ERROR MESSAGE/CODE ON POWER-UP

During the power-up sequence of the relay self-testing is performed as indicated bythe messages displayed on the LCD. If an error is detected by the relay during theseself-tests then an error message will be displayed and the power-up sequence will behalted. If the error occurs when the relay application software is executing then amaintenance record will be created and the relay will re-boot.

Test Check Action

1 Is an error message or codepermanently displayed duringpower up.

If relay locks up and displays anerror code permanently thenproceed to test 2. If the relayprompts for input by the userproceed to test 4. If the relay re-boots automatically then proceed totest 5


Test Check Action

2 Record displayed error, thenremove and re-apply relay auxiliarysupply.

Record whether the same errorcode is displayed when the relay isre-booted. If no error code isdisplayed then contact the localservice centre stating the error codeand relay information. If the samecode is displayed proceed to test 3.

3 Error code Identification

Following text messages (in English)will be displayed if a fundamentalproblem is detected preventing thesystemfrom booting:

Bus Fail – address lines

SRAM Fail – data lines

FLASH Fail format error

FLASH Fail checksum

Code Verify Fail

The following hex error codes relateto errors detected in specific relaymodules:

0c140005/0c0d0000

0c140006/0c0e0000

Refer to sub-document –Commissioning and Maintenancefor module location.

These messages indicate that aproblem has been detected on themain processor board of the relay(located in the front panel).

Input Module (inc. Opto isolatedinputs)

Output Relay Cards

Other error codes relate toproblems within the main processorboard hardware or software. It willbe necessary to contact AREVA T&Dwith details of the problem for a fullanalysis.

4 Relay displays message for corruptsettings and prompts for restorationof defaults to the affected settings.

The power up tests have detectedcorrupted relay settings, it ispossible to restore defaults to allowthe power- up to be completed. Itwill then be necessary to re-applythe application- specific settings.

5 Relay resets on completion of powerup - record error code displayed.

Error 0x0E080000, programmablescheme logic error due to excessiveexecution time. Restore defaultsettings by performing a power upwith and keys depressed,confirm restoration of defaults atprompt using ↵ key. If relaypowers up successfully, checkprogrammable logic for feedbackpaths.



Test Check Action

Other error codes will relate tosoftware errors on the mainprocessor board, contact AREVAT&D.

Table 3: Power-up self-test error

5. OUT OF SERVICE LED ILLUMINATED ON POWER UP

Test Check Action

1 Using the relay menu confirmwhether the Commission Test/TestMode setting is Enabled.Otherwise proceed to test 2.

If the setting is Enabled then disablethe test mode and, verify that theOut of Service LED is extinguished.

2 Select and view the lastmaintenance record from the menu(in the View Records).

Check for H/W Verify Fail thisindicates a discrepancy between therelay model number and thehardware, examine the “MaintData”, this indicates the causes ofthe failure using bit fields:

Bit Meaning

0 The application type field inthe model number does notmatch the software ID

1 The application field in themodel number does not matchthe software ID

2 The variant 1 field in themodel number does not matchthe software ID

3 The variant 2 field in themodel number does not matchthe software ID

4 The protocol field in the modelnumber does not match thesoftware ID

5 The language field in themodel number does not matchthe software ID

6 The VT type field in the modelnumber is incorrect (110V VTsfitted)

7 The VT type field in the modelnumber is incorrect (440V VTsfitted)


Test Check Action

8 The VT type field in the modelnumber is incorrect (no VTsfitted)

Table 4: Out of service LED illuminated

6. ERROR CODE DURING OPERATION

The relay performs continuous self-checking, if an error is detected then an errormessage will be displayed, a maintenance record will be logged and the relay willreset (after a 1.6 second delay). A permanent problem (for example due to ahardware fault) will generally be detected on the power up sequence, following whichthe relay will display an error code and halt. If the problem was transient in naturethen the relay should re-boot correctly and continue in operation. The nature of thedetected fault can be determined by examination of the maintenance record logged.

There are also three cases where a maintenance record will be logged due to adetected error where the relay will not reset. These are detection of a failure of eitherthe field voltage, the lithium battery, or the RTD board. In these cases the failure isindicated by an alarm message, however the relay will continue to operate.

If the field voltage is detected to have failed (the voltage level has dropped belowthreshold), then a scheme logic signal is also set. This allows the scheme logic to beadapted in the case of this failure (for example if a blocking scheme is being used).

In the case of a battery failure it is possible to prevent the relay from issuing an alarmusing the setting under the Date and Time section of the menu. This setting "BatteryAlarm" can be set to 'Disabled' to allow the relay to be used without a battery, withoutan alarm message being displayed.

In the case of the RTD board failure, an alarm "RTD board fail" message is displayed,the RTD protection is disabled, but the operation of the rest of the relay functionality isunaffected.

7. MIS-OPERATION OF THE RELAY DURING TESTING

7.1 Failure of output contacts

An apparent failure of the relay output contacts may be caused by the relayconfiguration, the following tests should be performed to identify the real cause of thefailure. Note that the relay self-tests verify that the coil of the contact has beenenergised, an error will be displayed if there is a fault in the output relay board.

Test Check Action

1 Is the Out of Service LEDilluminated

Illumination of this LED mayindicate that the relay is in testmode or that the protection hasbeen disabled due to a hardwareverify error(see Table4)

2 Examine the Contact status in theCommissioning section of themenu.

If the relevant bits of the contactstatus are operated then proceed totest 4, if not proceed to test 3.



Test Check Action

3 Verify by examination of the faultrecord, or by using the test portwhether the protection element isoperating correctly.

If the protection element does notoperate, verify whether the test isbeing correctly applied.

If the protection element doesoperate then it will be necessary tocheck the programmable logic toensure that the mapping of theprotection element to the contacts iscorrect.

4 Using the Commissioning/Testmode function apply a test patternto the relevant relay output contactsand verify whether they operate(note the correct externalconnection diagram should beconsulted). A continuity tester canbe used at the rear of the relay forthis purpose.

If the output relay does operatethen the problem must be in theexternal wiring to the relay. If theoutput relay does not operate thiscould indicate a failure of theoutput relay contacts (note that theself tests verify that the relay coil isbeing energised). Ensure that theclosed resistance is not too high forthe continuity tester to detect.

Table 5: Failure of output contacts

7.2 Failure of opto-isolated inputs

The opto-isolated inputs are mapped onto the relay internal signals using theprogrammable scheme logic. If an input does not appear to be recognised by therelay scheme logic the Commission Tests/Opto Status menu option can be used toverify whether the problem is in the opto-isolated input itself or the mapping of itssignal to the scheme logic functions. If the opto-isolated input does appear to beread correctly then it will be necessary to examine its mapping within theprogrammable logic.

If the opto-isolated input state is not being correctly read by the relay the appliedsignal should be tested. Verify the connections to the opto-isolated input using thecorrect wiring diagram and the nominal voltage settings in the ‘Opto Config’ menu.In the ‘Opto Config’ menu the nominal battery voltage can be selected for all optoinputs by selecting one of the five standard ratings in the ‘Global Nominal V’ settings.If ‘Custom’ is selected then each opto input can individually be set to a nominalvoltage value. Next, using a voltmeter verify that >19.2 V dc (24/27V), or >24V dc(30/34V), or >38.4V dc (48/54V), or >88V dc (110/125V), or >176V dc(220/250V) is present on the terminals of the opto-islated input in the energisedstate. If the signal is being correctly applied to the relay then the failure may be onthe input card itself. Depending on which opto-isolated input has failed this mayrequire replacement of either the complete analogue input module (the board withinthis module cannot be individually replaced without re-calibration of the relay) or aseparate opto board.

7.3 Incorrect analogue signals

If it is suspected that the analogue quantities being measured by the relay are notcorrect then the measurement function of the relay can be used to verify the nature ofthe problem. The measured values displayed by the relay should be compared withthe actual magnitudes at the relay terminals. Verify that the correct terminals arebeing used (in particular the dual rated CT inputs) and that the CT and VT ratios seton the relay are correct.


MiCOM P342, P343

RELAY MENU DATABASE

P34x/EN GC/F33 Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

MiCOM P342, P343 Guides

Generator Protection Relays

Relay Menu Database

This version of the Relay Menu Database is specific to the followingmodels

Model Number Software Number

P342------0070C P342------0070-A/B/C

P343------0070C P343------0070-A/B/C

For other models / software versions, please contact AREVA T&D for therelevant information.

(Software versions P342------0010*, P342------0020*, P342------0030*,P342------0040*, P342------0050*, P342------0060* andP343------0010*, P343------0020*, P343------0030*, P343------0040*,P343------0050*, P343------0060* are not supported by this menudatabase, see OG8614A (0010), OG8614B (0020 – 0040),P34x/EN O/C11 (0050) and P34x/EN O/D22 (0060) for informationon the menu database for these software versions).



RELAY MENU DATABASE

This Relay Menu Database is split into several sections, these are as follows:

• Menu Database for Courier, User Interface and MODBUS

• Menu Datatype Definition

• Event Data for Courier, User Interface and MODBUS

• IEC60870-5-103 Interoperability Guide

• Internal Digital Signals

• DNP3.0 Device Profile Document

• Default Programmable Logic

Menu database

This database defines the structure of the relay menu for the courier interface, thefront panel user interface and the MODBUS interface. This includes all the relaysettings and measurements. Datatypes for MODBUS and indexed strings for Courierand the user interface are cross-referenced to the Menu Datatype Definition section(using a G Number). For all settable cells the setting limits and default value are alsodefined within this database.

Note: The following labels are used within the database

Label Description Value

V1 Main VT Rating 1 (120/110V) 4 (380/480V)

V2 Checksynch VT Rating 1 (100/110V) 4 (380/480V)

V3 NVD VT Rating 1 (100/110V) 4 (380/480V)

Ι1 Phase CT Rating 1 or 5 (Setting 0A08)

Ι2 Earth Fault CT Rating 1 or 5 (Setting 0A0A)

Ι3 Sensitive CT Rating 1 or 5 (Setting 0A0C)

Ι4 Mutual CT Rating 1 or 5 (Setting 0A0E)

Menu datatype definition

This table defines the datatypes used for MODBUS (the datatypes for the Courier anduser interface are defined within the Menu Database itself using the standard CourierDatatypes). This section also defines the indexed string setting options for allinterfaces. The datatypes defined within this section are cross-referenced to from themenu database using a G number.

Event data

This section specifies all the event information that can be produced by the relay. Itdetails exactly how each event will be presented via the Courier, User and MODBUSinterfaces.

IEC60870-5-103 interoperability guide

This table fully defines the operation of the IEC60870-5-103 (VDEW) interface for therelay it should be read in conjunction with the relevant section of the Communicationssection of this Manual (P34x/EN CT/E33).



Internal digital signals

This table defines all of the relay internal digital signals (opto inputs, output contactsand protection inputs and outputs). A relay may have up to 1023 internal signalseach referenced by a numeric index as shown in this table. This numeric index isused to select a signal for the commissioning monitor port. It is also used to explicitlydefine protection events produced by the relay (see the Event Data section).

DNP3.0 device profile document

This table defines all of the objects, functions and/or qualifiers supported.

Default programmable logic

This section documents the default programmable logic for the various models of therelay. This default logic for each model of the relay is supplied with the MiCOM S1Scheme Logic Editor PC support software.

References

Introduction (P34x/EN IT/E33) : User Interface operation and connections to the relay

Communications (P34x/EN CT/E33) : Overview of communication interfaces

Courier User Guide R6512

Modicon MODBUS Protocol Reference Guide PI-MBUS-300 Rev E

IEC60870-5-103 Telecontrol Equipment and Systems – Transmission Protocols –Companion Standard for the informative interface of Protection Equipment

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 3/170

Col Row Start End P341 P342 P343SYSTEM DATA 00 00 * * *

Language 01 Indexed String G19 G19 English Setting 0 3 1 2 * * *

Password 02 ASCII Password(4 chars) G20 40001 40002 G20 AAAA Setting 65 90 1 0 * * *

Binary Flag (8 bits)

Indexed Strings

ASCII Text(16 chars)

Plant Reference 05 ASCII Text(16 chars) G3 40012 40019 G3 ALSTOM Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Model Number 06 ASCII Text(32 chars) G3 30020 30035 G3 Model Number Data * * *

Serial Number 08 ASCII Text(7 chars) G3 30044 30051 G3 Serial Number Data * * *

Frequency 09 Unsigned Integer(8 bits) 40020 G1 50 Setting 50 60 10 2 * * *

Comms Level 0A Unsigned Integer(16 bits) 2 Data * * *

Needs to be address of interface

Rear Courier Address available via LCD

Plant Status 0C Binary Flag(16 bits) G4 30002 G4 Data * * *

Control Status 0D Binary Flag(16 bits) G5 30004 G5 Data * * *

Active Group 0E Unsigned Integer(16 bits) 30006 G1 Data * * *

UNUSED 0F

CB Trip/Close 10 Indexed String(2) G55 No Operation Command 0 2 1 1 * Visible to LCD+Front Port

CB Trip/Close N/A 10 Indexed String(2) G55 40021 G55 No Operation Command 0 2 1 1 * Visible to Rear Port

Software Ref. 1 11 ASCII Text(16 chars) 30052 30059 G3 Data * * *Binary FlagIndexed StringBinary FlagIndexed StringBinary FlagIndexed String

UNUSED 23

Binary Flag

Indexed String

Binary Flag

Indexed String

Binary Flag

Indexed String

Binary Flag

Indexed String

Binary Flag(32 bits)

Indexed String

Access Level D0 Unsigned Integer(16 bits) 30010 G1 Data * * *

Password Control D1 Unsigned Integer(16 bits) G22 40022 G22 2 Setting 0 2 1 2 * * *

Password Level 1 D2 ASCII Password(4 chars) G20 40023 40024 G20 AAAA Setting 65 90 1 1 * * *

Password Level 2 D3 ASCII Password(4 chars) G20 40025 40026 G20 AAAA Setting 65 90 1 2 * * *

VIEW RECORDS 01 00 * * *

Menu Text UI Data Type StringsCourier

CommentModbus Datagroup Default Setting Cell Type Min

Modbus Address ModelMax Step Password

Level

G3 40004 40011 G3Description 04 MiCOM P34* 163 1 2Setting 32 * * ** = 1 for Model 1, 2 for Model 2, 3 for Model 3

Sys Fn Links 03 G95 40003 G95 Setting 1 1 *

* * *

1 2 * *

52 G228 30015 30016

Relay Address

Alarm Status 3

Opto I/P Status

Relay O/P Status

*

The original register 30007 is available for opto inputs #1 to #16

The original register 30007 is available

0B

*

*

30001

255 Setting 0 255 1 1 *

20 G8 30725 30726 *

30008

G8 Data

21 G9 30009 G9 Data * * *

Alarm Status 1 22 G96 30011 30012 G96 Data * * *

Opto I/P Status 30 G8 30725 30726 G8 Data

40 30008 30009

30012

Data

Alarm Status 1 50

Relay O/P Status G9G9

Alarm Status 2 51 G128 30013 30014

G96 30011 G96 Data

G128 Data

Data

*

*

*

* * *

* *

* *

* *

G228

Unsigned Integer(16 bits)

Binary Flag(16 bits)Relay status (repeat of Courier Status byte without the busy flag)

* *G26 Data *

*

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 4/170

Col Row Start End P341 P342 P343Menu Text UI Data Type Strings

CourierCommentModbus

Datagroup Default Setting Cell Type MinModbus Address Model

Max Step Password Level

30100 G1 No of event records stored

30101 G1 Number of Fault records stored

30102 G1

Select Event 01 Unsigned Integer(16 bits) 40100 0 Setting 0 249 1 0 Max value is oldest record

Menu Cell Ref N/A 02 Cell Reference 30107 G13 (From Record) Data * * * Indicates type of event. See Event sheet.

Time & Date 03 IEC870 Time & Date 30103 30106 G12 (From Record) Data * * *

Event Text 04 Ascii String (32 chars) Data * * * See Event sheet

Select Fault 06 Unsigned Integer (16 bits) 40101 Setting 0 4 1 2 * * * Allows Fault Record to be selected

0 means that there is no additional data

1 means that fault record data is available

2 means that maintenance data is available

Started Phase N/A Data * * *

A B C N A/B/C/N Visible if Start A/B/C/N

Tripped Phase N/A Data * * *

A B C N A/B/C/N Visible if Trip A/B/C/N

Gen Differential N/A Data *

Trip

Power N/A Data * * *

Start 1 2 1/2 visible if Start 1/2

Power N/A Data * * *

Trip 1 2 1/2 visible if Trip 1/2

Field Failure N/A Data * *

Alarm




Trip 1 2 1/2 visible if Trip 1/2

NPS Thermal N/A Data * *

Alarm Trip

Volt Dep O/C N/A Data * *

Start Trip

Underimedance N/A Data * *

Start Z< 12 1/2 visible if Start Z< 1/2

Underimedance N/A Data * *

Trip Z< 12 1/2 visible if Trip Z< 1/2

Data

Data

*

G27 **3010930108Unsigned Int / Binary Flag (32 bits)Note DTL depends on event type binary flag for Contact, Opto, alarm & Protection. See Event sheet of Spreadsheet.

*05Event Value

* *G130110

Modbus address where change occurred. Alarm 30011; Relay 30723; Opto 30725 Protection 30727-30754. For platform events, fault events and maintenance events the default is 0.

30111 G1 Data *This register will contain the DDB ordinal for protection events or the bit number for alarm events.

* *

Data ***G130112

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 5/170





Overcurrent N/A Data * * *

Start I> 1234 1/2/3/4 Visible if Start I>1/2/3/4

Overcurrent N/A Data * * *

Trip I> 1234 1/2/3/4 Visible if Trip I>1/2/3/4

Earth Fault N/A Data * * *

Start IN> 1234 1/2/3/4 visible if Start IN>1/2/3/4

Earth Fault N/A Data * * *

Trip IN> 1234 1/2/3/4 visible if Trip IN>1/2/3/4

Sensitive E/F N/A Data * * *

Start ISEF> 1234 1/2/3/4 visible if Start ISEF>1/2/3/4

Sensitive E/F N/A Data * * *

Trip ISEF> 1234 1/2/3/4 visible if Trip ISEF>1/2/3/4

Restricted E/F N/A Data * * *

Trip IREF>

Sensitive Power N/A Data * * *


Sensitive Power N/A Data * * *

Trip 1 2 1/2 visible if trip 1/2

Residual O/V NVD N/A Data * * *

Start VN> 1 2 1/2 visible if Start VN>1/2

Residual O/V NVD N/A Data * * *

Trip VN> 1 2 1/2 visible if Trip VN>1/2

100% Stator EF N/A Data *

Start Trip

V/Hz N/A Data * *

Alarm Start Trip

df/dt N/A Data *

Start Trip

V Vector Shift N/A Data *

Trip

Dead Machine N/A Data *

Trip

U/Voltage start N/A Data * * * Ph-Ph or Ph-N

V< 1 2 AB BC CA 1/2 visible if Start V<1/2

U/Voltage Trip N/A Data * * * Ph-Ph or Ph-N

V< 1 2 AB BC CA 1/2 visible if Trip V<1/2

O/Voltage Start N/A Data * * * Ph-Ph or Ph-N

V> 1 2 AB BC CA 1/2 visible if Start V>1/2

O/Voltage Trip N/A Data * * * Ph-Ph or Ph-N

V> 1 2 AB BC CA 1/2 visible if Trip V>1/2

Underfrequency N/A Data * * *

Start F< 1234 1/2/3/4 visible if Start F<1/2/3/4

Underfrequency N/A Data * * *

Trip F< 1234 1/2/3/4 visible if Trip F<1/2/3/4

Overfrequency N/A Data * * *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 6/170





Start F> 1 2 1/2 visible if Start F>1/2

Overfrequency N/A Data * * *

Trip F> 1 2 1/2 visible if Trip F>1/2

RTD Alarm N/A Data * *

RTD 1


RTD 2


RTD 3


RTD 4


RTD 5


RTD 6


RTD 7


RTD 8


RTD 9


RTD 10

RTD Trip N/A Data * *

RTD 1


RTD 2


RTD 3


RTD 4


RTD 5


RTD 6


RTD 7


RTD 8


RTD 9


RTD 10

CL I/P Alm Start N/A Data * * *

CLIO Input 1 Courier text = CLIO Input label setting

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 7/170











CL Input Alarm N/A Data * * *








CL I/P TripStart N/A Data * * *








CL Input Trip N/A Data * * *








Breaker Fail N/A Data * * *

CB Fail 1 2 1/2 visible if CB Fail 1/2

Supervision N/A Data * * *

VTS CTS VTS/CTS visible if AlarmVTS/CTS

PoleSlip z based N/A Data *

Start Z1 Z2

PoleSlip z based N/A Data *

Trip Z1 Z2

Thermal Overload N/A Data * *

Alarm Trip

Faulted Phase N/A 07 Binary Flag (8 Bits) G16 30113 G16 Data * * *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected

Start Elements1 N/A 08 Binary Flag (32 Bits) G84 30114 30115 G84 Data * * *

Indexed String

For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 8/170





Start Elements2 N/A 09 Binary Flag (32 Bits) G107 30116 30117 G107 Data * * *

Indexed String

Trip Elements1 N/A 0A Binary Flag (32 Bits) G85 30118 30119 G85 Data * * *

Indexed String

Trip Elements2 N/A 0B Binary Flag (32 Bits) G86 30120 30121 G86 Data * * *

Indexed String

Fault Alarms N/A 0C Binary Flag (32 Bits) G87 30122 30123 G87 Data * * *

Indexed String

IA 13 Courier Number (current) 30135 30136 G24 Data * *

IA-1 *

IB 14 Courier Number (current) 30137 30138 G24 Data * *

IB-1 *

IC 15 Courier Number (current) 30139 30140 G24 Data * *

IC-1 *

* *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected

*G24 DataCourier Number (voltage) 30149 30150VBN 1A

* * *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected

30148 G24 Data


VAN 19 Courier Number (voltage) 30147

*G24 DataCourier Number (voltage) 30145 30146VCA 18


30144 G24 Data


VBC 17 Courier Number (voltage) 30143

*G24 DataCourier Number (voltage) 30141 30142VAB 16



**

For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selectedFor fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected



*

For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selectedFor fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selectedFor fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selectedFor fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected

* *

* *

For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selectedFor fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selectedFor fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected

Fault Time 0D IEC870 Time & Date 30124 30127 G12 (From Record) Data

G1

* * *

Active Group 0E Unsigned Integer 30128 Data * * *

System Frequency 0F Courier Number (frequency) 30129 G30 Data *

Fault Duration 10 Courier Number (time) 30130 30131 G24 Data *

CB Operate Time 11 Courier Number (time) 30132 G25 Data

Relay Trip Time 12 Courier Number (time) 30133 30134 G24 Data *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 9/170





IA-2 1C Courier Number (current) 30153 30154 G24 Data *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

IB-2 1D Courier Number (current) 30155 30156 G24 Data *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

IC-2 1E Courier Number (current) 30157 30158 G24 Data *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

IA Differential 1F Courier Number (current) 30159 30160 G24 Data *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

IB Differential 20 Courier Number (current) 30161 30162 G24 Data *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

IC Differential 21 Courier Number (current) 30163 30164 G24 Data *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

VN Measured 22 Courier Number (voltage) 30165 30166 G24 Data * * *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

VN Derived 23 Courier Number (voltage) 30167 30168 G24 Data * * *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

IN Measured 24 Courier Number (current) 30169 30170 G24 Data * *

IN Derived *

I Sensitive 25 Courier Number (current) 30171 30172 G24 Data * * *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

IREF Diff 26 Courier Number (current) 30173 30174 G24 Data * *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

IREF Bias 27 Courier Number (current) 30175 30176 G24 Data * *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

I2 28 Courier Number (current) 30177 30178 G24 Data * *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

3 Phase Watts 29 Courier Number (Power) 30179 30180 G125 Data * * *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

3 Phase VArs 2A Courier Number (VAr) 30181 30182 G125 Data * * *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

3Ph Power Factor 2B Courier Number (Decimal) 30183 G30 Data * * *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

RTD 1 2C Courier Number (Temperature) 30184 G10 Data * *Courier text = RTD Label setting for fault record use only


30152 G24 DataVCN 1B Courier Number (voltage) 30151

For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 10/170





RTD 2 2D Courier Number (Temperature) 30185 G10 Data * *Courier text = RTD Label setting for fault record use only

RTD 3 2E Courier Number (Temperature) 30186 G10 Data * *Courier text = RTD Label setting for fault record use only

RTD 4 2F Courier Number (Temperature) 30187 G10 Data * *Courier text = RTD Label setting for fault record use only

RTD 5 30 Courier Number (Temperature) 30188 G10 Data * *Courier text = RTD Label setting for fault record use only






df/dt 36 Courier Number (Hz/s) 30194 G25 Data *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

V Vector Shift 37 Courier Number (Angle) 30195 G30 Data *For fault record use only. The Modbus register cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected.

CLIO Input 1 38 Courier Number (Decimal) 30196 G125 Data * * *Courier text = CLIO Input label setting for fault record use only

CLIO Input 2 39 Courier Number (Decimal) 30197 G125 Data * * *Courier text = CLIO Input label setting for fault record use only

CLIO Input 3 3A Courier Number (Decimal) 30198 G125 Data * * *Courier text = CLIO Input label setting for fault record use only

CLIO Input 4 3B Courier Number (Decimal) 30199 G125 Data * * *Courier text = CLIO Input label setting for fault record use only

Select Maint F0 Unsigned Integer (16 bits) 40102 G1Manual override to select a fault record

Setting 0 4 1 0 * * * Allows Self Test Report to be selected

Maint Text F1 Ascii Text (32 chars) Data * * *

Maint Type F2 Unsigned integer (32 bits) 30036 30037 G27 Data * * *

Maint Data F3 Unsigned integer (32 bits) 30038 30039 G27 Data * * *

Reset Indication FF Indexed String G11 No Command 0 1 1 1 * * *

MEASUREMENTS 1 02 00 * * *

IA Magnitude 01 Courier Number (current) 30200 30201 G24 Data * *

IA-1 Magnitude 01 Courier Number (current) 30200 30201 G24 Data *

IA Phase Angle 02 Courier Number (angle) 30202 G30 Data * *

IA-1 Phase Angle 02 Courier Number (angle) 30202 G30 Data *

IB Magnitude 03 Courier Number (current) 30203 30204 G24 Data * *

IB-1 Magnitude 03 Courier Number (current) 30203 30204 G24 Data *

IB Phase Angle 04 Courier Number (angle) 30205 G30 Data * *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 11/170





IB-1 Phase Angle 04 Courier Number (angle) 30205 G30 Data *

IC Magnitude 05 Courier Number (current) 30206 30207 G24 Data * *

IC-1 Magnitude 05 Courier Number (current) 30206 30207 G24 Data *

IC Phase Angle 06 Courier Number (angle) 30208 G30 Data * *

IC-1 Phase Angle 06 Courier Number (angle) 30208 G30 Data *

IN Measured Mag 07 Courier Number (current) 30209 30210 G24 Data * *

IN Measured Ang 08 Courier Number (angle) 30211 G30 Data * *

IN Derived Mag 09 Courier Number (current) 30212 30213 G24 Data *

IN Derived Angle 0A Courier Number (angle) 30214 G30 Data *

I Sen Magnitude 0B Courier Number (current) 30215 30216 G24 Data * * *

I Sen Angle 0C Courier Number (degrees) 30217 G30 Data * * *

I1 Magnitude 0D Courier Number (current) 30218 30219 G24 Data * * *

I2 Magnitude 0E Courier Number (current) 30220 30221 G24 Data * * *

I0 Magnitude 0F Courier Number (current) 30222 30223 G24 Data * * *

IA RMS 10 Courier Number (current) 30224 30225 G24 Data * * *

IB RMS 11 Courier Number (current) 30226 30227 G24 Data * * *

IC RMS 12 Courier Number (current) 30228 30229 G24 Data * * *

VAB Magnitude 14 Courier Number (voltage) 30230 30231 G24 Data * * *

VAB Phase Angle 15 Courier Number (angle) 30232 G30 Data * * *

VBC Magnitude 16 Courier Number (voltage) 30233 30234 G24 Data * * *

VBC Phase Angle 17 Courier Number (angle) 30235 G30 Data * * *

VCA Magnitude 18 Courier Number (voltage) 30236 30237 G24 Data * * *

VCA Phase Angle 19 Courier Number (angle) 30238 G30 Data * * *

VAN Magnitude 1A Courier Number (voltage) 30239 30240 G24 Data * * *

VAN Phase Angle 1B Courier Number (angle) 30241 G30 Data * * *

VBN Magnitude 1C Courier Number (voltage) 30242 30243 G24 Data * * *

VBN Phase Angle 1D Courier Number (angle) 30244 G30 Data * * *

VCN Magnitude 1E Courier Number (voltage) 30245 30246 G24 Data * * *

VCN Phase Angle 1F Courier Number (angle) 30247 G30 Data * * *

VN Measured Mag 20 Courier Number (voltage) 30248 30249 G24 Data * * *

VN Measured Ang 21 Courier Number (angle) 30250 G30 Data * * *

VN Derived Mag 22 Courier Number (voltage) 30251 30252 G24 Data * * *

VN Derived Ang 23 Courier Number (angle) 30252 G30 Data * * *

V1 Magnitude 24 Courier Number (voltage) 30253 30254 G24 Data * * *



VAN RMS 27 Courier Number (voltage) 30259 30260 G24 Data * * *

VBN RMS 28 Courier Number (voltage) 30261 30262 G24 Data * * *

VCN RMS 29 Courier Number (voltage) 30263 30264 G24 Data * * *

Frequency 2D Courier Number (frequency) 30265 G30 Data * * *

VBC Phase Angle 17 Courier Number (angle) 30235 G30 Data * * *

VCA Magnitude 18 Courier Number (voltage) 30236 30237 G24 Data * * *

VCA Phase Angle 19 Courier Number (angle) 30238 G30 Data * * *

VAN Magnitude 1A Courier Number (voltage) 30239 30240 G24 Data * * *

VAN Phase Angle 1B Courier Number (angle) 30241 G30 Data * * *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 12/170





VBN Magnitude 1C Courier Number (voltage) 30242 30243 G24 Data * * *

VBN Phase Angle 1D Courier Number (angle) 30244 G30 Data * * *

VCN Magnitude 1E Courier Number (voltage) 30245 30246 G24 Data * * *

VCN Phase Angle 1F Courier Number (angle) 30247 G30 Data * * *

VN Measured Mag 20 Courier Number (voltage) 30248 30249 G24 Data * * *

VN Measured Ang 21 Courier Number (angle) 30250 G30 Data * * *

VN Derived Mag 22 Courier Number (voltage) 30251 30252 G24 Data * * *

VN Derived Ang 23 Courier Number (angle) 30252 G30 Data * * *




VAN RMS 27 Courier Number (voltage) 30259 30260 G24 Data * * *

VBN RMS 28 Courier Number (voltage) 30261 30262 G24 Data * * *

VCN RMS 29 Courier Number (voltage) 30263 30264 G24 Data * * *

Frequency 2D Courier Number (frequency) 30265 G30 Data * * *

I1 Magnitude 40 Courier Number (current) 30218 30219 G24 Data * * *

I1 Phase Angle 41 Courier Number (angle) 30266 G30 Data * * *






V1 Phase Angle 47 Courier Number (angle) 30269 G30 Data * * *


V2 Phase Angle 49 Courier Number (angle) 30270 G30 Data * * *

V0 Magnitude 4A Courier Number (voltage) 30257 30258 G24 Data * * *

V0 Phase Angle 4B Courier Number (angle) 30271 G30 Data * * *

MEASUREMENTS 2 03 00 * * *

A Phase Watts 01 Courier Number (Power) 30300 30302 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30391& 30392 available with improved G125 floating point data type

B Phase Watts 02 Courier Number (Power) 30303 30305 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30393 & 30394 available with improved G125 floating point data type

C Phase Watts 03 Courier Number (Power) 30306 30308 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30395 & 30396 available with improved G125 floating point data type

A Phase VArs 04 Courier Number (VAr) 30309 30311 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30397 & 30398 available with improved G125 floating point data type

B Phase VArs 05 Courier Number (VAr) 30312 30314 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30399 & 30400 available with improved G125 floating point data type

C Phase VArs 06 Courier Number (VAr) 30315 30317 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30401 & 30402 available with improved G125 floating point data type

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 13/170





A Phase VA 07 Courier Number (VA) 30318 30320 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30403 & 30404 available with improved G125 floating point data type

B Phase VA 08 Courier Number (VA) 30321 30323 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30405 & 30406 available with improved G125 floating point data type

C Phase VA 09 Courier Number (VA) 30324 30326 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30407 & 30408 available with improved G125 floating point data type

3 Phase Watts 0A Courier Number (Power) 30327 30329 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30409 & 30410 available with improved G125 floating point data type

3 Phase VArs 0B Courier Number (VAr) 30330 30332 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30411 & 30412 available with improved G125 floating point data type

3 Phase VA 0C Courier Number (VA) 30333 30335 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30413 & 30414 available with improved G125 floating point data type

3Ph Power Factor 0E Courier Number (decimal) 30339 G30 Data * * *

APh Power Factor 0F Courier Number (decimal) 30340 G30 Data * * *

BPh Power Factor 10 Courier Number (decimal) 30341 G30 Data * * *

CPh Power Factor 11 Courier Number (decimal) 30342 G30 Data * * *

3Ph WHours Fwd 12 Courier Number (Wh) 30343 30345 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30415 & 30416 available with improved G125 floating point data type

3Ph WHours Rev 13 Courier Number (Wh) 30346 30348 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30417 & 30418 available with improved G125 floating point data type

3Ph VArHours Fwd 14 Courier Number (VArh) 30349 30351 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30419 & 30420 available with improved G125 floating point data type

3Ph VArHours Rev 15 Courier Number (VArh) 30352 30354 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30421 & 30422 available with improved G125 floating point data type

3Ph W Fix Demand 16 Courier Number (Power) 30355 30357 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30423 & 30424 available with improved G125 floating point data type

3Ph VArs Fix Dem 17 Courier Number (Vars) 30358 30360 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30425 & 30426 available with improved G125 floating point data type

IA Fixed Demand 18 Courier Number (Current) 30361 30362 G24 Data * * *

IB Fixed Demand 19 Courier Number (Current) 30363 30364 G24 Data * * *

IC Fixed Demand 1A Courier Number (Current) 30365 30366 G24 Data * * *

3 Ph W Roll Dem 1B Courier Number (Power) 30367 30369 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30427 & 30428 available with improved G125 floating point data type

3Ph VArs RollDem 1C Courier Number (VAr) 30370 30372 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30429 & 30430 available with improved G125 floating point data type

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 14/170





IA Roll Demand 1D Courier Number (Current) 30373 30374 G24 Data * * *

IB Roll Demand 1E Courier Number (Current) 30375 30376 G24 Data * * *

IC Roll Demand 1F Courier Number (Current) 30377 30378 G24 Data * * *

3Ph W Peak Dem 20 Courier Number (Power) 30379 30381 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30431 & 30432 available with improved G125 floating point data type

3Ph VAr Peak Dem 21 Courier Number (VAr) 30382 30384 G29 Data * * *Alternative Modbus register pairs 30433 & 30434 available with improved G125 floating point data type

IA Peak Demand 22 Courier Number (Current) 30385 30386 G24 Data * * *

IB Peak Demand 23 Courier Number (Current) 30387 30388 G24 Data * * *

IC Peak Demand 24 Courier Number (Current) 30389 30390 G24 Data * * *

Reset Demand 25 Indexed String G11 40103 G11 No Command 0 1 1 1 * * *

N/A 30391 30392 G125 Data * * * A Phase Watts (see [0301])

N/A 30393 30394 G125 Data * * * B Phase Watts (see [0302])

N/A 30395 30396 G125 Data * * * C Phase Watts (see [0303])

N/A 30397 30398 G125 Data * * * A Phase VArs (see [0304])

N/A 30399 30400 G125 Data * * * B Phase VArs (see [0305])

N/A 30401 30402 G125 Data * * * C Phase VArs (see [0306])

N/A 30403 30404 G125 Data * * * A Phase VA (see [0307])

N/A 30405 30406 G125 Data * * * B Phase VA (see [0308])

N/A 30407 30408 G125 Data * * * C Phase VA (see [0309])

N/A 30409 30410 G125 Data * * * 3 Phase Watts (see [030A])

N/A 30411 30412 G125 Data * * * 3 Phase VArs (see [030B])

N/A 30413 30414 G125 Data * * * 3 Phase VA (see [030C])

N/A 30415 30416 G125 Data * * * 3 Phase WHours Fwd (see [0312])

N/A 30417 30418 G125 Data * * * 3 Phase WHours Rev (see [0313])

N/A 30419 30420 G125 Data * * * 3 Phase VArHours Fwd (see [0314])

N/A 30421 30422 G125 Data * * * 3 Phase VArHours Rev (see [0315])

N/A 30423 30424 G125 Data * * * 3 Phase W Fix Demand (see [0316])

N/A 30425 30426 G125 Data * * * 3 Phase VArs Fix Demand (see [0317])

N/A 30427 30428 G125 Data * * * 3 Phase W Roll Demand (see [031B])

N/A 30429 30430 G125 Data * * * 3 Phase VArs Roll Demand (see [031C])

N/A 30431 30432 G125 Data * * * 3 Phase W Peak Demand (see [0320])

N/A 30433 30434 G125 Data * * * 3 Phase VArs Peak Demand (see [0321])

MEASUREMENTS 3 04 00 *

IA-2 Magnitude 01 Courier Number (Current) 30435 30436 G24 Data *

IA-2 Phase Angle 02 Courier Number (Angle) 30437 G30 Data *

IB-2 Magnitude 03 Courier Number (Current) 30438 30439 G24 Data *

IB-2 Phase Angle 04 Courier Number (Angle) 30440 G30 Data *

IC-2 Magnitude 05 Courier Number (Current) 30441 30442 G24 Data *

IC-2 Phase Angle 06 Courier Number (Angle) 30443 G30 Data *

IA Differential 07 Courier Number (Current) 30444 30445 G24 Data *

IB Differential 08 Courier Number (Current) 30446 30447 G24 Data *

Recommended Modbus register pairs for power and energy measurements using G125 floating point data type. See Scada Communications section (P34x/EN CT) of the Technical Guide

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 15/170





IC Differential 09 Courier Number (Current) 30448 30449 G24 Data *

IA Bias 0A Courier Number (Current) 30450 30451 G24 Data *

IB Bias 0B Courier Number (Current) 30452 30453 G24 Data *

IC Bias 0C Courier Number (Current) 30454 30455 G24 Data *

IREF Diff 0D Courier Number (Current) 30456 30457 G24 Data * *

IREF Bias 0E Courier Number (Current) 30458 30459 G24 Data * *

VN 3rd Harmonic 0F Courier Number (Voltage) 30460 30461 G24 Data *

NPS Thermal 10 Courier Number (Percentage) 30462 G1 Data * *

Reset NPSThermal 11 Indexed String G11 40104 G11 No Command 0 1 1 1 * *

RTD 1 12 Courier Number (Temperature) 30463 G10 Data * * Courier text = RTD label setting








RTD 9 1A Courier Number (Temperature) 30471 G10 Data * * Courier text = RTD label setting

RTD 10 1B Courier Number (Temperature) 30472 G10 Data * * Courier text = RTD label settingBinary Flag (10 bits)Indexed StringBinary Flag (10 bits)Indexed StringBinary Flag (10 bits)Indexed String

Reset RTD Flags 1F Indexed string G11 40105 G11 No Command 0 1 1 1 * *

APh Sen Watts 20 Courier Number (Power) 30476 30477 G125 Data * * *

APh Sen Vars 21 Courier Number (Var) 30478 30479 G125 Data * * *

APh Power Angle 22 Courier Number (angle) 30480 G30 Data * * *

Thermal Overload 23 Courier Number (Percentage) 30481 G1 Data * * *

Reset ThermalO/L 24 Indexed String G11 40106 G11 No Command 0 1 1 1 * * *

CLIO Input 1 25 Courier Number (Decimal) 30482 30483 G125 Data * * * Courier Text = CLIO label setting




CB CONDITION 06 00 * * * CB CONDITION MONITORING

CB Operations 01 Unsigned Integer 30600 G1 Data * * * Number of Circuit Breaker Operations

Total IA Broken 02 Courier Number (current) 30601 30602 G24 Data * * * Broken Current A Phase

Total IB Broken 03 Courier Number (current) 30603 30604 G24 Data * * * Broken Current B Phase

Total IC Broken 04 Courier Number (current) 30605 30606 G24 Data * * * Broken Current C Phase

CB Operate Time 05 Courier Number (time) 30607 G25 Data * * * Circuit Breaker operating time

Reset CB Data 06 Indexed String G11 40150 G11 No Command 0 1 1 1 * * * Reset All Values

CB CONTROL 07 00 * * *

CB Control by 01 Indexed String G99 40200 G99 Disabled Setting 0 7 1 2 *

Close Pulse Time 02 Courier Number (Time) 40201 G2 0.5 Setting 0.1 10 0.01 2 *

*Data *

*

RTD Data Error 1E G110 30475 G110

*Data

*

RTD Short Cct 1D G109 30474 G109

*DataRTD Open Cct 1C G108 30473 G108

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 16/170





Trip Pulse Time 03 Courier Number (Time) 40202 G2 0.5 Setting 0.1 5 0.01 2 *

Man Close Delay 05 Courier Number (Time) 40203 G2 10 Setting 0.01 600 0.01 2 * Manual Close Delay

CB Healthy Time 06 Courier Number (Time) 40204 40205 G35 5 Setting 0.01 9999 0.01 2 *

Lockout Reset 08 Indexed String G11 40206 G11 No Command 0 1 1 2 * * *

Reset Lockout by 09 Indexed String G81 40207 G81 CB Close Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Man Close RstDly 0A Courier Number (Time) 40208 G2 5 Setting 0.01 600 0.01 2 * * * Manual Close Reset Delay

CB Status Input 11 Indexed String G118 40209 G118 None Setting 0 3 1 2 * * *

DATE AND TIME 08 00 * * *

Date/Time N/A 01 IEC870 Time & Date 40300 40303 G12 Setting 0 * * *

Date N/A * * * Front Panel Menu only

12-Jan-98

Time N/A * * * Front Panel Menu only

12:00

IRIG-B Sync 04 Indexed String G37 40304 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

IRIG-B Status 05 Indexed String G17 30090 G17 Data * * *

Battery Status 06 Indexed String G59 30091 G59 Data * * *

Battery Alarm 07 Indexed String G37 40305 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

CONFIGURATION 09 00 * * *

Restore Defaults 01 Indexed String G53 40402 G53 No Operation Command 0 5 1 2 * * *

Setting Group 02 Indexed String G61 40403 G61 Menu Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Active Settings 03 Indexed String G90 40404 G90 1 Setting 0 3 1 1 * * *

Save Changes 04 Indexed String G62 40405 G62 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *

Copy From 05 Indexed String G90 40406 G90 Group 1 Setting 0 3 1 2 * * *

Copy To 06 Indexed String G98 40407 G98 No Operation Command 0 3 1 2 * * *

Setting Group 1 07 Indexed String G37 40408 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Setting Group 2 08 Indexed String G37 40409 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Setting Group 3 09 Indexed String G37 40410 G37 Disbaled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Setting Group 4 0A Indexed String G37 40411 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Gen Differential 0B Indexed String G37 40412 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

Power 0C Indexed String G37 40413 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Field Failure 0D Indexed String G37 40414 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * *

NPS Thermal 0E Indexed String G37 40415 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * *

System Backup 0F Indexed String G37 40416 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * *

Overcurrent 10 Indexed String G37 40417 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Thermal Overload 11 Indexed String G37 40433 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

NOT USED 12

Earth Fault 13 Indexed String G37 40418 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

NOT USED 14

SEF/REF/SPower 15 Indexed String G114 40419 Disabled Setting 0 2 1 2 *

G114 SEF/REF * *

Residual O/V NVD 16 Indexed String G37 40420 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * Residual Overvoltage

100% Stator EF 17 Indexed String G37 40421 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

V/Hz 18 Indexed String G37 40422 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * *

df/dt 19 Indexed String G37 40423 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

V Vector Shift 1A Indexed String G37 40424 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 17/170





Dead Machine 1B Indexed String G37 40425 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

Reconnect Delay 1C Indexed String G37 40426 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

Volt Protection 1D Indexed String G37 40427 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Freq Protection 1E Indexed String G37 40428 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

RTD Inputs 1F Indexed String G37 40429 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * *

CB Fail 20 Indexed String G37 40430 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Supervision 21 Indexed String G37 40431 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

NOT USED 22 NOT USED

NOT USED 23

Pole Slipping 24 Indexed String G37 40436 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

Input Labels 25 Indexed String G80 Visible Setting 0 1 1 1 * * *

Output Labels 26 Indexed String G80 Visible Setting 0 1 1 1 * * *

RTD Labels 27 Indexed String G80 Visible Setting 0 1 1 1 * *

CT & VT Ratios 28 Indexed String G80 Visible Setting 0 1 1 1 * * *

Record Control 29 Indexed String G80 Visible Setting 0 1 1 1 * * *

Disturb Recorder 2A Indexed String G80 Visible Setting 0 1 1 1 * * * Disturbance recorder

Measure't Setup 2B Indexed String G80 Visible Setting 0 1 1 1 * * *

Comms Settings 2C Indexed String G80 Visible Setting 0 1 1 1 * * *

Commission Tests 2D Indexed String G80 Visible Setting 0 1 1 1 * * *

Setting Values 2E Indexed String G54 Primary Setting 0 1 1 1 * * *

Control Inputs 2F Indexed String G80 Visible Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

CLIO Inputs 30 Indexed String G37 40434 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

CLIO Outputs 31 Indexed String G37 40435 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

CLIO status (Hidden) 32 Cell value set to False if CLIO not fitted

(Note: No Courier text) Cell value set to True if CLIO is fitted

40400 G18 * * * Record selection command register

40401 G6 * * * Record control command register

CT AND VT RATIOS 0A 00 * * * values for multiplier see mult column

Main VT Primary 01 Courier Number (Voltage) 40500 40501 G35 110 Setting 100 1000000 1 2 * * * Label V1=Main VT Rating/110

Main VT Sec'y 02 Courier Number (Voltage) 40502 G2 110 Setting 80*V1 140*V1 1*V1 2 * * * Label M1=0A01/0A02

NVD VT Primary 05 Courier Number (Voltage) 40506 40507 G35 110 Setting 100 1000000 1 2 * * *Neutral Displacement VT Primary Label V3=Neutral Disp VT Rating/110

NVD VT Secondary 06 Courier Number (Voltage) 40508 G2 110 Setting 80*V3 140*V3 1*V3 2 * * *Neutral Displacement VT Secondary Label M3=0A05/0A06

Phase CT Primary 07 Courier Number (Current) 40509 G2 1 Setting 1 30000 1 2 * * * I1=Phase CT secondary rating

Phase CT Sec'y 08 Courier Number (Current) 40510 G2 1 Setting 1 5 4 2 * * * Label M4=0A07/0A08

E/F CT Primary 09 Courier Number (Current) 40511 G2 1 Setting 1 30000 1 2 * * Label I2=E/F CT secondary rating

E/F CT Secondary 0A Courier Number (Current) 40512 G2 1 Setting 1 5 4 2 * * Label M5=0A09/0A0A

SEF CT Primary 0B Courier Number (Current) 40513 G2 1 Setting 1 30000 1 2 * * * Label I3=SEF CT secondary rating

SEF CT Secondary 0C Courier Number (Current) 40514 G2 1 Setting 1 5 4 2 * * * Label M6=0A0B/0A0C

RECORD CONTROL 0B 00 * * *

Clear Events 01 Indexed String G11 No Command 0 1 1 1 * * *

Clear Faults 02 Indexed String G11 No Command 0 1 1 1 * * *

Clear Maint 03 Indexed String G11 No Command 0 1 1 1 * * *

Alarm Event 0B 04 Indexed String G37 40520 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 18/170





Output Event 0B 05 Indexed String G37 40521 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Opto Input Event 0B 06 Indexed String G37 40522 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Relay Sys Event 0B 07 Indexed String G37 40523 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Fault Rec Event 0B 08 Indexed String G37 40524 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Maint Rec Event 0B 09 Indexed String G37 40525 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Protection Event 0B 0A Indexed String G37 40526 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

DDB 31 - 0 0B 0B Binary Flag (32 bits) 40527 40528 G27 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 0xFFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * *

DDB 63 - 32 0B 0C Binary Flag (32 bits) 40529 40530 G27 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 0xFFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * *

DDB 95 - 64 0B 0D Binary Flag (32 bits) 40531 40532 G27 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 0xFFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * *

DDB 127 - 96 0B 0E Binary Flag (32 bits) 40533 40534 G27 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 0xFFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * *

DDB 159 - 128 0B 0F Binary Flag (32 bits) 40535 40536 G27 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 0xFFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * *

DDB 191 - 160 0B 10 Binary Flag (32 bits) 40537 40538 G27 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 0xFFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * *










DDB 511 - 480 0B 1A Binary Flag (32 bits) 40557 40558 G27 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 0xFFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * *

DDB 543 - 512 0B 1B Binary Flag (32 bits) 40559 40560 G27 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 0xFFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * *

DDB 575 - 544 0B 1C Binary Flag (32 bits) 40561 40562 G27 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 0xFFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * *

DDB 607 - 576 0B 1D Binary Flag (32 bits) 40563 40564 G27 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 0xFFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * *

DDB 639 - 608 0B 1E Binary Flag (32 bits) 40565 40566 G27 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 0xFFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * *

DDB 671 - 640 0B 1F Binary Flag (32 bits) 40567 40568 G27 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 0xFFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * *











DDB 1022 - 992 0B 2A Binary Flag (32 bits) 40589 40590 G27 0xFFFFFFFF Setting 0xFFFFFFFF 32 1 2 * * *

DISTURB RECORDER 0C 00 * * * DISTURBANCE RECORDER

Duration 01 Courier Number (Time) 40600 G2 1.5 Setting 0.1 10.5 0.01 2 * * *

Trigger Position 02 Courier Number (%) 40601 G2 33.3 Setting 0 100 0.1 2 * * *

Trigger Mode 03 Indexed String G34 40602 G34 Single 0 1 1 2 * * *

Analog Channel 1 04 Indexed String G31 40603 G31 VAN Setting 0 ** 1 2 * * *** Max = 7 for Model1, 8 for Model2, 11 for Model3

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 19/170





Analog Channel 2 05 Indexed String G31 40604 G31 VBN Setting 0 ** 1 2 * * *** Max = 7 for Model1, 8 for Model2, 11 for Model3

Analog Channel 3 06 Indexed String G31 40605 G31 VCN Setting 0 ** 1 2 * * *** Max = 7 for Model1, 8 for Model2, 11 for Model3

Analog Channel 4 07 Indexed String G31 40606 G31 VN Setting 0 ** 1 2 * * *** Max = 7 for Model1, 8 for Model2, 11 for Model3

Analog Channel 5 08 Indexed String G31 40607 G31 IA Setting 0 ** 1 2 * * *** Max = 7 for Model1, 8 for Model2, 11 for Model3

Analog Channel 6 09 Indexed String G31 40608 G31 IB Setting 0 ** 1 2 * * *** Max = 7 for Model1, 8 for Model2, 11 for Model3

Analog Channel 7 0A Indexed String G31 40609 G31 IC Setting 0 ** 1 2 * * *** Max = 7 for Model1, 8 for Model2, 11 for Model3

Analog Channel 8 0B Indexed String G31 40610 G31 IN SEF Setting 0 ** 1 2 * * *** Max = 7 for Model1, 8 for Model2, 11 for Model3

Digital Input 1 0C Indexed String G32 40611 G32 Relay 1 Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * *

Input 1 Trigger 0D Indexed String G66 40612 G66 No Trigger Setting 0 2 1 2 * * *

Digital Input 2 0E Indexed String G32 40613 G32 Relay 2 Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * *

Input 2 Trigger 0F Indexed String G66 40614 G66 No Trigger Setting 0 2 1 2 * * *

Digital Input 3 10 Indexed String G32 40615 G32 Relay 3 Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * *

Input 3 Trigger 11 Indexed String G66 40616 G66 No Trigger Setting 0 2 1 2 * * *









Digital Input 8 1A Indexed String G32 40625 G32 Opto Input 1 Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * *

Relay 8 *

Input 8 Trigger 1B Indexed String G66 40626 G66 No Trigger Setting 0 2 1 2 * * *

Digital Input 9 1C Indexed String G32 40627 G32 Opto Input 2 Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * *

Relay 9 *


Digital Input 10 1E Indexed String G32 40629 G32 Opto Input 3 Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * *

Relay 10 *


Digital Input 11 20 Indexed String G32 40631 G32 Opto Input 4 Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * *

Relay 11 *



Relay 12 *



Relay 13 *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 20/170







Relay 14 *



Opto Input 1 *


Digital Input 16 2A Indexed String G32 40641 G32 Not Used Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * *

Opto Input 2 *


Digital Input 17 2C Indexed String G32 40643 G32 Not Used Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * *

Opto Input 3 *


Digital Input 18 2E Indexed String G32 40645 G32 Not Used Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * *

Opto Input 4 *


Digital Input 19 30 Indexed String G32 40647 G32 Not Used Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * *

Opto Input 5 *



Opto Input 6 *



Opto Input 7 *



Opto Input 8 *



Opto Input 9 *


Digital Input 24 3A Indexed String G32 40657 G32 Not Used Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * *

Opto Input 10 *


Digital Input 25 3C Indexed String G32 40659 G32 Not Used Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * *

Opto Input 11 *


Digital Input 26 3E Indexed String G32 40661 G32 Not Used Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * *

Opto Input 12 *



Opto Input 13 *



Opto Input 14 *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 21/170







Opto Input 15 *



Opto Input 16 *


Digital Input 31 48 Indexed String G32 40671 G32 Not Used Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * *


Digital Input 32 4A Indexed String G32 40673 G32 Not Used Setting 0 DDB Size 1 2 * * *


MEASURE'T SETUP 0D 00 * * * MEASUREMENT SETTINGS

Default Display 01 Indexed String G52 40700 G52 Description Setting 0 7 1 2 * * *

Local Values 02 Indexed String G54 40701 G54 Primary Setting 0 1 1 1 * * * Local Measurement Values

Remote Values 03 Indexed String G54 40702 G54 Primary Setting 0 1 1 1 * * * Remote Measurement Values

Measurement Ref 04 Indexed String G56 40703 G56 VA Setting 0 5 1 1 * * * Measurement Phase Reference

Measurement Mode 05 Unsigned Integer 40705 G1 0 Setting 0 3 1 1 * * *

Fix Dem Period 06 Courier Number (time-minutes) 40706 G2 15 Setting 1 99 1 2 * * * Fixed Demand Interval

Roll Sub Period 07 Courier Number (time-minutes) 40707 G2 1 Setting 1 99 1 2 * * * Rolling demand sub period

Num Sub Periods 08 Unsigned Integer 40708 G1 15 Setting 1 15 1 2 * * * Number of rolling sub-periods

Remote 2 Values 0B Indexed String G54 G54 Primary Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *Remote 2 Measurement Values visible when model no. hardware option (Field 7) = 7 or 8

COMMUNICATIONS 0E 00 * * *

Rear Protocol 01 Indexed String G71 Data * * *

Remote Address 02 Unsigned integer (16 bits) 255 Setting 0 255 1 1 * * * Build = Courier

Remote Address 02 Unsigned integer (16 bits) 1 Setting 1 247 1 1 * * * Build = Modbus. Default Modbus address is 1

Remote Address 02 Unsigned integer (16 bits) 1 Setting 0 254 1 1 * * * Build = IEC60870-5-103

Remote Address 02 Unsigned integer (16 bits) 1 Setting 0 65534 1 1 * * * Build=DNP 3.0

Inactivity Timer 03 Courier Number (Time-minutes) 15 Setting 1 30 1 2 * * * Build = Courier

Inactivity Timer 03 Courier Number (Time-minutes) 15 Setting 1 30 1 2 * * * Build = Modbus

Inactivity Timer 03 Courier Number (Time-minutes) 15 Setting 1 30 1 2 * * * Build = IEC60870-5-103

Baud Rate 04 Indexed String G38m 19200 bits/s Setting 0 2 1 2 * * * Build = Modbus

Baud Rate 04 Indexed String G38v 19200 bits/s Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * Build = IEC60870-5-103

Baud Rate 04 Indexed String G38d 19200 bits/s Setting 0 5 1 2 * * * Build = DNP 3.0

Parity 05 Indexed String G39 None Setting 0 2 1 2 * * * Build = Modbus

Parity 05 Indexed String G39 None Setting 0 2 1 2 * * * Build = DNP 3.0

Measure't Period 06 Courier Number (Time) 15 Setting 1 60 1 2 * * * Build = IEC60870-5-103

Physical Link 07 Indexed String G21 RS485 Setting 0 1 1 1 * * *Build=IEC60870-5-103 and Fibre Optic Board fitted

Time Sync 08 Indexed String G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * Build=DNP 3.0 visible when IRIG-B is disabled

CS103 Blocking 0A Indexed String G210 Disabled Setting 0 2 1 2 * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 22/170





REAR PORT2 (RP2) 80 (Sub Heading) * * *Visible when Model no. Hardware option (Field 7) = 7 or 8

RP2 Protocol 81 ASCII Text(16 chars) Courier Data * * *Visible when Model no. Hardware option (Field 7) = 7 or 8. Implemented as datatype G71

RP2 Card Status 84 Indexed String G204 Data * * *Visible when Model no. Hardware option (Field 7) = 7 or 8

RP2 Port Config 88 Indexed String G205 EIA232 (RS232) Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * Visible if RP2 Card status = OK

RP2 Comms Mode 8A Indexed String G206 IEC60870 FT1.2 Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * Visible if RP2 Card status = OK and 0E88<2

RP2 Address 90 Unsigned Integer (16 bits) 255 Setting 0 255 1 1 * * * Visible if RP2 Card status = OK

RP2 InactivTimer 92 Courier Number (time-minutes) 15 Setting 1 30 1 2 * * * Visible if RP2 Card status = OK

RP2 Baud Rate 94 Indexed String G38c 19200 bits/s Setting 0 2 1 2 * * * Visible if RP2 Card status = OK and

COMMISSION TESTS 0F 00 * * *

LED Status 04 Binary Flag(8 bits) Data * * *

Monitor Bit 1 05 Unsigned Integer 40850 G1 64 Setting 0 1022 1 1 * * *





Monitor Bit 6 0A Unsigned Integer 40855 G1 69 Setting 0 1022 1 1 * * *

Monitor Bit 7 0B Unsigned Integer 40856 G1 70 Setting 0 1022 1 1 * * *

Monitor Bit 8 0C Unsigned Integer 40857 G1 71 Setting 0 1022 1 1 * * *

Test Mode 0D Indexed String G119 40858 G119 Disabled Setting 0 2 1 2 * * * IEC60870 Test Mode Change

Contact Test 0F Indexed String G93 40861 G93 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * * IEC60870 Test Mode Change

DDB 31 - 0 N/A 20 Binary Flag(32) 30723 30724 G27 Data * * * DDB Elements 0-31

DDB 63 - 32 N/A 21 Binary Flag(32) 30725 30726 G27 Data * * *








The following cells (0F20 to 0F3F) and Modbus addresses (30723 to 30786) are available to access real-time DDB status, including starts, trips and alarms

* * 10 1 1 2 *G94 No Operation Command 0Binary Flag(8 bits) Indexed String

G94 40862Test LEDs

0ETest Pattern 40859Binary Flag Indexed String

G9 IEC60870 Test Mode ChangeSetting0G940860 21200 ***

Data30726 G8

Data03Binary Flag(8 bits) Indexed String

Opto I/P Status 01Binary Flag(32 bits) Indexed String

G8 30725

G9

* * *

Relay O/P Status

Test Port Status

Binary Flag(32 bits) Indexed String

02 G93000930008 *** Data

* * *The original register 30007 is available for opto inputs #1 to #16

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 23/170






DDB 351 - 320 N/A 2A Binary Flag(32) 30743 30744 G27 Data * * *

DDB 383 - 352 N/A 2B Binary Flag(32) 30745 30746 G27 Data * * *

DDB 415 - 384 N/A 2C Binary Flag(32) 30747 30748 G27 Data * * *

DDB 447 - 416 N/A 2D Binary Flag(32) 30749 30750 G27 Data * * *

DDB 479 - 448 N/A 2E Binary Flag(32) 30751 30752 G27 Data * * *

DDB 511 - 480 N/A 2F Binary Flag(32) 30753 30754 G27 Data * * *











DDB 863 - 832 N/A 3A Binary Flag(32) 30775 30776 G27 Data * * *

DDB 895 - 864 N/A 3B Binary Flag(32) 30777 30778 G27 Data * * *

DDB 927 - 896 N/A 3C Binary Flag(32) 30779 30780 G27 Data * * *

DDB 959 - 928 N/A 3D Binary Flag(32) 30781 30782 G27 Data * * *

DDB 991 - 960 N/A 3E Binary Flag(32) 30783 30784 G27 Data * * *

DDB 1022 - 992 N/A 3F Binary Flag(32) 30785 30786 G27 Data * * *

N/A Binary Flag(16) 30701 G26 Data * * * Relay Status (repeat of Courier status)

N/A Courier Number (current) 30702 30703 G24 Data * * * IA Magnitude

N/A Courier Number (current) 30704 30705 G24 Data * * * IB Magnitude

N/A Courier Number (current) 30706 30707 G24 Data * * * IC Magnitude

N/A Courier Number (voltage) 30708 30709 G24 Data * * * VAB Magnitude

N/A Courier Number (voltage) 30710 30711 G24 Data * * * VBC Magnitude

N/A Courier Number (voltage) 30712 30713 G24 Data * * * VCA Magnitude

N/A Courier Number (power) 30714 30716 G29 Data * * * 3 Phase Watts

N/A Courier Number (power) 30717 30719 G29 Data * * * 3 Phase VArs

N/A Courier Number (decimal) 30720 G30 Data * * * 3 Phase Power Factor

N/A Courier Number (frequency) 30721 G30 Data * * * Frequency

N/A Binary Flag(8) 30722 G1 Data * * * Relay Test Port Status

CB MONITOR SETUP 10 00 * * *

Broken I^ 01 Courier Number (Decimal) 40151 G2 2 Setting 1 2 0.1 2 * * * Broken Current Index

I^ Maintenance 02 Indexed String G88 40152 G88 Alarm Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * Broken Current to cause maintenance alarm

I^ Maintenance 03 Courier Number (Current) 40153 40154 G35 1000 Setting 1 25000 1 2 * * * IX Maintenance Alarm

I^ Lockout 04 Indexed String G88 40155 G88 Alarm Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * Broken Current to cause lockout alarm

I^ Lockout 05 Courier Number (Current) 40156 40157 G35 2000 Setting 1 25000 1 2 * * * IX Maintenance Lockout

No. CB Ops Maint 06 Indexed String G88 40158 G88 Alarm Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *Circuit Breaker Trips to cause maintenance alarm

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 24/170





No. CB Ops Maint 07 Unsigned Integer 40159 G1 10 Setting 1 10000 1 2 * * *Number of Circuit Breaker Trips for maintenance alarm

No. CB Ops Lock 08 Indexed String G88 40160 G88 Alarm Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * Circuit Breaker Trips to cause lockout alarm

No. CB Ops Lock 09 Unsigned Integer 40161 G1 20 Setting 1 10000 1 2 * * *Number of Circuit Breaker Trips for lockout alarm

CB Time Maint 0A Indexed String G88 40162 G88 Alarm Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *Circuit Breaker Operating Time to cause maintenance alarm

CB Time Maint 0B Courier Number (Time) 40163 40164 G35 0.1 Setting 0.005 0.5 0.001 2 * * *Circuit Breaker Operating time for maintenance alarm

CB Time Lockout 0C Indexed String G88 40165 G88 Alarm Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *Circuit Breaker Operating Time to cause lockout alarm

CB Time Lockout 0D Courier Number (Time) 40166 40167 G35 0.2 Setting 0.005 0.5 0.001 2 * * *Circuit Breaker Operating time for lockout alarm

Fault Freq Lock 0E Indexed String G88 40168 G88 Alarm Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * Excessive fault frequency

Fault Freq Count 0F Unsigned Integer 40169 G1 10 Setting 1 9999 1 2 * * * Excessive Fault Frequency Counter

Fault Freq Time 10 Courier Number (Time) 40170 40171 G35 3600 Setting 0 9999 1 2 * * * Excessive Fault Frequency Time

OPTO CONFIG 11 00 * * *Visible for Model Number design suffix 'B' and beyond

Global Nominal V 01 Indexed String G200 40900 G200 48-54V Setting 0 5 1 2 * * *Select Custom to select individual Opto Threshold Voltages

Opto Input 1 02 Indexed String G201 40901 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 * * *








Opto Input 9 0A Indexed String G201 40909 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 10 0B Indexed String G201 40910 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 11 0C Indexed String G201 40911 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 12 0D Indexed String G201 40912 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 13 0E Indexed String G201 40913 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 14 0F Indexed String G201 40914 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 * * *











Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 25/170





Opto Input 25 1A Indexed String G201 40925 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 *

Opto Input 26 1B Indexed String G201 40926 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 *

Opto Input 27 1C Indexed String G201 40927 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 *

Opto Input 28 1D Indexed String G201 40928 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 *

Opto Input 29 1E Indexed String G201 40929 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 *

Opto Input 30 1F Indexed String G201 40930 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 *

Opto Input 31 20 Indexed String G201 40931 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 *

Opto Input 32 21 Indexed String G201 40932 G201 48-54V Setting 0 4 1 2 *

CONTROL INPUTS 12 00 * * *

Ctrl I/P Status 01 Binary Flag (32 bits) G202 40950 40951 G202 Setting 2 * * *

Control Input 1 02 Indexed String G203 40952 G203 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *








Control Input 9 0A Indexed String G203 40960 G203 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *

Control Input 10 0B Indexed String G203 40961 G203 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *

Control Input 11 0C Indexed String G203 40962 G203 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *

Control Input 12 0D Indexed String G203 40963 G203 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *

Control Input 13 0E Indexed String G203 40964 G203 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *

Control Input 14 0F Indexed String G203 40965 G203 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *











Control Input 25 1A Indexed String G203 40976 G203 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *

Control Input 26 1B Indexed String G203 40977 G203 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *

Control Input 27 1C Indexed String G203 40978 G203 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *

Control Input 28 1D Indexed String G203 40979 G203 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *

Control Input 29 1E Indexed String G203 40980 G203 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *

Control Input 30 1F Indexed String G203 40981 G203 No Operation Command 0 2 1 2 * * *



GROUP 1

GEN DIFF

GenDiff Function 01 Indexed String G101 41000 G101 Percentage Bias Setting 0 3 1 2 *

*30 00

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 26/170





Gen Diff Is1 02 Courier Number (Current) 41001 G2 0.1 Setting 0.05*I1 0.5*I1 0.01*I1 2 *

Gen Diff k1 03 Courier Number (Percentage) 41002 G2 0 Setting 0 20 5 2 *

Gen Diff Is2 04 Courier Number (Current) 41003 G2 1.2 Setting 1*I1 5*I1 0.1*I1 2 *

Gen Diff k2 05 Courier Number (Percentage) 41004 G2 150 Setting 20 150 10 2 *

Interturn Is_A 10 Courier Number (Current) 41005 G2 0.1 Setting 0.05*I1 2*I1 0.01*I1 2 *

Interturn Is_B 14 Courier Number (Current) 41006 G2 0.1 Setting 0.05*I1 2*I1 0.01*I1 2 *

Interturn Is_C 18 Courier Number (Current) 41007 G2 0.1 Setting 0.05*I1 2*I1 0.01*I1 2 *

Interturn Delay 1C Courier Number (Time) 41008 G2 0.1 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 *

GROUP 1

POWER

Operating Mode 20 Indexed String G115 41064 G115 Generating Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Power1 Function 24 Indexed String G102 41050 G102 Over Setting 0 3 1 2 *

-P>1 Setting 28 Courier Number (Power) 41051 G2 20 Setting 14*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 2*V1*I1 2 *

5 4*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 0.5*V1*I1 2 * *

P<1 Setting 2C Courier Number (Power) 41052 G2 20 Setting 14*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 2*V1*I1 2 *

10 4*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 0.5*V1*I1 2 * *

P>1 Setting 30 Courier Number (Power) 41053 G2 120 Setting 14*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 2*V1*I1 2 *

120 4*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 0.5*V1*I1 2 * *

Power1 TimeDelay 34 Courier Number (Time) 41054 G2 5 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

Power1 DO Timer 38 Courier Number (Time) 41055 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

P1 Poledead Inh 3C Indexed String G37 41056 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Power2 Function 40 Indexed String G102 41057 G102 Disabled Setting 0 3 1 2 *

Low Forward * *

-P>2 Setting 44 Courier Number (Power) 41058 G2 20 Setting 14*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 2*V1*I1 2 *

5 4*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 0.5*V1*I1 2 * *

P<2 Setting 48 Courier Number (Power) 41059 G2 20 Setting 14*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 2*V1*I1 2 *

10 4*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 0.5*V1*I1 2 * *

P>2 Setting 4C Courier Number (Power) 41060 G2 120 Setting 14*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 2*V1*I1 2 *

120 4*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 0.5*V1*I1 2 * *

Power2 TimeDelay 50 Courier Number (Time) 41061 G2 2 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *


P2 Poledead Inh 58 Indexed String G37 41063 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

GROUP 1

FIELD FAILURE

FFail Alm Status 01 Indexed String G37 41100 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * *

FFail Alm Angle 02 Courier Number (Angle) 41101 G2 15 Setting 15 75 1 2 * *

FFail Alm Delay 03 Courier Number (Time) 41102 G2 5 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

FFail1 Status 04 Indexed String G37 41103 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * *

FFail1 -Xa1 05 Courier Number (Impedance) 41104 G2 20 Setting 0 40*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 * *

FFail1 Xb1 06 Courier Number (Impedance) 41105 G2 220 Setting 25*V1/I1 325*V1/I1 1*V1/I1 2 * *

FFail1 TimeDelay 07 Courier Number (Time) 41106 G2 5 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

FFail1 DO Timer 08 Courier Number (Time) 41107 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

FFail2 Status 09 Indexed String G37 41108 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * *

FFail2 -Xa2 0A Courier Number (Impedance) 41109 G2 20 Setting 0 40*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 * *

FFail2 Xb2 0B Courier Number (Impedance) 41110 G2 110 Setting 25*V1/I1 325*V1/I1 1*V1/I1 2 * *

** *

*

31 00

* 32 00

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 27/170





FFail2 TimeDelay 0C Courier Number (Time) 41111 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

FFail2 DO Timer 0D Courier Number (Time) 41112 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

GROUP 1

NPS THERMAL

I2>1 Alarm 01 Indexed String G37 41150 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * *

I2>1 Current Set 02 Courier Number (Current) 41151 G2 0.05 Setting 0.03*I1 0.5*I1 0.01*I1 2 * *

I2>1 Time Delay 03 Courier Number (Time) 41152 G2 20s Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

I2>2 Trip 04 Indexed String G37 41153 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * *

I2>2 Current Set 05 Courier Number (Current) 41154 G2 0.1 Setting 0.05*I1 0.5*I1 0.01*I1 2 * *

I2>2 k Setting 06 Courier Number (Time) 41155 G2 15 Setting 2 40 0.1 2 * *

I2>2 kRESET 07 Courier Number (Time) 41156 G2 15 Setting 2 40 0.1 2 * *

I2>2 tMAX 08 Courier Number (Time) 41157 G2 1000 Setting 500 2000 1 2 * *

I2>2 tMIN 09 Courier Number (Time) 41158 G2 0.25 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

GROUP 1

SYSTEM BACKUP

Backup Function 01 Indexed String G103 41200 G103 Voltage controlled Setting 0 3 1 2 * *

Vector Rotation 02 Indexed String G104 41201 G104 None Setting 0 1 1 2 * *

V Dep OC Char 20 Indexed String G111 41202 G111 IEC S Inverse Setting 0 11 1 2 * *

V Dep OC I> Set 23 Courier Number (Current) 41203 G2 1 Setting 0.8*I1 4*I1 0.01*I1 2 * *

V Dep OC T Dial 25 Courier Number (Decimal) 41204 G2 1 Setting 0.01 100 0.01 2 * *

V Dep OC Reset 26 Indexed String G60 41205 G60 DT Setting 0 1 1 2 * *OC reset characteritic selection. Apply to US curves only

V Dep OC Delay 27 Courier Number (Time) 41206 G2 1 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * Apply to DT trip characteristic only

V Dep OC TMS 28 Courier Number (Decimal) 41207 G2 1 Setting 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 * *

V Dep OC K (RI) 29 Courier Number (Decimal) 41219 G2 1 Setting 0.1 10 0.05 2 * *

V Dep OC tRESET 2A Courier Number (Time) 41208 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

V Dep OC V<1 Set 2D Courier Number (Voltage) 41209 G2 80 Setting 5*V1 120*V1 1*V1 2 * *

V Dep OC V<2 Set 2E Courier Number (Voltage) 41210 G2 60 Setting 5*V1 120*V1 1*V1 2 * *

V Dep OC k Set 2F Courier Number (Decimal) 41211 G2 0.25 Setting 0.1 1 0.05 2 * *

Z<1 Setting 30 Courier Number (Impedance) 41212 G2 70 Setting 2*V1/I1 120*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 * *

Z<1 Time Delay 31 Courier Number (Time) 41213 G2 5 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

Z<1 tRESET 32 Courier Number (Time) 41214 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

Z< Stage 2 33 Indexed String G37 41215 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * *

Z<2 Setting 34 Courier Number (Impedance) 41216 G2 70 Setting 2*V1/I1 120*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 * *

Z<2 Time Delay 35 Courier Number (Time) 41217 G2 5 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

Z<2 tRESET 36 Courier Number (Time) 41218 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

GROUP 1

OVERCURRENT

I>1 Function 23 Indexed String G150 41250 G150 Disabled Setting 0 12 1 2 * *

IEC S Inverse *

I>1 Direction 24 Indexed String G44 41251 G44 Non-Directional Setting 0 2 1 2 *

I>1 Current Set 27 Courier Number (Current) 41252 G2 1 Setting 0.08*I1 4.0*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * * I>1 Current Setting

I>1 Time Delay 29 Courier Number (Time) 41253 G2 1 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * * I>1 Definite Time

I>1 TMS 2A Courier Number (Decimal) 41254 G2 1 Setting 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 * * *

I>1 Time Dial 2B Courier Number (Decimal) 41255 G2 1 Setting 0.01 100 0.01 2 * * *

** *35 00

** 34 00

Will include NPS Overcurrent (P341) and NPS overvoltage in Phase 2.20

** 0033

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 28/170





I>1 K (RI) 2C Courier Number (Decimal) 41276 G2 1 Setting 0.1 10 0.05 2 * * *

I>1 Reset Char 2E Indexed String G60 41256 G60 DT Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

I>1 tRESET 2F Courier Number (Time) 41257 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

I>2 Function 32 Indexed String G150 41258 G150 Disabled Setting 0 12 1 2 * I>2 Overcurrent Status

G105 G105 DT 0 1 1 2 * *


I>2 Current Set 36 Courier Number (Current) 41260 G2 1 Setting 0.08*I1 4.0*I1 0.01*I1 2 *

10 0.08*I1 10.0*I1 0.01*I1 2 * *

I>2 Time Delay 38 Courier Number (Time) 41261 G2 1 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 *

I>2 TMS 39 Courier Number (Decimal) 41262 G2 1 Setting 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 *

I>2 Time Dial 3A Courier Number (Decimal) 41263 G2 1 Setting 0.01 100 0.01 2 *

I>2 K (RI) 3B Courier Number (Decimal) 41277 G2 1 Setting 0.1 10 0.05 2 *

I>2 Reset Char 3D Indexed String G60 41264 G60 DT Setting 0 1 1 2 *

I>2 tRESET 3E Courier Number (Time) 41265 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 *

I>3 Status 40 Indexed String G37 41266 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *


I>3 Current Set 44 Courier Number (Current) 41268 G2 20 Setting 0.08*I1 32*I1 0.01*I1 2 *

I>3 Time Delay 45 Courier Number (Time) 41269 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 *

I>4 Status 47 Indexed String G37 41270 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *


I>4 Current Set 4B Courier Number (Current) 41272 G2 20 Setting 0.08*I1 32*I1 0.01*I1 2 *

I>4 Time Delay 4C Courier Number (Time) 41273 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 *

I> Char Angle 4E Courier Number (Angle) 41274 G2 30 Setting -95 95 1 2 * I> Characteristic Angle

I> Function Link 4F Binary Flag G14 41275 G14 15 Setting 15 4 1 2 *

GROUP 1

THERMAL OVERLOAD

Thermal 50 Indexed String G37 41308 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * Thermal overload (I2t characteristic)

Thermal I> 55 Courier Number (Current) 41309 G2 1.2 Setting 0.5*I1 2.5*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * *

Thermal Alarm 5A Courier Number (Percentage) 41310 G2 90 Setting 20 100 1 2 * * *

T-heating 5F Courier Number (Time, minutes) 41311 G2 60 Setting 1 200 1 2 * * *

T-cooling 64 Courier Number (Time, minutes) 41312 G2 60 Setting 1 200 1 2 * * *

M Factor 69 Courier Number (Decimal) 41313 G2 0 Setting 0 10 1 2 * * *

GROUP 1

Not Used

GROUP 1

EARTH FAULT

IN Input 01 Indexed String G49 G49 Derived Data *

IN>1 Function 25 Indexed String G151 41400 G151 IEC S Inverse Setting 0 12 1 2 * * *

IN>1 Direction 26 Indexed String G44 41401 G44 Non-Directional Setting 0 2 1 2 *

IN>1 Current 29 Courier Number (Current) 41402 G2 0.2 Setting 0.08*I1 4.0*I1 0.01*I1 2 *

0.1 0.02*I2 4.0*I2 0.01*I2 * * Change scaling factor for Models 2 & 3

IN>1 IDG Is 2A Courier Number (Decimal) 41431 G2 1.5 Setting 1 4 0.1 2 * * *

IN>1 Time Delay 2C Courier Number (Time) 41403 G2 1 Setting 0 200 0.01 2 * * * I>1 Definite Time

IN>1 TMS 2D Courier Number (Decimal) 41404 G2 1 Setting 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 * * *

** *38 00

*

37 00

* *36 00

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 29/170





IN>1 Time Dial 2E Courier Number (Decimal) 41405 G2 1 Setting 0.01 100 0.01 2 * * *

IN>1 K (RI) 2F Courier Number (Decimal) 41432 G2 1 Setting 0.1 10 0.05 2 * * *

IN>1 IDG Time 30 Courier Number (Decimal) 41433 G2 1.2 Setting 1 2 0.01 2 * * *

IN>1 Reset Char 32 Indexed String G60 41406 G60 DT Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

IN>1 tRESET 33 Courier Number (Time) 41407 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

IN>2 Function 36 Indexed String G151 41408 G151 Disabled Setting 0 12 1 2 *

G105 G105 Disabled 1 1 1 2 * *


IN>2 Current 3A Courier Number (Current) 41410 G2 0.2 Setting 0.08*I1 4.0*I1 0.01*I1 2 *

0.45 0.02*I2 10.0*I2 0.01*I2 * * Change scaling factor for Models 2 & 3

IN>2 IDG Is 3B Courier Number (Decimal) 41434 G2 1.5 Setting 1 4 0.1 2 *IN>2 Time Delay 3D Courier Number (Time) 41411 G2 1 Setting 0 200 0.01 2 *

0 * *

IN>2 TMS 3E Courier Number (Decimal) 41412 G2 1 Setting 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 *

IN>2 Time Dial 3F Courier Number (Decimal) 41413 G2 1 Setting 0.01 100 0.01 2 *

IN>2 K (RI) 40 Courier Number (Decimal) 41435 G2 1 Setting 0.1 10 0.05 2 *

IN>2 IDG Time 41 Courier Number (Time) 41436 G2 1.2 Setting 1 2 0.01 2 *

IN>2 Reset Char 43 Indexed String G60 41414 G60 DT Setting 0 1 1 2 *

IN>2 tRESET 44 Courier Number (Time) 41415 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 *

IN>3 Status 46 Indexed String G37 41416 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *


IN>3 Current 4A Courier Number (Current) 41418 G2 0.5 Setting 0.08*I1 32*I1 0.01*I1 2 *

IN>3 Time Delay 4B Courier Number (Time) 41419 G2 0 Setting 0 200 0.01 2 *

IN>4 Status 4D Indexed String G37 41420 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

IN>4 Direction 4E Indexed String G44 41421 G44 Non-Directional Setting 0 2 1 2 *

IN>4 Current 51 Courier Number (Current) 41422 G2 0.5 Setting 0.08*I1 32*I1 0.01*I1 2 *

IN>4 Time Delay 52 Courier Number (Time) 41423 G2 0 Setting 0 200 0.01 2 *

IN> Func Link 54 Binary Flags G63 41424 G63 15 Setting 15 4 1 2 *

IN> DIRECTIONAL 55 (Sub Heading) 2 *

IN> Char Angle 56 Courier Number(Angle) 41425 G2 -60 Setting -95 95 1 2 *

IN> Pol 57 Indexed String G46 41426 G46 Zero Sequence Setting 0 1 1 2 *

IN> VNpol Input 58 Indexed String G49 41427 G49 Measured Setting 0 1 1 2 *IN> VNpol Set 59 Courier Number (Voltage) 41428 G2 5 Setting 0.5*V1 80*V1 0.5*V1 2 * IN> V0 Polarising Setting

0.5*V3 80*V3 0.5*V3 Change scaling factor

IN> V2pol Set 5A Courier Number (Voltage) 41429 G2 5 Setting 0.5*V1 25*V1 0.5*V1 2 * IN> V2 Polarising Setting

IN> I2pol Set 5B Courier Number (Current) 41430 G2 0.08 Setting 0.08*I1 1*I1 0.01*I1 2 *

GROUP 1

Not Used

GROUP 1

SEF/REF PROT'NSEF/REF Options 01 Indexed String G58 41500 G58 SEF Setting 0 4 1 2 * Protection Options

0 7 1 2 * *ISEF>1 Function 2A Indexed String G152 41501 G152 DT Setting 0 11 1 2 *

G105 G105 0 1 1 * *

ISEF>1 Direction 2B Indexed String G44 41502 G44 Non-Directional Setting 0 2 1 2 * * * ISEF>1 Directionality

ISEF>1 Current 2E Courier Number (Current) 41503 G2 0.05 Setting 0.005*I3 0.1*I3 0.00025*I3 2 * * * ISEF>1 Current Setting

** *3A 00

39 00

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 30/170





ISEF>1 IDG Is 2F Courier Number (Decimal) 41535 G2 1.5 Setting 1 4 0.1 2 *

ISEF>1 Delay 31 Courier Number (Time) 41504 G2 1 Setting 0 200 0.01 2 * * * ISEF>1 Definite Time

ISEF>1 TMS 32 Courier Number (Decimal) 41505 G2 1 Setting 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 *

ISEF>1 Time Dial 33 Courier Number (Decimal) 41506 G2 1 Setting 0.01 100 0.01 2 *

ISEF>1 IDG Time 34 Courier Number (Time) 41536 G2 1.2 Setting 1 2 0.01 2 *

ISEF>1 Reset Chr 36 Indexed String G60 41507 G60 DT Setting 0 1 1 2 *

ISEF>1 tRESET 37 Courier Number (Time) 41508 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 *

ISEF>2 Function 3A Indexed String G152 41509 G152 Disabled Setting 0 11 1 2 *

ISEF>2 Direction 3B Indexed String G44 41510 G44 Non-Directional Setting 0 2 1 2 *

ISEF>2 Current 3E Courier Number (Current) 41511 G2 0.05 Setting 0.005*I3 0.1*I3 0.00025*I3 2 *

ISEF>2 IDG Is 3F Courier Number (Decimal) 41537 G2 1.5 Setting 1 4 0.1 2 *

ISEF>2 Delay 41 Courier Number (Time) 41512 G2 1 Setting 0 200 0.01 2 *

ISEF>2 TMS 42 Courier Number (Decimal) 41513 G2 1 Setting 0.025 1.2 0.025 2 *

ISEF>2 Time Dial 43 Courier Number (Decimal) 41514 G2 1 Setting 0.01 100 0.01 2 *

ISEF>2 IDG Time 44 Courier Number (Time) 41538 G2 1.2 Setting 1 2 0.01 2 *

ISEF>2 Reset Chr 46 Indexed String G60 41515 G60 DT Setting 0 1 1 2 *

ISEF>2 tRESET 47 Courier Number (Time) 41516 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 *

ISEF>3 Status 49 Indexed String G37 41517 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

ISEF>3 Direction 4A Indexed String G44 41518 G44 Non-Directional Setting 0 2 1 2 * ISEF>3 Directionality

ISEF>3 Current 4D Courier Number (Current) 41519 G2 0.4 Setting 0.005*I3 0.80*I3 0.001*I3 2 * ISEF>3 Current Setting

ISEF>3 Delay 4E Courier Number (Time) 41520 G2 0.5 Setting 0 200 0.01 2 * ISEF>3 Definite Time

ISEF>4 Status 50 Indexed String G37 41521 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

ISEF>4 Direction 51 Indexed String G44 41522 G44 Non-Directional Setting 0 2 1 2 * ISEF>4 Directionality

ISEF>4 Current 54 Courier Number (Current) 41523 G2 0.6 Setting 0.005*I3 0.80*I3 0.001*I3 2 * ISEF>4 Current Setting

ISEF>4 Delay 55 Courier Number (Time) 41524 G2 0.25 Setting 0 200 0.01 2 * ISEF>4 Definite Time

ISEF> Func Link 57 Binary Flags G64 41525 G64 15 Setting 15 4 1 2 *

ISEF DIRECTIONAL 58 (Sub Heading) 2 * * *

ISEF> Char Angle 59 Courier Number(Angle) 41526 G2 90 Setting -95 95 1 2 * * *

ISEF>VNpol Input 5A Indexed String G49 41527 G49 Measured Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *ISEF> VNpol Set 5B Courier Number (Voltage) 41528 G2 5 Setting 0.5*V1 80*V1 0.5*V1 2 * * *

0.5*V3 80*V3 0.5*V3 * * *

WATTMETRIC SEF 5D (Sub Heading) * * *PN> Setting 5E Courier Number (Power) 41529 G2 9 Setting 0.0*V1*I3 20*V1*I3 0.05*V1*I3 2 * * *

0.0*V3*I3 20*V3*I3 0.05*V3*I3 * * *

RESTRICTED E/F 60 (Sub Heading) * * * Restricted Earth Fault

IREF> k1 61 Courier Number (Percentage) 41530 G2 20 Setting 0 20 1 2 * * REF K1, applied to L Impedance

IREF> k2 62 Courier Number (Percentage) 41531 G2 150 Setting 0 150 1 2 * * REF K2, applied to L impedance

IREF> Is1 63 Courier Number (Current) 41532 G2 0.2 Setting 0.05*I1 1.0*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * REF Is1, applied to L impedance

IREF> Is2 64 Courier Number (Current) 41533 G2 1 Setting 0.1*I1 1.5*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * REF Is2, applied to L impedance

IREF> Is 65 Courier Number (Current) 41534 G2 0.2 Setting 0.05*I3 1.0*I3 0.01*I3 2 * * * REF Is, applied to H impedance

GROUP 1

RESIDUAL O/V NVD

VN Input 01 Indexed String G49 41550 G49 Measured Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

VN>1 Function 02 Indexed String G23 41551 G23 DT Setting 0 2 1 2 * * *

** *3B 00

V3 applied when 3A5A=0, V1 applied when 3A5A=1

V3 applied when 3A5A=0, V1 applied when 3A5A=1

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 31/170





VN>1 Voltage Set 03 Courier Number (Voltage) 41552 G2 5 Setting 1*V1 50*V1 1*V1 2 * * *1*V3 50*V3 1*V3 Change scaling factor

VN>1 Time Delay 04 Courier Number (Time) 41553 G2 5 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

VN>1 TMS 05 Courier Number (Decimal) 41554 G2 1 Setting 0.5 100 0.5 2 * * *

VN>1 tReset 06 Courier Number (Time) 41555 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

VN>2 Status 07 Indexed String G37 41556 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *VN>2 Voltage Set 08 Courier Number (Voltage) 41557 G2 10 Setting 1*V1 50*V1 1*V1 2 * * *

1*V3 50*V3 1*V3 Change scaling factor

VN>2 Time Delay 09 Courier Number (Time) 41558 G2 10 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

GROUP 1

100% STATOR EF

100%St EF Status 01 Indexed String G112 41600 G112 1 (Undervoltage) Setting 0 2 1 2 *

100% St EF VN3H< 02 Courier Number (Voltage) 41601 G2 1 Setting 0.3*V3 20*V3 0.1*V3 2 *

VN3H< Delay 03 Courier Number (Time) 41602 G2 5 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 *

V<Inhibit set 04 Courier Number (Voltage) 41603 G2 80 Setting 30*V1 120*V1 1*V1 2 *

P< Inhibit 05 Indexed String G37 41604 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

P<Inhibit set 06 Courier Number (Power) 41605 G2 4 Setting 4*V1*I1 200*V1*I1 0.5*V1*I1 2 *

Q< Inhibit 07 Indexed String G37 41606 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

Q<Inhibit set 08 Courier Number (VAr) 41607 G2 4 Setting 4*V1*I1 200*V1*I1 0.5*V1*I1 2 *

S< Inhibit 09 Indexed String G37 41608 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

S<Inhibit set 0A Courier Number (VA) 41609 G2 4 Setting 4*V1*I1 200*V1*I1 0.5*V1*I1 2 *

100% St EF VN3H> 0B Courier Number (Voltage) 41610 G2 1 Setting 0.3*V3 20*V3 0.1*V3 2 *

VN3H> Delay 0C Courier Number (Time) 41611 G2 5 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 *

GROUP 1

VOLTS/HZ

V/Hz Alm Status 01 Indexed String G37 41650 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * *

V/Hz Alarm Set 02 Courier Number (Volts/Hz) 41651 G2 2.31 Setting 1.5*V1 3.5*V1 0.01*V1 2 * *

V/Hz Alarm Delay 03 Courier Number (Time) 41652 G2 10 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

V/Hz Trip Func 04 Indexed String G23 41653 G23 DT Setting 0 2 1 2 * *

V/Hz Trip Set 05 Courier Number (Volts/Hz) 41654 G2 2.42 Setting 1.5*V1 3.5*V1 0.01*V1 2 * *

V/Hz Trip TMS 06 Courier Number (Decimal) 41655 G2 1 Setting 1 63 1 2 * *

V/Hz Trip Delay 07 Courier Number (Time) 41656 G2 1 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * *

GROUP 1

DF/DT

df/dt Status 01 Indexed String G37 41700 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

df/dt Setting 02 Courier Number (Hz/s) 41701 G2 0.2 Setting 0.1 10 0.01 2 *

df/dt Time Delay 03 Courier Number (Time) 41702 G2 0.5 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 *

df/dt f Low 04 Courier Number (Frequency) 41703 G2 49.5 Setting 45 65 0.01 2 *

df/dt f High 05 Courier Number (Frequency) 41704 G2 50.5 Setting 45 65 0.01 2 *

GROUP 1

V VECTOR SHIFT

V Shift Status 01 Indexed String G37 41750 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

*3F 00

*

*

3E 00

*

*

3D 00

3C 00

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 32/170





V Shift Angle 02 Courier Number (Angle) 41751 G2 10 Setting 2 30 1 2 *

GROUP 1

DEAD MACHINE

Dead Mach Status 01 Indexed String G37 41800 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

Dead Mach I> 02 Courier Number (Current) 41801 G2 0.1 Setting 0.08*I1 4*I1 0.01*I1 2 *

Dead Mach V< 03 Courier Number (Voltage) 41802 G2 80 Setting 10*V1 120*V1 1*V1 2 *

Dead Mach tPU 04 Courier Number (Time) 41803 G2 5 Setting 0 10 0.1 2 *

Dead Mach tDO 05 Courier Number (Time) 41804 G2 0.5 Setting 0 10 0.1 2 *

GROUP 1

RECONNECT DELAY

Reconnect Status 01 Indexed String G37 41850 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

Reconnect Delay 02 Courier Number (Time) 41852 G2 60 Setting 0 300 0.01 2 *

Reconnect tPULSE 03 Courier Number (Time) 41853 G2 1 Setting 0.01 30 0.01 2 *

Modbus addresses 41900-41931 assigned for CLIO labels

GROUP 1

VOLT PROTECTION

UNDER VOLTAGE 01 (Sub Heading) * * *

V< Measur't Mode 02 Indexed String G47 41950 G47 Phase-Neutral Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

V< Operate Mode 03 Indexed String G48 41951 G48 Any Phase Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

V<1 Function 04 Indexed String G23 41952 G23 DT Setting 0 2 1 2 * * *

V<1 Voltage Set 05 Courier Number (Voltage) 41953 G2 50 Setting 10*V1 120*V1 1*V1 2 * * * Range covers Ph-N & Ph-Ph

V<1 Time Delay 06 Courier Number (Time) 41954 G2 10 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

V<1 TMS 07 Courier Number (Decimal) 41955 G2 1 Setting 0.5 100 0.5 2 * * *

V<1 Poledead Inh 08 Indexed String G37 41956 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

V<2 Status 09 Indexed String G37 41957 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

V<2 Voltage Set 0A Courier Number (Voltage) 41958 G2 38 Setting 10*V1 120*V1 1*V1 2 * * * Range covers Ph-N & Ph-Ph

V<2 Time Delay 0B Courier Number (Time) 41959 G2 5 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

V<2 Poledead Inh 0C Indexed String G37 41960 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

OVERVOLTAGE 0D (Sub Heading) * * *

V> Measur't Mode 0E Indexed String G47 41961 G47 Phase-Phase Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

V> Operate Mode 0F Indexed String G48 41962 G48 Any Phase Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

V>1 Function 10 Indexed String G23 41963 G23 DT Setting 0 2 1 2 * * *

V>1 Voltage Set 11 Courier Number (Voltage) 41964 G2 130 Setting 60*V1 185*V1 1*V1 2 * * *

V>1 Time Delay 12 Courier Number (Time) 41965 G2 10 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

V>1 TMS 13 Courier Number (Decimal) 41966 G2 1 Setting 0.5 100 0.5 2 * * *

V>2 Status 14 Indexed String G37 41967 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

V>2 Voltage Set 15 Courier Number (Voltage) 41968 G2 150 Setting 60*V1 185*V1 1*V1 2 * * *

V>2 Time Delay 16 Courier Number (Time) 41969 G2 0.5 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

GROUP 1

FREQ PROTECTION

UNDER FREQUENCY 01 (Sub Heading) * * *

F<1 Status 02 Indexed String G37 42000 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

F<1 Setting 03 Courier Number (Frequency) 42001 G2 49.5 Setting 45 65 0.01 2 * * *

F<1 Time Delay 04 Courier Number (Time) 42002 G2 4 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

F<2 Status 05 Indexed String G37 42003 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

** *

*

43 00

* *42 00

*

*

41 00

40 00

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 33/170





F<2 Setting 06 Courier Number (Frequency) 42004 G2 49 Setting 45 65 0.01 2 * * *

F<2 Time Delay 07 Courier Number (Time) 42005 G2 3 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

F<3 Status 08 Indexed String G37 42006 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

F<3 Setting 09 Courier Number (Frequency) 42007 G2 48.5 Setting 45 65 0.01 2 * * *

F<3 Time Delay 0A Courier Number (Time) 42008 G2 2 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

F<4 Status 0B Indexed String G37 42009 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

F<4 Setting 0C Courier Number (Frequency) 42010 G2 48 Setting 45 65 0.01 2 * * *

F<4 Time Delay 0D Courier Number (Time) 42011 G2 1 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

F< Function Link 0E Binary Flag (4 bits) G65 42012 G65 16 Setting 15 4 1 2 * * *

OVER FREQUENCY 0F (Sub Heading) * * *

F>1 Status 10 Indexed String G37 42013 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

F>1 Setting 11 Courier Number (Frequency) 42014 G2 50.5 Setting 45 68 0.01 2 * * *

F>1 Time Delay 12 Courier Number (Time) 42015 G2 2 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

F>2 Status 13 Indexed String G37 42016 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

F>2 Setting 14 Courier Number (Frequency) 42017 G2 51 Setting 45 68 0.01 2 * * *

F>2 Time Delay 15 Courier Number (Time) 42018 G2 1 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

GROUP 1

RTD PROTECTION

Select RTD 01 Binary Flags(10 bits)Indexed String G50 42053 G50 0 Setting 1023 10 1 2 * *

RTD 1 Alarm Set 02 Courier Number (Temperature) 42054 G1 80 Setting 0 200 1 2 * *

RTD 1 Alarm Dly 03 Courier Number (Time) 42055 G1 10 Setting 0 100 1 2 * *

RTD 1 Trip Set 04 Courier Number (Temperature) 42056 G1 85 Setting 0 200 1 2 * *

RTD 1 Trip Dly 05 Courier Number (Time) 42057 G1 1 Setting 0 100 1 2 * *





RTD 3 Alarm Set 0A Courier Number (Temperature) 42062 G1 80 Setting 0 200 1 2 * *

RTD 3 Alarm Dly 0B Courier Number (Time) 42063 G1 10 Setting 0 100 1 2 * *

RTD 3 Trip Set 0C Courier Number (Temperature) 42064 G1 85 Setting 0 200 1 2 * *

RTD 3 Trip Dly 0D Courier Number (Time) 42065 G1 1 Setting 0 100 1 2 * *

RTD 4 Alarm Set 0E Courier Number (Temperature) 42066 G1 80 Setting 0 200 1 2 * *

RTD 4 Alarm Dly 0F Courier Number (Time) 42067 G1 10 Setting 0 100 1 2 * *











RTD 7 Alarm Set 1A Courier Number (Temperature) 42078 G1 80 Setting 0 200 1 2 * *

RTD 7 Alarm Dly 1B Courier Number (Time) 42079 G1 10 Setting 0 100 1 2 * *

RTD 7 Trip Set 1C Courier Number (Temperature) 42080 G1 85 Setting 0 200 1 2 * *

**44 00

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 34/170





RTD 7 Trip Dly 1D Courier Number (Time) 42081 G1 1 Setting 0 100 1 2 * *

RTD 8 Alarm Set 1E Courier Number (Temperature) 42082 G1 80 Setting 0 200 1 2 * *

RTD 8 Alarm Dly 1F Courier Number (Time) 42083 G1 10 Setting 0 100 1 2 * *











GROUP 1

CB FAIL & I<

BREAKER FAIL 01 (Sub Heading) * * *

CB Fail 1 Status 02 Indexed String G37 42100 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

CB Fail 1 Timer 03 Courier Number (Time) 42101 G2 0.2 Setting 0 10 0.01 2 * * *

CB Fail 2 Status 04 Indexed String G37 42102 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

CB Fail 2 Timer 05 Courier Number (Time) 42103 G2 0.4 Setting 0 10 0.01 2 * * *

CBF Non I Reset 06 Indexed String G68 42104 G68 CB Open & I< Setting 0 2 1 2 * * *

CBF Ext Reset 07 Indexed String G68 42105 G68 CB Open & I< Setting 0 2 1 2 * * *

UNDER CURRENT 08 (Sub Heading) * * *

I< Current Set 09 Courier Number (Current) 42106 G2 0.1 Setting 0.02*I1 3.2*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * *

IN< Current Set 0A Courier Number (Current) 42107 G2 0.1 Setting 0.02*I2 3.2*I2 0.01*I2 2 * * P341 does not have IN input

ISEF< Current 0B Courier Number (Current) 42108 G2 0.02 Setting 0.001*I3 0.8*I3 0.0005*I3 2 * * *

BLOCKED O/C 0C (Sub Heading) * Blocked Overcurrent Schemes

Remove I> Start 0D Indexed String G37 42109 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

Remove IN> Start 0E Indexed String G37 42110 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

I< Current Input 15 Indexed String G116 42111 G116 IA-1, IB-1, IC-1 Setting 0 1 1 2 *

GROUP 1

SUPERVISION

VT SUPERVISION 01 (Sub Heading) * * *

VTS Status 02 Indexed String G7 42150 G7 Blocking Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

VTS Reset Mode 03 Indexed String G69 42151 G69 Manual Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

VTS Time Delay 04 Courier Number (Time) 42152 G2 5 Setting 1 10 0.1 2 * * *

VTS I> Inhibit 05 Courier Number (Current) 42153 G2 10 Setting 0.08*I1 32*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * *

VTS I2> Inhibit 06 Courier Number (Current) 42154 G2 0.05 Setting 0.05*I1 0.5*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * *

CT SUPERVISION 07 (Sub Heading) * * *

CTS Status 08 Indexed String G37 42155 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

CTS VN Input 09 Indexed String G49 42156 G49 Derived Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *CTS VN< Inhibit 0A Courier Number (Voltage) 42157 G2 5 Setting 0.5*V1 22*V1 0.5*V1 2 * * *

0.5*V3 22*V3 0.5*V3 Change scaling factor

CTS IN> Set 0B Courier Number (Current) 42158 G2 0.2 Setting 0.08*I1 4*I1 0.01*I1 2 * * *

** *

*

46 00

* *45 00

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 35/170





CTS Time Delay 0C Courier Number (Time) 42159 G2 5 Setting 0 10 1 2 * * *

GROUP 1

SENSITIVE POWER

Comp Angle 20 Courier Number (Angle) 42175 G2 0 Setting -5 5 0.1 2 * * *

Operating Mode 24 Indexed String G115 42190 G115 Generating Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Sen Power1 Func 28 Indexed String G102 42176 G102 Reverse Setting 0 3 1 2 * * *

Sen -P>1 Setting 2C Courier Number (Power) 42177 G2 0.5*V1*I3 Setting 0.3*V1*I3 100*V1*I3 0.1*V1*I3 2 * * *

Sen P<1 Setting 30 Courier Number (Power) 42178 G2 0.5*V1*I3 Setting 0.3*V1*I3 100*V1*I3 0.1*V1*I3 2 * * *

Sen P>1 Setting 34 Courier Number (Power) 42179 G2 50*V1*I3 Setting 0.3*V1*I3 100*V1*I3 0.1*V1*I3 2 * * *

Sen Power1 Delay 38 Courier Number (Time) 42180 G2 5 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

Power1 DO Timer 3C Courier Number (Time) 42181 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *

P1 PoleDead Inh 40 Indexed String G37 42182 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Sen Power2 Func 44 Indexed String G102 42183 G102 Low Forward Setting 0 3 1 2 * * *

Sen -P>2 Setting 48 Courier Number (Power) 42184 G2 0.5*V1*I3 Setting 0.3*V1*I3 100*V1*I3 0.1*V1*I3 2 * * *

Sen P<2 Setting 4C Courier Number (Power) 42185 G2 0.5*V1*I3 Setting 0.3*V1*I3 100*V1*I3 0.1*V1*I3 2 * * *

Sen P>2 Setting 50 Courier Number (Power) 42186 G2 50*V1*I3 Setting 0.3*V1*I3 100*V1*I3 0.1*V1*I3 2 * * *

Sen Power2 Delay 54 Courier Number (Time) 42187 G2 2 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 * * *


P2 PoleDead Inh 5C Indexed String G37 42189 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

GROUP 1

NOT USED

GROUP 1

POLE SLIPPING

PSlip Function 01 Indexed String G37 42250 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 *

Z Based PoleSlip 02 (Sub Heading) *

Pole Slip Mode 03 Indexed String G113 42251 G113 Generating Setting 0 2 1 2 *

PSlip Za Forward 04 Courier Number (Impedance) 42252 G2 100*V1/I1 Setting 0.5*V1/I1 350*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 *

PSlip Zb Reverse 05 Courier Number (Impedance) 42253 G2 150*V1/I1 Setting 0.5*V1/I1 350*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 *

Lens Angle 06 Courier Number (Angle) 42254 G2 120 Setting 90 150 1 2 *

PSlip Timer T1 07 Courier Number (Time) 42255 G2 0.015 Setting 0 1 0.005 2 *

PSlip Timer T2 08 Courier Number (Time) 42256 G2 0.015 Setting 0 1 0.005 2 *

Blinder Angle 09 Courier Number (Angle) 42257 G2 75 Setting 20 90 1 2 *

PSlip Zc 0A Courier Number (Impedance) 42258 G2 50*V1/I1 Setting 0.5*V1/I1 350*V1/I1 0.5*V1/I1 2 *

Zone1 Slip Count 0B Unsigned Integer 42259 G1 1 Setting 1 20 1 2 *

Zone2 Slip Count 0C Unsigned Integer 42260 G1 2 Setting 1 20 1 2 *

PSlip Reset Time 0D Courier Number (Time) 42261 G2 30 Setting 0 100 0.01 2 *

GROUP 1

INPUT LABELS

Opto Input 1 01 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42300 42307 G3 L1 Setting Group Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 2 02 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42308 42315 G3 L2 Setting Group Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *Opto Input 3 03 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42316 42323 G3 L3 Block IN>3&4 Setting 32 163 1 2 *

L3 Block IN>2 * *Opto Input 4 04 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42324 42331 G3 L4 Block I>3&4 Setting 32 163 1 2 *

L4 Block I>2 * *

Opto Input 5 05 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42332 42339 G3 L5 Reset Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 6 06 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42340 42347 G3 L6 Ext Prot Trip Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

** *

*

4A 00

49 00

*

48 00

* *47 00

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 36/170





Opto Input 7 07 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42348 42355 G3 L7 52a Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 8 08 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42356 42363 G3 L8 52b Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 9 09 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42364 42371 G3 L9 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 10 0A ASCII Text (16 chars) 42372 42379 G3 L10 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 11 0B ASCII Text (16 chars) 42380 42387 G3 L11 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 12 0C ASCII Text (16 chars) 42388 42395 G3 L12 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 13 0D ASCII Text (16 chars) 42396 42403 G3 L13 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 14 0E ASCII Text (16 chars) 42404 42411 G3 L14 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Opto Input 15 0F ASCII Text (16 chars) 42412 42419 G3 L15 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *










Opto Input 25 19 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42492 42499 G3 L25 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

Opto Input 26 1A ASCII Text (16 chars) 42500 42507 G3 L26 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

Opto Input 27 1B ASCII Text (16 chars) 42508 42515 G3 L27 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

Opto Input 28 1C ASCII Text (16 chars) 42516 42523 G3 L28 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

Opto Input 29 1D ASCII Text (16 chars) 42524 42531 G3 L29 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

Opto Input 30 1E ASCII Text (16 chars) 42532 42539 G3 L30 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

Opto Input 31 1F ASCII Text (16 chars) 42540 42547 G3 L31 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *Opto Input 32 20 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42548 42555 G3 L32 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *GROUP 1

OUTPUT LABELSRelay 1 01 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42556 42563 G3 R1 IN>1 Start Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

R1 Trip CBRelay 2 02 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42564 42571 G3 R2 I>1 Start Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

R2 Trip PrimeMov

Relay 3 03 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42572 42579 G3 R3 Any Trip Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Relay 4 04 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42580 42587 G3 R4 General Alarm Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Relay 5 05 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42588 42595 G3 R5 CB Fail Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *Relay 6 06 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42596 42603 G3 R6 Control Close Setting 32 163 1 2 *

R6 E/F Trip * *Relay 7 07 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42604 42611 G3 R7 Control Trip Setting 32 163 1 2 *

R7 V or F Trip *R7 Volt Trip *

Relay 8 08 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42612 42619 G3 R8 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * *R8 Freq Trip *

Relay 9 09 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42620 42627 G3 R9 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * *R9 Diff Trip *

Relay 10 0A ASCII Text (16 chars) 42628 42635 G3 R10 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * *R10 SysBack Trip *

** *4B 00

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 37/170





Relay 11 0B ASCII Text (16 chars) 42636 42643 G3 R11 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * *R11 NPS Trip *

Relay 12 0C ASCII Text (16 chars) 42644 42651 G3 R12 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * *R12 Ffail Trip *

Relay 13 0D ASCII Text (16 chars) 42652 42659 G3 R13 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * *R13 Power Trip *

Relay 14 0E ASCII Text (16 chars) 42660 42667 G3 R14 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * *R14 V/Hz Trip *

Relay 15 0F ASCII Text (16 chars) 42668 42675 G3 R15 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

Relay 16 10 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42676 42683 G3 R16 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *









Relay 25 19 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42748 42755 G3 R25 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

Relay 26 1A ASCII Text (16 chars) 42756 42763 G3 R26 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

Relay 27 1B ASCII Text (16 chars) 42764 42771 G3 R27 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

Relay 28 1C ASCII Text (16 chars) 42772 42779 G3 R28 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

Relay 29 1D ASCII Text (16 chars) 42780 42787 G3 R29 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

Relay 30 1E ASCII Text (16 chars) 42788 42795 G3 R30 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

Relay 31 1F ASCII Text (16 chars) 42796 42803 G3 R31 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

Relay 32 20 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42804 42811 G3 R32 Not Used Setting 32 163 1 2 *

GROUP 1

RTD LABELS

RTD 1 01 ASCII Text (16 chars) 42812 42819 G3 RTD 1 Setting 32 163 1 2 * *









RTD 10 0A ASCII Text (16 chars) 42884 42891 G3 RTD 10 Setting 32 163 1 2 * *

GROUP 1

CLIO PROTECTION

CLIO Input 1 02 Indexed String G37 42895 G37 Enabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

CLI1 Input Type 04 Indexed String G153 42896 G153 4-20mA Setting 0 3 1 2 * * *

CLI1 Input Label 06 ASCII Text (16 chars) 41900 41907 G3 CLIO Input 1 Setting 32 163 1 2 * * *

CLI1 Minimum 08 Courier Number (Decimal) 42897 42898 G35 0 Setting -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * *

CLI1 Maximum 0A Courier Number (Decimal) 42899 42900 G35 100 Setting -9999 9999 0.1 2 * * *

** *

*

4D 00

*4C 00

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 38/170





CLI1 Alarm 0C Indexed String G37 42901 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

CLI1 Alarm Fn 0E Indexed String G154 42902 G154 Over Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *CLI1 Alarm Set 10 Courier Number (Decimal) 42903 42904 G35 50 Setting MIN(CLI1 MAX(CLI1 0.1 2 * * *

Min, Max) Min, Max)

CLI1 Alarm Delay 12 Courier Number (Time) 42905 G2 1 Setting 0 100 0.1 2 * * *

CLI1 Trip 14 Indexed String G37 42906 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

CLI1 Trip Fn 16 Indexed String G154 42907 G154 Over Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *CLI1 Trip Set 18 Courier Number (Decimal) 42908 42909 G35 60 Setting MIN(CLI1 MAX(CLI1 0.1 2 * * *

Min, Max) Min, Max)

CLI1 Trip Delay 1A Courier Number (Time) 42910 G2 0 Setting 0 100 0.1 2 * * *

CLI1 I< Alarm 1C Indexed String G37 42911 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * Visible only when 4D04 = 4-20mA

CLI1 I< Alm Set 1E Courier Number (Current) 42912 G2 0.0035 Setting 0 0.004 0.0001 2 * * * Visible only when 4D04 = 4-20mA








Min, Max) Min, Max)

CLI2 Alarm Delay 32 Courier Number (Time) 42923 G2 1s Setting 0 100 0.1 2 * * *



Min, Max) Min, Max)

CLI2 Trip Delay 3A Courier Number (Time) 42928 G2 0s Setting 0 100 0.1 2 * * *

CLI2 I< Alarm 3C Indexed String G37 42929 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * Visible only when 4D24=4-20mA

CLI2 I< Alm Set 3E Courier Number (Current) 42930 G2 0.0035 Setting 0 0.004 0.0001 2 * * * Visible only when 4D24=4-20mA








Min, Max) Min, Max)




Min, Max) Min, Max)



Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 39/170













Min, Max) Min, Max)




Min, Max) Min, Max)




CLIO Output 1 A0 Indexed String G37 42967 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

CLO1 Output Type A2 Indexed String G153 42968 G153 4-20mA Setting 0 2 1 2 * * *

CLO1 Set Values A4 Indexed String G54 42969 G54 Primary Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *CLO1 Parameter A6 Indexed String G155 42970 G155 IA Magnitude Setting 0 See 1 2 * * *

G155

CLO1 Minimum A8 Courier Number 42971 42972 G35 See G155 table Setting 2 * * *

CLO1 Maximum AA Courier Number 42973 42974 G35 See G155 table Setting 2 * * *

CLIO Output 2 B0 Indexed String G37 42975 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

CLO2 Output Type B2 Indexed String G153 42976 G153 4-20mA Setting 0 2 1 2 * * *

CLO2 Set Values B4 Indexed String G54 42977 G54 Primary Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *CLO2 Parameter B6 Indexed String G155 42978 G155 IB Magnitude Setting 0 See 1 2 * * *

G155

CLO2 Minimum B8 Courier Number 42979 42980 G35 See G155 table Setting 2 * * *

CLO2 Maximum BA Courier Number 42981 42982 G35 See G155 table Setting 2 * * *

CLIO Output 3 C0 Indexed String G37 42983 G37 Disabled Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

CLO3 Output Type C2 Indexed String G153 42984 G153 4-20mA Setting 2 * * *

CLO3 Set Values C4 Indexed String G54 42985 G54 Primary Setting 2 * * *CLO3 Parameter C6 Indexed String G155 42986 G155 IC Magnitude Setting 0 See 1 2 * * *

G155

CLO3 Minimum C8 Courier Number 42987 42988 G35 See G155 Table Setting 2 * * *

CLO3 Maximum CA Courier Number 42989 42990 G35 See G155 Table Setting 2 * * *

CLIO Output 4 D0 Indexed String G37 42991 G37 Disabled Setting 2 * * *

CLO4 Output Type D2 Indexed String G153 42992 G153 4-20mA Setting 2 * * *

CLO4 Set Values D4 Indexed String G54 42993 G54 Primary Setting 2 * * *CLO4 Parameter D6 Indexed String G155 42994 G155 IN Measured Mag Setting 0 See 1 2 * *

IN Derived Mag G155 *

CLO4 Minimum D8 Courier Number 42995 42996 G35 See G155 Table Setting 2 * * *

See G155 Meas. Range Table


0

0






0

0

0

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 40/170





CLO4 Maximum DA Courier Number 42997 42998 G35 See G155 Table Setting 2 * * *

GROUP 2 PROTECTION SETTINGS * * *Repeat of Group 1 columns/rows 50 00 43000 44999 * * *



(No Header) N/A B0 00 Auto extraction Event Record Column * * *

Select Record 01 Unsigned Integer(2) Setting 0 65535 1 * * * Unique cyclical fault number(from event)

Faulted Phase 02 Binary Flag (8 bits) Indexed String G16 Data * * * Product Specific Bit Flags Targetting

Start Elements1 03 Binary Flag (32 Bits)Indexed String 0..31 G841 bit per elementLSB

String..MSB StringData * * * Product Specific Bit Flags Targetting

Start Elements2 04 Binary Flag (32 Bits)Indexed String 0..31 G1071 bit per elementLSB

String..MSB StringData * * *

Trip Elements1 05 Binary Flag (32 Bits)Indexed String 0..31 G851 bit per elementLSB


Trip Elements2 06 Binary Flag (32 Bits)Indexed String 0..31 G861 bit per elementLSB


Fault Alarms 07 Binary Flag (32 Bits)Indexed String 0..31 G871 bit per elementLSB


Fault Time 08 IEC870 Time & Date Data * * *

Active Group 09 Unsigned Integer Data * * *

System Frequency 0A Courier Number (frequency) Data * * *

Fault Duration 0B Courier Number (time) Data * * *

CB Operate Time 0C Courier Number (time) Data * * *

Relay Trip Time 0D Courier Number (time) Data * * *

IA 0E Courier Number (current) Data * *

IA-1 0E Courier Number (current) Data *

IB 0F Courier Number (current) Data * *

IB-1 0F Courier Number (current) Data *

IC 10 Courier Number (current) Data * *

IC-1 10 Courier Number (current) Data *

VAB 11 Courier Number (voltage) Data * * *

VBC 12 Courier Number (voltage) Data * * *

VCA 13 Courier Number (voltage) Data * * *

VAN 14 Courier Number (voltage) Data * * *

VBN 15 Courier Number (voltage) Data * * *

VCN 16 Courier Number (voltage) Data * * *

IA-2 17 Courier Number (current) Data *

IB-2 18 Courier Number (current) Data *

IC-2 19 Courier Number (current) Data *

IA Differential 1A Courier Number (Current) Data *

IB Differential 1B Courier Number (Current) Data *

IC Differential 1C Courier Number (Current) Data *

VN Measured 1D Courier Number (Voltage) Data * * *


Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 41/170





VN Derived 1E Courier Number (Voltage) Data * * *

IN Measured 1F Courier Number (Voltage) Data * *

IN Derived 1F Courier Number (Current) Data *

I Sensitive 20 Courier Number (Current) Data * * *

IREF Diff 21 Courier Number (Current) Data * *

IREF Bias 22 Courier Number (Current) Data * *

I2 23 Courier Number (Current) Data * *

3 Phase Watts 24 Courier Number (Watts) Data * * *

3 Phase VARs 25 Courier Number (VARs) Data * * *

3 Phase Power Factor 26 Courier Number (No unit) Data * * *

RTD 1 27 Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * Courier Text = RTD label setting



RTD 4 2A Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * Courier Text = RTD label setting

RTD 5 2B Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * Courier Text = RTD label setting

RTD 6 2C Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * Courier Text = RTD label setting

RTD 7 2D Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * Courier Text = RTD label setting

RTD 8 2E Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * Courier Text = RTD label setting

RTD 9 2F Courier Number (Temperature) Data * * Courier Text = RTD label setting


df/dt 31 Courier Number (Hz/s) Data *

V Vector Shift 32 Courier Number (Angle) Data *

CLIO Input 1 33 Courier Number (Decimal) Data * * * Courier Text = CLIO label setting




No Header N/A B1 00 * * *

Select Record 01 UINT16 Setting 0 65535 1 * * *

Time and Date 02 IEC Date and Time Data * * *

Record Text 03 ASCII Text Data * * * Text Description of Error

Error No1 04 UINT32 Data * * * Error Code

Error No2 05 UINT32 Data * * * Error Code

DATA TRANSFER N/A B2 00

Domain 04 Indexed String G57 PSL Settings Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

Sub-Domain 08 Indexed String G90 Group 1 Setting 0 3 1 2 * * *

Version 0C Unsigned Integer (2 Bytes) 256 Setting 0 65535 1 2 * * *

Start 10 Not Used * * *

Length 14 Not Used * * *

Data Transfer Reference 18 * * *

Transfer Mode 1C Unsigned Integer Indexed Strings G76 6 Setting 0 7 1 2 * * *

Data Transfer 20 Repeated groups of Unsigned Integers Setting * * * Only settable if Domain = PSL Settings

RECORDER CONTROL N/A B3 00 * * *

UNUSED 01 * * *

Recorder Source 02 Indexed String Samples Data * * *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 42/170





Reserved for future use 03-1F * * *

RECORDER EXTRACTION COLUMN

N/A B4 00 * * *

Select Record 01 Unsigned Integer 0 Setting -199 199 1 0 * * *

Trigger Time 02 IEC870 Time & Date Data * * *

Active Channels 03 Binary Flag Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

Channel Types 04 Binary Flag Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

Channel Offsets 05 Courier Number (decimal) Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

Channel Scaling 06 Courier Number (decimal) Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

Channel SkewVal 07 Integer Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

Channel MinVal 08 Integer Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

Channel MaxVal 09 Integer Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

Format 0A Unsigned Integer Data * * * 0 = uncompressed, 1 = compressed

Upload 0B Unsigned Integer Data * * * Unused when Build=IEC60870-5-103

UNUSED 0C-0F

No. Of Samples 10 Unsigned Integer Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

Trig Position 11 Unsigned Integer Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

Time Base 12 Courier Number (time) Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

UNUSED 13

Sample Timer 14 Unsigned Integer Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

UNUSED 15-1F

Dist. Channel 1 20 Integer Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103










Dist. Channel 11 2A Integer Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

Dist. Channel 12 2B Integer Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

Dist. Channel 13 2C Integer Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

UNUSED 2D-3D

Dist. Channel 31 3E Binary Flag Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

Dist. Channel 32 3F Binary Flag Data * * * Build=IEC60870-5-103

30800 G1 Data Number of Disturbance Records (0 to 200)

30801 G1 Data Oldest Stored Disturbance Record (1 to 65535)

30802 G1 Data Number of Registers in Current Page

30803 30929 G1 Data Disturbance Record Page (0 to 65535)

40250 G1 Setting 1 65535 1 2 Select Disturbance Record

30930 30933 G12 Data Timestamp of selected record

Calibration Coefficients N/A B5 * * *

Cal Soft Version 01 ASCII text 16 chars * * *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 43/170





Cal Date and Time 02 IEC Date and time * * *

Channel Types 03 Repeated Group 16 * Binary Flag 8 bits * * *

Cal Coeffs 04 Block transfer Repeated Group of UINT32 (4 coeffs voltage channel, 8 coeffs current channel) * * *

Comms Diagnostics N/A B6 00 Note: No text in column text * * *

Bus Comms Err Count Front 01 UINT32 * * *

02 UINT32 * * *

Protocol Err Count Front 03 UINT32 * * *

Slave Message Count Front 04 UNIT32

Reset front count 05 (Reset Menu Cell cmd only) * * *

Bus Comms Err Count Rear 06 UINT32 * * *

Protocol Err Count Rear 07 UINT32 * * *

Slave Message Count Rear 08 UINT32

Busy Count Rear 09 UINT32 * * *

Reset Rear Count 0A (Reset Menu Cell cmd only) * * *

PSL DATA B7 00

Grp 1 PSL Ref 01 ASCII Text (32 Chars) 31000 31015 G3 Data * * *

Date/Time 02 IEC 870 Date & Time 31016 31019 G12 Data * * *

Grp 1 PSL ID 03 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) 31020 31021 G27 Data * * *










COMMS SYS DATA N/A BF 00 * * *

Dist Record Cntrl Ref 01 Menu Cell(2) B300 Data * * *

Dist Record Extract Ref 02 Menu Cell(2) B400 Data * * *

Setting Transfer 03 Unsigned Integer Setting * * *

Reset Demand 04 None (Reset Menu Cell) * * *

UNUSED 05 * * *

Block Xfer Ref 06 Menu Cell(2) B200 Data * * *

DIAGNOSTICS E0 00 * * *

Enable Column 01 Indexed String G11 0 (No) Setting 0 1 1 2 * * * CPU Load Measurements

CPU Load-Instant 11 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Data * * *

CPU Load-Average 12 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Data * * *

CPU Load-Min 13 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Data * * *

CPU Load-Max 14 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Data * * *

CPU Load Reset 1F Indexed String G11 0 (No) Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

DDB to set: 21 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Setting 0 1022 1 2 * * * Manual DDB Control for tests

DDB to reset: 22 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Setting 0 1022 1 2 * * *

DDB to pulse: 23 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Setting 0 1022 1 2 * * * Label unfitted IO

Name Unfitted IO 26 Indexed String G11 0 (No) Setting 0 1 1 2 * * *

UINT32 - 1 31 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Setting 0 2^32-1 1 2 * * * Debug variables - default: Not used

Bus Message Count Front

Data(but supports Reset Menu cell)

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 44/170





UINT32 - 2 32 Unsigned Integer (32 bits) Setting 0 2^32-1 1 2 * * *




INT32 - 1 41 Signed Integer (32 bits) Data * * *





BIN32 - 1 51 Binary Flag (32 bits) Data * * *





FLT32 - 1 61 Courier Number (meters) Data * * *





Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 45/170

P341 P342 P343

G1 1 Register * * *

G2 1 Register * * *

G3 1 Register * * *

Bit Mask (hex)

0xFF00

0x00FF

G4 2 Registers

Bit Mask (hex)

0x00000001 * * *

0x00000002 * * *

0x00000004

0x00000008

0x00000010

0x00000020

0x00000040

0x00000080

0x00000100

0x00000200

0x00000400

0x00000800

0x00001000

0x00002000

0x00004000

0x00008000

0x00010000

0x00020000

0x00040000

0x00080000

0x00100000

0x00200000

0x00400000

0x00800000

0x01000000

0x02000000

0x04000000

0x08000000

0x10000000

0x20000000

0x40000000

0x80000000

G5 2 Registers

Bit Mask (hex)

0x00000001 * * *

0x00000002 * * *

0x00000004 * * *

UNSIGNED INTEGER (16 Bits)

First character in high order 8 bits

Second character in low order 8 bits

PLANT STATUS (32 Bits)

NUMERIC SETTING (Unsigned 16 bit)

Used for floating point settings. The setting value is represented as the number of step increments from the minimum value (see also G35)

Data Types

Model

Type Value / Bit Mask Description

i.e. Setting value = (setting minimum) + ((register value) x (setting step size))

ASCII TEXT CHARACTERS (2 characters per register)

Data formatted as per data type G27

CB1 Open (0 = Off, 1 = On)

CB1 Closed (0 = Off, 1 = On)

Not Used (0 = Off, 1 = On)






























CONTROL STATUS (32 Bits)





Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 46/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0x00000008 * * *

0x00000010 * * *

0x00000020 * * *

0x00000040 * * *

0x00000080 * * *

0x00000100 * * *

0x00000200 * * *

0x00000400 * * *

0x00000800 * * *

0x00001000 * * *

0x00002000 * * *

0x00004000 * * *

0x00008000 * * *

0x00010000 * * *

0x00020000 * * *

0x00040000 * * *

0x00080000 * * *

0x00100000 * * *

0x00200000 * * *

0x00400000 * * *

0x00800000 * * *

0x01000000 * * *

0x02000000 * * *

0x04000000 * * *

0x08000000 * * *

0x10000000 * * *

0x20000000 * * *

0x40000000 * * *

0x80000000 * * *

G6 1 Register * * *

Value

0

1

2

3

4

G7 1 Register * * *

Value

0

1

G8 2 Registers

Bit Mask (hex)

0x00000001 * * *

0x00000002 * * *

0x00000004 * * *

0x00000008 * * *

0x00000010 * * *

0x00000020 * * *

0x00000040 * * *

0x00000080 * * *

RECORD CONTROL COMMAND REGISTER




























No operation

Clear Event records

Clear Fault Record

Clear Maintenance Records

Reset Indications

VTS INDICATE/BLOCK

Blocking

Indication

LOGIC INPUT STATUS (32 Bits)


Opto 1 Input State (0=Off, 1=Energised)










Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 47/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0x00000100 * * *

0x00000200 * * *

0x00000400 * * *

0x00000800 * * *

0x00001000 * * *

0x00002000 * * *

0x00004000 * * *

0x00008000 * * *

0x00010000 * * *

0x00020000 * * *

0x00040000 * * *

0x00080000 * * *

0x00100000 * * *

0x00200000 * * *

0x00400000 * * *

0x00800000 * * *

0x01000000 *

0x02000000 *

0x04000000 *

0x08000000 *

0x10000000 *

0x20000000 *

0x40000000 *

0x80000000 *

G9 2 Registers

Bit Mask (hex)

0x00000001 * * *

0x00000002 * * *

0x00000004 * * *

0x00000008 * * *

0x00000010 * * *

0x00000020 * * *

0x00000040 * * *

0x00000080 * * *

0x00000100 * * *

0x00000200 * * *

0x00000400 * * *

0x00000800 * * *

0x00001000 * * *

0x00002000 * * *

0x00004000 * * *

0x00008000 * * *

0x00010000 * * *

0x00020000 * * *

0x00040000 * * *

0x00080000 * * *

0x00100000 * * *

0x00200000 * * *

0x00400000 * * *

0x00800000 * * *

























RELAY OUTPUT STATUS (32 Bits)


Relay 1 (0=Not Operated, 1=Operated)
























Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 48/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0x01000000 *

0x02000000 *

0x04000000 *

0x08000000 *

0x10000000 *

0x20000000 *

0x40000000 *

0x80000000 *

G10 1 Register * * *


Value

0

1

G12 4 Registers * * *

Bit Mask (hex)

0xFFFF

0x9FBF

0x0FFF

0x007F


Value

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

G14 1 Register

Bit Mask (hex)

0x0001 *

0x0002 *

0x0004 *

0x0008 *

0x0010

0x0020

0x0040

0x0080


Value

0

1

2


Bit Mask (hex)

EVENT RECORD TYPE

Latched alarm active







SIGNED FIXED POINT NUMBER WITH 1 DECIMAL PLACE (16 Bits)

i.e. divide register value by 10 to obtain actual value.

YES/NO

No

Yes

TIME AND DATE

IEC60870-5-4 "Binary Time 2a" format - see Section 3.8 of SCADA Communications (P34x/EN CT) of Technical Guide

First Register - Milli-seconds

Second Register - Summertime and hours / Validity and minutes

Third register - Month of year / Day of month / Day of week

Fourth register - Years

Not Used

DISTURBANCE RECORD INDEX STATUS

No Record

Unextracted

Extracted

Latched alarm inactive

Self reset alarm active

Self reset alarm inactive

I>2 VTS Block

I>3 VTS Block

I>4 VTS Block

I>3 Block A/R

I>4 Block A/R

Not Used

Relay event

Opto event

Protection event

Platform event

Fault logged event

Maintenance record logged event

I> FUNCTION LINK

I>1 VTS Block

FAULTED PHASE



Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 49/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0x0001

0x0002

0x0004

0x0008

0x0010

0x0020

0x0040

0x0080


Value

0

1

2

3


Bit Mask (hex)

0x0000

0x0001

0x0002

0x0004

0x0008

0x0010


Value

0

1

2

3


Bit Mask (hex)

0xFF00

0x00FF

0xFF00

0x00FF


Value

0

1


Value

0

1

2


Value

0

1

Start A

Start B

Start C

Start N

Trip A

Trip B

Trip C

Trip N

IRIG-B STATUS

Card not fitted

Card failed

Signal healthy

No signal

RECORD SELECTION COMMAND REGISTER (MODBUS)

No Operation

Select next event

Accept Event

Select next Disturbance Record

Accept disturbance record

Select Next Disturbance record page

LANGUAGE

English

Francais

Deutsch

Espanol

PASSWORD (4 Characters packed into 32 Bits)


First register, first password character

First register, second password character

Second register, third password character

Second register, fourth password character

NOTE THAT WHEN REGISTERS OF THIS TYPE ARE READ THE SLAVE WILL ALWAYS INDICATE AN "*" IN EACH CHARACTER POSITION TO PRESERVE THE PASSWORD SECURITY.

IEC60870-5-103 INTERFACE

EIA(RS)485

Fibre Optic

PASSWORD CONTROL ACCESS LEVEL

Level 0 - Passwords required for levels 1 & 2

Level 1 - Password required for level 2

Level 2 - No passwords required

VOLTAGE AND V/Hz CURVE SELECTION

Disabled

DT

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 50/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


2




Bit Mask (hex)

0x0001

0x0002

0x0004

0x0008

0x0010

0x0020

0x0040

0x0080

0x0100

0x0200

0x0400

0x0800

0x1000

0x2000

0x4000

0x8000



G29 3 Registers

First Register

Second & third registers


G31 1 Register

Value

0 * * *

1 * * *

2 * * *

3 * * *

4 * *

4 *

5 * *

5 *

Unused

Unused

UNSIGNED LONG (32 Bit) VALUE

High order word stored in 1st register

Low order word stored in 2nd register

IDMT

UNSIGNED FIXED POINT NUMBER WITH 3 DECIMAL PLACES (32 Bits)


i.e. divide 'G27' value by 1000 to obtain actual value

Current 0 - 4,000,000A Resolution 1mA

Voltage 0 - 4MV Resolution 1mV

New auto-extraction event available (=1, 0 otherwise)

Time Synchronised (=1 after Modbus time synch. Resets to 0 after 5 minutes unless re-time synch'd. Other time synch sources do not affect this bit.)

New auto-extraction disturbance record available (=1, 0 otherwise)

Fault (not used, always zero)

Trip LED status (1=LED On, 0 = LED Off)

Alarm status summary (logical OR of all alarm status bits)

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

SIGNED INTEGER (16 Bit)

INTEGER POWER/ENERGY WITH MULTIPLIER

Per unit value formatted as a G28

Scalar, formatted as a G27

Overall value = 'G28'x'G27' see Section 3.9 of SCADA Communications (P34x/EN CT) of Technical Guide for details

IA-1

IB

IB-1

SIGNED VALUE, 2 DECIMAL PLACES

i.e. divide register value by 100 to obtain actual value

ANALOGUE CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT SELECTOR (Generator specific)

VAN

VBN

VCN

VN

IA

In Service Status (1= In service, 0= Out of service)

Minor self test failure (=1, 0 otherwise)

MODBUS RELAY STATUS REGISTER

UNSIGNED FIXED POINT NUMBER WITH 3 DECIMAL PLACES (16 Bits)

i.e. divide register value by 1000 to obtain actual value

Time Interval 0.000 - 655.000s Resolution 1ms

Frequency 0.000 - 655.000Hz Resolution 0.001Hz

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 51/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


6 * *

6 *

7 * *

8 * * *

9 *

10 *

11 *


Value

0

1 onwards

G33


Value

0

1



Value

0

1


Value

0

1

G38c * * *

Value

0

1

2

G38m * * *

Value

0

1

2

G38v * * *

Value

0

1

G38d * * *

Value

0

1

2

3

4

IN

IN Sensitive

IA-2

IB-2

IC-2

DISTURBANCE RECORD DIGITAL CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT SELECTOR

IC

IC-1

Not used (i.e. nothing recorded for the channel)

See separate G32 DDB Table

NOT USED

TRIGGER MODE

Single

Extended

NUMERIC SETTING (Unsigned 32 Bit)

Used for floating point settings. The setting value is represented as the number of step increments from the minimum value (see also G2)


i.e. Setting value = (setting minimum) + (('G27' value) x (setting step size))

REAL NUMBERS

Polar

Rectangular

ENABLED / DISABLED

Disabled

Enabled

COMMUNICATION BAUD RATE (COURIER)

9600 bits/s

19200 bits/s

38400 bits/s

COMMUNICATION BAUD RATE (MODBUS)

9600 bits/s

19200 bits/s

38400 bits/s

COMMUNICATION BAUD RATE (IEC60870-5-103)

9600 bits/s

19200 bits/s

COMMUNICATION BAUD RATE (DNP 3.0)

1200 bits/s

2400 bits/s

4800 bits/s

9600 bits/s

19200 bits/s

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 52/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


5


Value

0

1

2

G40 1 Register

Value

0

1

2

3

4

5

G41 1 Register

Value

0

1

2

3

G42 1 Register

Value

0

1

2

3


Value

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10


Value

0

1

2


Value

0

1

G46 1 Register *

Value

IDMT CURVE TYPE

Disabled

DT

38400 bits/s

COMMUNICATIONS PARITY

Odd

Even

None

CHECK SYNC INPUT SELECTION

A-N

B-N

C-N

A-B

B-C

C-A

CHECK SYNC VOLTAGE BLOCKING

None

Undervoltage

Differential

Both

CHECK SYNC SLIP CONTROL

None

Timer

Frequency

Both

IEC S Inverse

POLARISATION

Non-Directional

Directional Fwd

Directional Rev

VTS BLOCK

Block

Non-Directional

IEC V Inverse

IEC E Inverse

UK LT Inverse

IEEE M Inverse

IEEE V Inverse

IEEE E Inverse

US Inverse

US ST Inverse

DIRECTION

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 53/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0

1


Value

0

1


Value

0

1


Value

0

1

G50 1 Register * *

Bit Mask (hex)

0x0001

0x0002

0x0004

0x0008

0x0010

0x0020

0x0040

0x0080

0x0100

0x0200

G51 1 Register

Value

0

1

2


Value

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7


Value

0

1

2

3

4

5


Zero Sequence

Neg Sequence

MEASURING MODE

Phase-Phase

Phase-Neutral

OPERATION MODE

Any Phase

Three Phase

VN OR IN INPUT

Measured

Derived

RTD SELECT

RTD Input #1

RTD Input #2

RTD Input #3

RTD Input #4

RTD Input #5

RTD Input #6

RTD Input #7

RTD Input #8

RTD Input #9

RTD Input #10

FAULT LOCATION

Distance

Ohms

% of Line

DEFAULT DISPLAY

3Ph + N Current

3 Ph-neutral Voltage

Power

Date and Time

Description

Plant Reference

Frequency

Access Level

SELECT FACTORY DEFAULTS

No Operation

All Settings

Setting Group 1

Setting Group 2

Setting Group 3

Setting Group 4

SELECT PRIMARY SECONDARY MEASUREMENTS

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 54/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


Value

0

1

G55 1 Register *

Value

0

1

2


Value

0

1

2

3

4

5


Value

0

1

G58 1 Register

Value

0 * * *

1 * * *

2 * * *

3 * * *

4 * * *

5 * *

6 * *

7 * *


Value

0

1


Value

0

1


Value

0

1


Value

0

1

2

G63 1 Register

Bit Mask (hex)

0x0001 *

CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL

No Operation

Trip

Primary

Secondary

DATA TRANSFER DOMAIN

PSL Settings

PSL Configuration

SEF/REF SELECTION

Close

PHASE MEASUREMENT REFERENCE

VA

VB

VC

IA

IB

IC

SEF

SEF cos(PHI)

SEF sin(PHI)

Wattmetric

Hi Z REF

Lo Z REF

Lo Z REF+SEF

Lo Z REF+Wattmet

BATTERY STATUS

Dead

Healthy

TIME DELAY SELECTION

DT

Inverse

ACTIVE GROUP CONTROL

Select via Menu

Select via Opto

SAVE AS

No Operation

Save

Abort

IN> FUNCTION LINK

IN>1 VTS Block

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 55/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0x0002 *

0x0004 *

0x0008 *

0x0010

0x0020

0x0040

0x0080

G64 1 Register

Bit Mask (hex)

0x0001 * * *

0x0002 *

0x0004 *

0x0008 *

0x0010

0x0020

0x0040

0x0080


Bit Mask (hex)

0x0001

0x0002

0x0004

0x0008

0x0010

0x0020

0x0040

0x0080


Value

0

1

2


Value

0

1


Value

0

1

2


Value

0

1

G70 1 Register

Value

0

1

2

DISTURBANCE RECORDER DIGITAL CHANNEL TRIGGER

No Trigger

Trigger L/H

IN>2 VTS Block

IN>3 VTS Block

IN>4 VTS Block

IN>3 Block A/R

IN>4 Block A/R

Not Used

Not Used

ISEF> FUNC LINK

ISEF>1 VTS Block

ISEF>2 VTS Block

ISEF>3 VTS Block

ISEF>4 VTS Block

ISEF>3 Block A/R

ISEF>4 Block A/R

Not Used

Not Used

F< FUNCTION LINK

F<1 Poledead Blk

F<2 Poledead Blk

F<3 Poledead Blk

F<4 Poledead Blk

Not Used

Not Used

Not Used

Not Used

Auto

User Set

Trigger H/L

THERMAL OVERLOAD

Manual

Auto

AUTORECLOSE MODE

Opto set

Single

Dual

CB FAIL RESET OPTIONS

I< Only

CB Open & I<

Prot Reset & I<

VTS RESET MODE

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 56/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


3


Value

0

1

2

G72 1 Register

Value

0

1

G73 1 Register

Value

0

1

G74 1 Register

Value

0

1

G75 1 Register

Value

0

1


Value

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

G77 1 Register

Value

0

1

G78 1 Register

Value

0

1

2


Value

0

1

2


Value

0

Pulse Set

PROTOCOL

Courier

IEC870-5-103

Modbus

START DEAD TIME

Protection Reset

CB Trips

RECLAIM TIME if PROTECTION START

Suspend

Continue

RESET LOCKOUT

User Interface

Select NonAuto

AUTO-RECLOSE AFTER CONTROL CLOSE

Enabled

Inhibited

TRANSFER MODE

Prepare Rx

Complete Rx

Prepare Tx

Complete Tx

Rx Prepared

Tx Prepared

OK

Error

AUTO-RECLOSE

Out of Service

In Service

A/R TELECONTROL

No Operation

Auto

Non-auto

CUSTOM SETTINGS

Disabled

Basic

Complete

VISIBLE/INVISIBLE

Invisible

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 57/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


1


Value

0

1

G82 1 Register

Value

0

1

G83 1 Register

Value

0

1 Non-auto Mode

2

G84 2 Registers

Bit Mask (hex)

0x00000001 * * *

0x00000002 * * *

0x00000004 * * *

0x00000008 * *

0x00000010 * *

0x00000020 * *

0x00000040 * * *

0x00000080 * * *

0x00000100 *

0x00000200 *

0x00000400 * * *

0x00000800 * * *

0x00001000 *

0x00002000 *

0x00004000 * * *

0x00008000 *

0x00010000 *

0x00020000 *

0x00040000 * * *

0x00080000 * * *

0x00100000 *

0x00200000 * * *

0x00400000 * * *

0x00800000 *

0x01000000 *

0x02000000 * *

0x04000000 * *

0x08000000

0x10000000

0x20000000

RESET LOCKOUT BY

User Interface

CB Close

Visible

A/R PROTECTION BLOCKING

Live Line

STARTED ELEMENTS - 1 (32 Bits)

(For fault record use only. The associated Modbus registers cannot be accessed unless a fault record is selected)


General Start

Start I>3

No Block

Block Inst Prot

A/R STATUS

Auto Mode

Start Z<2

Start Power1

Start Power2

Start FFail1

Start FFail2

Start V Dep O/C

Start I>1

Start I>2

Start I>4

Start IN>1

Start Sen Power2

Start z PSlip Z1

Start z PSlip Z2

Start Z<1

Start IN>2

Start NVD VN>2

Start 100% ST EF

Start Sen Power1

Start IN>3

Start IN>4

Start ISEF>1

Start ISEF>2

Start ISEF>3

Start ISEF>4

Start NVD VN>1

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 58/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0x40000000

0x80000000

G85 2 Registers

Bit Mask (hex)

0x00000001 * * *

0x00000002 *

0x00000004 * * *

0x00000008 * * *

0x00000010 * *

0x00000020 * *

0x00000040 * *

0x00000080 * *

0x00000100 * * *

0x00000200 * * *

0x00000400 *

0x00000800 *

0x00001000 * * *

0x00002000 * * *

0x00004000 *

0x00008000 *

0x00010000 * * *

0x00020000 *

0x00040000 *

0x00080000 *

0x00100000 * * *

0x00200000 * * *

0x00400000 * * *

0x00800000 *

0x01000000 *

0x02000000 * * *

0x04000000 * * *

0x08000000 *

0x10000000 *

0x20000000 * * *

0x40000000 * *

0x80000000 * *

G86 2 Registers

Bit Mask (hex)

0x00000001 * * *

0x00000002 * * *

0x00000004 * * *

0x00000008 * * *

0x00000010 * * *

0x00000020 * * *

0x00000040 * * *

0x00000080 * * *

Trip Z<2

Trip Z<1

TRIPPED ELEMENTS - 1 (32 Bits)



Any Trip

Trip Gen Diff

Trip Power1

Trip Power2

Trip FFail1

Trip FFail2

Trip NPS

Trip V Dep O/C

Trip I>1

Trip I>2

Trip I>3

Trip I>4

Trip IN>1

Trip IN>2

Trip IN>3

Trip IN>4

Trip ISEF>1

Trip ISEF>2

Trip ISEF>3

Trip ISEF>4

Trip IREF>

Trip NVD VN>1

Trip NVD VN>2

Trip 100% ST EF

Trip Dead Mach

Trip Sen Power1

Trip Sen Power2

Trip z PSlip Z1

Trip z PSlip Z2

Trip Thermal O/L

TRIPPED ELEMENTS - 2 (32 Bits)



Trip V<1

Trip V<2

Trip V< A/AB

Trip V< B/BC

Trip V< C/CA

Trip V>1

Trip V>2

Trip V> A/AB

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 59/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0x00000100 * * *

0x00000200 * * *

0x00000400 * * *

0x00000800 * * *

0x00001000 * * *

0x00002000 * * *

0x00004000 * * *

0x00008000 * * *

0x00010000 * *

0x00010000 *

0x00020000 *

0x00040000 * *

0x00080000 * *

0x00100000 * *

0x00200000 * *

0x00400000 * *

0x00800000 * *

0x01000000 * *

0x02000000 * *

0x04000000 * *

0x08000000 * *

0x10000000 * * *

0x20000000 * * *

0x40000000 * * *

0x80000000 * * *

G87 2 Registers

Bit Mask (hex)

0x00000001 * * *

0x00000002 * * *

0x00000004 * * *

0x00000008 * * *

0x00000010 * *

0x00000020 * *

0x00000040 * *

0x00000080 * *

0x00000100 * *

0x00000200 * *

0x00000400 * *

0x00000800 * *

0x00001000 * *

0x00002000 * *

0x00004000 * *

0x00008000 * *

0x00010000 * *

0x00020000 * * *

0x00040000 * * *

0x00080000 * * *

0x00100000 * * *

FAULT ALARMS (32 Bits)

Trip V> B/BC

Trip V> C/CA

Trip F<1

Trip F<2

Trip F<3

Trip F<4

Trip F>1

Trip F>2

Trip V/Hz

Trip V Shift

Trip df/dt

Trip RTD 1

Trip RTD 2

Trip RTD 3

Trip RTD 4

Trip RTD 5

Trip CL Input 4

Trip RTD 6

Trip RTD 7

Trip RTD 8

Trip RTD 9

Trip RTD 10

Trip CL Input 1

Trip CL Input 2

Trip CL Input 3



CB Fail 1

CB Fail 2

VTS

CTS

Alarm FFail

Alarm NPS

Alarm V/Hz

Alarm RTD 1

Alarm RTD 2

Alarm RTD 3

Alarm RTD 4

Alarm RTD 5

Alarm RTD 6

Alarm RTD 7

Alarm RTD 8

Alarm RTD 9

Alarm RTD 10

Alarm Thermal

Alarm CL Input 1

Alarm CL Input 2

Alarm CL Input 3

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 60/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0x00200000 * * *

0x00400000

0x00800000

0x01000000

0x02000000

0x04000000

0x08000000

0x10000000

0x20000000

0x40000000

0x80000000


Value

0

1

G89 1 Register

Value

0

1


Value

0

1

2

3

G91 1 Register

Value

0

1

G92 1 Register

Value

0

1


Value

0

1

2


Value

0

1


Bit Mask (hex)

0x0001

0x0002

0x0004

0x0008

0x0010

0x0020

Block Tripping

No Lockout

Lockout

A/R PROTECTION BLOCKING

Allow Tripping

LOCKOUT

COMMISSION TEST

No Operation

Apply Test

Remove Test

COMMISSION TEST

Not Used

Not used

Not Used

Not Used

Alarm CL Input 4

ALARMS

Alarm Disabled

No Operation

Apply Test

SYSTEM FN LINKS

Trip led self reset (1 = enable self reset)

Not Used

Alarm Enabled

MAIN VT LOCATION

Line

Bus

GROUP SELECTION

Group 1

Group 2

Group 3

Group 4

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 61/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0x0040

0x0080

G96 2 Registers

Bit Mask (hex)

0x00000001 * * *

0x00000002 * * *

0x00000004 * * *

0x00000008 * * *

0x00000010 * * *

0x00000020 * * *

0x00000040 * * *

0x00000080 * * *

0x00000100 * * *

0x00000200 * * *

0x00000400 * * *

0x00000800 * * *

0x00001000 * * *

0x00002000 * * *

0x00004000 * * *

0x00008000 *

0x00010000 *

0x00020000 *

0x00040000 *

0x00040000 * *

0x00080000 * * *

0x00100000 * *

0x00200000 * *

0x00400000 * *

0x00800000 * *

0x01000000 * *

0x02000000 * *

0x04000000 * *

0x08000000 * * *

0x10000000 * * *

0x20000000

0x40000000

0x80000000

G97 1 Register

Value

0

1


Value

0

1

2

3

4

G99 1 Register *

Value


Not Used

Not Used

SG-opto Invalid

Prot'n Disabled

CB OPs Maint

CB OPs Lock

CB Time Maint

VT Fail Alarm

CTS Fail Alarm

CB Fail

I^ Maint Alarm

Fault Freq Lock

CB Status Alarm

I^ Maint Lockout

ALARM STATUS 1 (ALARMS 1 - 32) (32 Bits)

Not Used

Not Used

CB Trip Fail

RTD Open Cct

RTD short Cct

RTD Data Error

RTD Board Fail

CB Time Lockout

Freq Prot Alm

Voltage Prot Alm

Not used

Not Used

DISTANCE UNIT

Kilometres

Miles

COPY TO

No Operation

Group 1

Group 2

Group 3

Group 4

CB CONTROL

CB Close Fail

Man CB Unhealthy

F out of Range

NPS Alarm

Thermal Alarm

V/Hz Alarm

Field Fail Alarm

RTD Thermal Alm

Not Used

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 62/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

G100

G101 1 Register * *

Value

0

1

2

3


Value

0

1

2

3

G103 1 Register * *

Value

0

1

2

3

G104 1 Register * *

Value

0

1


Value

0

1

G107 2 Registers

Bit Mask (hex)

0x00000001 * * *

0x00000002 * * *

0x00000004 * * *

0x00000008 * * *

0x00000010 * * *

0x00000020 * * *

0x00000040 * * *

0x00000080 * * *

0x00000100 * * *

0x00000200 * * *

0x00000400 * * *

GEN DIFF FUNCTION SELECT

Disabled

Percentage Bias

High Impedance

Interturn

POWER FUNCTION SELECT

Disabled

Underimpedance

Volt controlled

Reverse

Low Forward

Over

SYSTEM BACKUP FUNCTION SELECT

Disabled

Delta-Star

DEFINITE TIME OVERCURRENT SELECTION

Disabled

DT

Start V> B/BC

Start V> C/CA

Start F<1

Start V<2

Start V< A/AB

Start V< B/BC

Start V< C/CA

Start V>1

Start V>2

Start V> A/AB

Start V<1

Volt restrained

SYSTEM BACKUP VECTOR ROTATION

None

Opto+local

Disabled

Local

STARTED ELEMENTS - 2 (32 Bits)



Opto+Remote

Opto+Rem+local

NOT USED

Remote

Local+Remote

Opto

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 63/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0x00000800 * * *

0x00001000 * * *

0x00002000 * * *

0x00004000 * * *

0x00008000 * * *

0x00010000 * *

0x00020000 *

0x00040000 * * *

0x00080000 * * *

0x00100000 * * *

0x00200000 * * *

0x00400000 * * *

0x00800000 * * *

0x01000000 * * *

0x02000000 * * *

0x04000000

0x08000000

0x10000000

0x20000000

0x40000000

0x80000000

G108 1 Register * *

Bit Mask (hex)

0x0001

0x0002

0x0004

0x0008

0x0010

0x0020

0x0040

0x0080

0x0100

0x0200

G109 1 Register * *

Bit Mask (hex)

0x0001

0x0002

0x0004

0x0008

0x0010

0x0020

0x0040

0x0080

0x0100

0x0200

G110 1 Register * *

Bit Mask (hex)

0x0001

0x0002

0x0004

Start F<2

Start F<3

Start F<4

Start F>1

Start F>2

Start CLI2 Trip

Start CLI3 Trip

Start CLI4 Trip

Start CLI3 Alarm

Start CLI4 Alarm

Start CLI1 Trip

Start V/Hz

Start df/dt

Start CLI1 Alarm

Start CLI2 Alarm

RTD OPEN CIRCUIT FLAGS

RTD 1 label

RTD 2 label

RTD 3 label

RTD 4 label

RTD 5 label

RTD 6 label

RTD 7 label

RTD 8 label

RTD 9 label

RTD 10 label

RTD SHORT CIRCUIT FLAGS

RTD 1 label

RTD 2 label

RTD 3 label

RTD 4 label

RTD 5 label

RTD 6 label

RTD 7 label

RTD 8 label

RTD 9 label

RTD 10 label

RTD DATA ERROR

RTD 1 label

RTD 2 label

RTD 3 label

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 64/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0x0008

0x0010

0x0020

0x0040

0x0080

0x0100

0x0200

G111 1 Register * *

Value

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

G112 1 Register *

Value

0

1

2

G113 1 Register *

Value

0

1

2


Value

0

1

2


Value

0

1


Value

0

1


Value

0

1

2

IA-2 IB-2 IC-2

CB FAIL PHASE UNDERCURRENT CURRENT INPUTS

IA-1 IB-1 IC-1

RTD 4 label

RTD 5 label

RTD 6 label

RTD 7 label

RTD 8 label

RTD 9 label

RTD 10 label

SYSTEM BACKUP V DEP OC IDMT CURVE TYPE

DT (DT)

IEC S Inverse (TMS)

IEC V Inverse (TMS)

IEC E Inverse (TMS)

UK LT Inverse (TMS)

Rectifier (TMS)

RI (K)

IEEE M Inverse (TD)

IEEE V Inverse (TD)

IEEE E Inverse (TD)

US Inverse (TD)

US ST Inverse (TD)

100% STATOR EARTH FAULT STATUS

Disabled

VN3H< Enabled

VN3H> Enabled

POLE SLIPPING OPERATING MODE

Generating

Motoring

Both

SEF/REF/SPOWER SELECTION

Disabled

SEF/REF

Sensitive Power

POWER PROTECTION OPERATING MODE

Generating

Motoring

CB CONTROL LOGIC INPUT ASSIGNMENTS

None

52A

52B

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 65/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


3


Value

0

1

2



Bit Mask (hex)

0x00000001 * * *

0x00000002 * * *

0x00000004 * * *

0x00000008 * * *

0x00000010 * * *

0x00000020 * * *

0x00000040 * * *

0x00000080 * * *

0x00000100 * * *

0x00000200 * * *

0x00000400

0x00000800

0x00001000

0x00002000

0x00004000

0x00008000

0x00010000 * * *

0x00020000 * * *

0x00040000 * * *

0x00080000 * * *

0x00100000 * * *

0x00200000 * * *

0x00400000 * * *

0x00800000 * * *

0x01000000 * * *

0x02000000 * * *

0x04000000 * * *

0x08000000 * * *

0x10000000 * * *

0x20000000 * * *

0x40000000 * * *

0x80000000 * * *


Value

0

1

CL Input 4 Alarm

CLI1 I< Fail Alm

CL Input 3 Alarm

CL Card O/P Fail

CL Input 1 Alarm

CL Input 2 Alarm



CL Card I/P Fail

POC IDMT CURVE TYPE

Disabled

DT (DT)

Both 52A and 52B

TEST MODE

Disabled

Test Mode

Blocked

IEEE FLOATING POINT FORMAT (Short float; 32 Bits)

Bit 31 = sign

Bits 30-23 = e7 - e0

Implicit 1

Bits 22-0 = f22 - f0

(32 bit value formatted as per data type G27)

CLI2 I< Fail Alm

CLI3 I< Fail Alm

CLI4 I< Fail Alm

Not Used

Not Used

Not Used

Not Used

Not Used

Not Used

MR User Alarm 16

MR User Alarm 15

MR User Alarm 14

MR User Alarm 13

MR User Alarm 12

MR User Alarm 11

MR User Alarm 10

MR User Alarm 9

MR User Alarm 8

MR User Alarm 7

MR User Alarm 6

MR User Alarm 5

SR User Alarm 4

SR User Alarm 3

SR User Alarm 2

SR User Alarm 1

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 66/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12


Value

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12


Value

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11


Value

0

1

2

3


Value

0

IEC S Inverse (TMS)

IEC V Inverse (TMS)

IEC E Inverse (TMS)

UK LT Inverse (TMS)

Rectifier (TMS)

RI (K)

IEEE M Inverse (TD)

IEEE V Inverse (TD)

IEEE E Inverse (TD)

US Inverse (TD)

US ST Inverse (TD)

EF IDMT CURVE TYPE

Disabled

DT (DT)

IEC S Inverse (TMS)

IEC V Inverse (TMS)

IEC E Inverse (TMS)

UK LT Inverse (TMS)

RI (K)

IEEE M Inverse (TD)

UK LT Inverse (TMS)

DT (DT)

IEC S Inverse (TMS)

IEC V Inverse (TMS)

IEC E Inverse (TMS)

IDG

SEF IDMT CURVE TYPE

US Inverse (TD)

US ST Inverse (TD)

IDG

IEEE M Inverse (TD)

IEEE V Inverse (TD)

IEEE E Inverse (TD)

CLIO INPUT RANGE

0-1mA

Disabled

IEEE V Inverse (TD)

IEEE E Inverse (TD)

US Inverse (TD)

US ST Inverse (TD)

0-10mA

0-20mA

4-20mA

CLIO TRIP / ALARM OPERATING MODE

Under

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 67/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


1

G155 1 Register

Value Value Value

0 0 0

1 1 1

2 2 2

3 3

3

4 4 4

5 5 5

6 6 6

7 7 7

8 8 8

9 9 9

10 10 10

11 11 11

12 12 12

13 13 13

14 14 14

15 15 15

16 16 16

17 17 17

18 18 18

19 19 19

20 20 20

21 21 21

22 22 22

23 23 23

24 24 24

25 25 25

26 26 26

27 27 27

28 28 28

29 29 29

30 30 30

31 31 31

32 32 32

33 33 33

34 34 34

35 35 35

36 36 36

37 37 37

38 38 38

39 39 39

40 40 40

41 41 41

42 42 42

43 43 43

44 44 44

45 45 45

Over

CLIO OUTPUT MEASUREMENT

IA Magnitude

IB Magnitude

IC Magnitude

IN Measured Mag

IN Derived Mag

I Sen Magnitude

I1 Magnitude

I2 Magnitude

I0 Magnitude

IA RMS

IB RMS

IC RMS

VAB Magnitude

VBC Magnitude

VCA Magnitude

VAN Magnitude

VBN Magnitude

VCN Magnitude

VN Measured Mag

VN Derived Mag

V1 Magnitude

V2 Magnitude

V0 Magnitude

VAN RMS

VBN RMS

VCN RMS

Frequency

3 Phase Watts

A Phase Watts

B Phase Watts

C Phase Watts

3 Phase Vars

A Phase Vars

B Phase Vars

C Phase Vars

3 Phase VA

A Phase VA

B Phase VA

C Phase VA

3Ph Power Factor

APh Power Factor

BPh Power Factor

CPh Power Factor

3Ph W Fix Demand

3Ph Vars Fix Dem

IA Fixed Demand

IB Fixed Demand

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 68/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


46 46 46

47 47 47

48 48 48

49 49 49

50 50 50

51 51 51

52 52 52

53 53 53

54 54 54

55 55 55

56 56 56

57

57 58

57 58 59

59 60

60 61

61 62

62 63

63 64

64 65

65 66

66 67

67 68

68 69

58 69 70

59 70 71

60 71 72

61 72 73


Value

0

1

2

3

4

5


Value

0

1

2

3

4


Bit Mask (hex)

0x00000001

0x00000002

0x00000004

0x00000008

0x00000010

GLOBAL OPTO NOMINAL VOLTAGE SELECTION

24-27V

30-34V

48-54V

110-125V

220-250V

Custom

SINGLE OPTO NOMINAL VOLTAGE SELECTION

24-27V

30-34V

48-54V

110-125V

220-250V

CONTROL INPUT STATUS (32 Bits)


Control Input 1 (0 = Reset, 1 = Set)





IC Fixed Demand

3 Ph W Roll Dem

3Ph Vars RollDem

IA Roll Demand

IB Roll Demand

IC Roll Demand

3Ph W Peak Dem

3Ph Var Peak Dem

IA Peak Demand

IB Peak Demand

IC Peak Demand

VN 3rd Harmonic

NPS Thermal

Thermal Overload

RTD 1

RTD 2

RTD 3

RTD 4

RTD 5

RTD 6

RTD 7

RTD 8

RTD 9

RTD 10

CL Input 1

CL Input 2

CL Input 3

CL Input 4

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 69/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0x00000020

0x00000040

0x00000080

0x00000100

0x00000200

0x00000400

0x00000800

0x00001000

0x00002000

0x00004000

0x00008000

0x00010000

0x00020000

0x00040000

0x00080000

0x00100000

0x00200000

0x00400000

0x00800000

0x01000000

0x02000000

0x04000000

0x08000000

0x10000000

0x20000000

0x40000000

0x80000000


Value

0

1

2


Value

0

1

2

3

4


Value

0

1

2


Value

0

1


Value


























VIRTUAL INPUT

No Operation

Set

Reset

REAR COMMS CARD STATUS

Unsupported

Card not Fitted

EIA(RS)232 OK

K-Bus OK

SECOND REAR COMMUNICATIONS PORT CONFIGURATION (model option)

10-bit no parity

CS103 BLOCKING

EIA(RS)232

EIA(RS)485

K-Bus

COMMS MODE (IEC60870-5-2)



EIA(RS)232 OK

IEC60870 FT1.2

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 70/170

P341 P342 P343

Model


0

1

2


Bit Mask (hex)

0x00000001

0x00000002

0x00000004

0x00000008

0x00000010

0x00000020

0x00000040

0x00000080

0x00000100

0x00000200

0x00000400

0x00000800

0x00001000

0x00002000

0x00004000

0x00008000

0x00010000

0x00020000

0x00040000

0x00080000

0x00100000

0x00200000

0x00400000

0x00800000

0x01000000

0x02000000

0x04000000

0x08000000

0x10000000

0x20000000

0x40000000

0x80000000

Battery Fail

Field Volt Fail



Disabled

Monitor Blocking

Command Blocking

Unused

GOOSE IED Absent

NIC not fitted

NIC no response

NIC fatal error

NIC Software Reload

Bad TCP/IP Configuration

Bad OSI Configuration

NIC Link Fail

NIC SW-Mismatch

IP addr conflict

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Unused

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 71/170

P341 P342 P343

0 Unused Unused Unused

1 see 4B01 see 4B01 see 4B01









10 see 4B0A see 4B0A see 4B0A

11 see 4B0B see 4B0B see 4B0B

12 see 4B0C see 4B0C see 4B0C

13 see 4B0D see 4B0D see 4B0D

14 see 4B0E see 4B0E see 4B0E

15 see 4B0F see 4B0F see 4B0F










25 see 4A01 see 4A01 see 4B19

26 see 4A02 see 4A02 see 4B1A

27 see 4A03 see 4A03 see 4B1B

28 see 4A04 see 4A04 see 4B1C

29 see 4A05 see 4A05 see 4B1D

30 see 4A06 see 4A06 see 4B1E

31 see 4A07 see 4A07 see 4B1F

32 see 4A08 see 4A08 see 4B20

33 see 4A09 see 4A09 see 4A01

34 see 4A0A see 4A0A see 4A02

35 see 4A0B see 4A0B see 4A03

36 see 4A0C see 4A0C see 4A04

37 see 4A0D see 4A0D see 4A05

38 see 4A0E see 4A0E see 4A06

39 see 4A0F see 4A0F see 4A07



42 see 4A12 see 4A12 see 4A0A

43 see 4A13 see 4A13 see 4A0B

44 see 4A14 see 4A14 see 4A0C

45 see 4A15 see 4A15 see 4A0D

46 see 4A16 see 4A16 see 4A0E

47 see 4A17 see 4A17 see 4A0F

G32 Digital Channel Assignment Selector

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 72/170

P341 P342 P343


49 LED 1 LED 1 see 4A11








57 SG-opto Invalid SG-opto Invalid see 4A19

58 Prot'n Disabled Prot'n Disabled see 4A1A

59 VT Fail Alarm VT Fail Alarm see 4A1B

60 CT Fail Alarm CT Fail Alarm see 4A1C

61 CB Fail Alarm CB Fail Alarm see 4A1D

62 I^ Maint Alarm I^ Maint Alarm see 4A1E

63 I^ Lockout Alarm I^ Lockout Alarm see 4A1F

64 CB Ops Maint CB Ops Maint see 4A20

65 CB Ops Lockout CB Ops Lockout LED 1

66 CB Op Time Maint CB Op Time Maint LED 2

67 CB Op Time Lock CB Op Time Lock LED 3

68 Fault Freq Lock Fault Freq Lock LED 4

69 CB Status Alarm CB Status Alarm LED 5

70 Man CB Trip Fail Man CB Trip Fail LED 6

71 Man CB Cls Fail Man CB Cls Fail LED 7

72 Man CB Unhealthy Man CB Unhealthy LED 8

73 F out of Range NPS Alarm SG-opto Invalid

74 Thermal Alarm Thermal Alarm Prot'n Disabled

75 Freq Prot Alm V/Hz Alarm VT Fail Alarm

76 Voltage Prot Alm Field Fail Alarm CT Fail Alarm

77 CL Card I/P Fail RTD Thermal Alm CB Fail Alarm

78 CL Card O/P Fail RTD Open Cct I^ Maint Alarm

79 CL Input 1 Alarm RTD short Cct I^ Lockout Alarm

80 CL Input 2 Alarm RTD Data Error CB Ops Maint

81 CL Input 3 Alarm RTD Board Fail CB Ops Lockout

82 CL Input 4 Alarm Freq Prot Alm CB Op Time Maint

83 CLI1 I< Fail Alm Voltage Prot Alm CB Op Time Lock

84 CLI2 I< Fail Alm CL Card I/P Fail Fault Freq Lock

85 CLI3 I< Fail Alm CL Card O/P Fail CB Status Alarm

86 CLI4 I< Fail Alm CL Input 1 Alarm Man CB Trip Fail

87 MR User Alarm 16 CL Input 2 Alarm Man CB Cls Fail

88 MR User Alarm 15 CL Input 3 Alarm Man CB Unhealthy

89 MR User Alarm 14 CL Input 4 Alarm NPS Alarm

90 MR User Alarm 13 CLI1 I< Fail Alm Thermal Alarm

91 MR User Alarm 12 CLI2 I< Fail Alm V/Hz Alarm

92 MR User Alarm 11 CLI3 I< Fail Alm Field Fail Alarm

93 MR User Alarm 10 CLI4 I< Fail Alm RTD Thermal Alm

94 MR User Alarm 9 MR User Alarm 16 RTD Open Cct

95 MR User Alarm 8 MR User Alarm 15 RTD short Cct

96 MR User Alarm 7 MR User Alarm 14 RTD Data Error

97 MR User Alarm 6 MR User Alarm 13 RTD Board Fail

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 73/170

P341 P342 P343

98 MR User Alarm 5 MR User Alarm 12 Freq Prot Alm

99 SR User Alarm 4 MR User Alarm 11 Voltage Prot Alm

100 SR User Alarm 3 MR User Alarm 10 CL Card I/P Fail

101 SR User Alarm 2 MR User Alarm 9 CL Card O/P Fail

102 SR User Alarm 1 MR User Alarm 8 CL Input 1 Alarm

103 df/dt Trip MR User Alarm 7 CL Input 2 Alarm

104 V Shift Trip MR User Alarm 6 CL Input 3 Alarm

105 IN>1 Trip MR User Alarm 5 CL Input 4 Alarm

106 IN>2 Trip SR User Alarm 4 CLI1 I< Fail Alm



109 IREF> Trip SR User Alarm 1 CLI4 I< Fail Alm

110 ISEF>1 Trip Field Fail1 Trip MR User Alarm 16

111 ISEF>2 Trip Field Fail2 Trip MR User Alarm 15

112 ISEF>3 Trip NPS Trip MR User Alarm 14

113 ISEF>4 Trip V Dep OC Trip MR User Alarm 13

114 VN>1 Trip V Dep OC Trip A MR User Alarm 12

115 VN>2 Trip V Dep OC Trip B MR User Alarm 11

116 V<1 Trip V Dep OC Trip C MR User Alarm 10

117 V<1 Trip A/AB V/Hz Trip MR User Alarm 9

118 V<1 Trip B/BC RTD 1 Trip MR User Alarm 8

119 V<1 Trip C/CA RTD 2 Trip MR User Alarm 7

120 V<2 Trip RTD 3 Trip MR User Alarm 6

121 V<2 Trip A/AB RTD 4 Trip MR User Alarm 5

122 V<2 Trip B/BC RTD 5 Trip SR User Alarm 4

123 V<2 Trip C/CA RTD 6 Trip SR User Alarm 3

124 V>1 Trip RTD 7 Trip SR User Alarm 2

125 V>1 Trip A/AB RTD 8 Trip SR User Alarm 1

126 V>1 Trip B/BC RTD 9 Trip 100% ST EF Trip

127 V>1 Trip C/CA RTD 10 Trip DeadMachine Trip

128 V>2 Trip Any RTD Trip Gen Diff Trip

129 V>2 Trip A/AB IN>1 Trip Gen Diff Trip A

130 V>2 Trip B/BC IN>2 Trip Gen Diff Trip B

131 V>2 Trip C/CA IREF> Trip Gen Diff Trip C

132 F<1 Trip ISEF>1 Trip Field Fail1 Trip

133 F<2 Trip VN>1 Trip Field Fail2 Trip

134 F<3 Trip VN>2 Trip NPS Trip

135 F<4 Trip V<1 Trip V Dep OC Trip

136 F>1 Trip V<1 Trip A/AB V Dep OC Trip A

137 F>2 Trip V<1 Trip B/BC V Dep OC Trip B

138 Power1 Trip V<1 Trip C/CA V Dep OC Trip C

139 Power2 Trip V<2 Trip V/Hz Trip

140 I>1 Trip V<2 Trip A/AB RTD 1 Trip

141 I>1 Trip A V<2 Trip B/BC RTD 2 Trip

142 I>1 Trip B V<2 Trip C/CA RTD 3 Trip

143 I>1 Trip C V>1 Trip RTD 4 Trip

144 I>2 Trip V>1 Trip A/AB RTD 5 Trip

145 I>2 Trip A V>1 Trip B/BC RTD 6 Trip

146 I>2 Trip B V>1 Trip C/CA RTD 7 Trip

147 I>2 Trip C V>2 Trip RTD 8 Trip

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 74/170

P341 P342 P343

148 I>3 Trip V>2 Trip A/AB RTD 9 Trip

149 I>3 Trip A V>2 Trip B/BC RTD 10 Trip

150 I>3 Trip B V>2 Trip C/CA Any RTD Trip

151 I>3 Trip C F<1 Trip IN>1 Trip

152 I>4 Trip F<2 Trip IN>2 Trip

153 I>4 Trip A F<3 Trip IREF> Trip

154 I>4 Trip B F<4 Trip ISEF>1 Trip

155 I>4 Trip C F>1 Trip VN>1 Trip

156 Bfail1 Trip 3ph F>2 Trip VN>2 Trip

157 Bfail2 Trip 3ph Power1 Trip V<1 Trip

158 SPower1 Trip Power2 Trip V<1 Trip A/AB

159 SPower2 Trip I>1 Trip V<1 Trip B/BC

160 Thermal O/L Trip I>1 Trip A V<1 Trip C/CA

161 CL Input 1 Trip I>1 Trip B V<2 Trip

162 CL Input 2 Trip I>1 Trip C V<2 Trip A/AB

163 CL Input 3 Trip I>2 Trip V<2 Trip B/BC

164 CL Input 4 Trip I>2 Trip A V<2 Trip C/CA

165 Any Start I>2 Trip B V>1 Trip

166 VN>1 Start I>2 Trip C V>1 Trip A/AB

167 VN>2 Start Bfail1 Trip 3ph V>1 Trip B/BC

168 V<1 Start Bfail2 Trip 3ph V>1 Trip C/CA

169 V<1 Start A/AB SPower1 Trip V>2 Trip

170 V<1 Start B/BC SPower2 Trip V>2 Trip A/AB

171 V<1 Start C/CA Thermal O/L Trip V>2 Trip B/BC

172 V<2 Start Z<1 Trip V>2 Trip C/CA

173 V<2 Start A/AB Z<1 Trip A F<1 Trip

174 V<2 Start B/BC Z<1 Trip B F<2 Trip

175 V<2 Start C/CA Z<1 Trip C F<3 Trip

176 V>1 Start Z<2 Trip F<4 Trip

177 V>1 Start A/AB Z<2 Trip A F>1 Trip

178 V>1 Start B/BC Z<2 Trip B F>2 Trip

179 V>1 Start C/CA Z<2 Trip C Power1 Trip

180 V>2 Start CL Input 1 Trip Power2 Trip

181 V>2 Start A/AB CL Input 2 Trip I>1 Trip

182 V>2 Start B/BC CL Input 3 Trip I>1 Trip A

183 V>2 Start C/CA CL Input 4 Trip I>1 Trip B

184 Power1 Start Any Start I>1 Trip C

185 Power2 Start VN>1 Start I>2 Trip

186 I>1 Start VN>2 Start I>2 Trip A

187 I>1 Start A V<1 Start I>2 Trip B

188 I>1 Start B V<1 Start A/AB I>2 Trip C

189 I>1 Start C V<1 Start B/BC Bfail1 Trip 3ph

190 I>2 Start V<1 Start C/CA Bfail2 Trip 3ph

191 I>2 Start A V<2 Start SPower1 Trip

192 I>2 Start B V<2 Start A/AB SPower2 Trip

193 I>2 Start C V<2 Start B/BC PSlipz Z1 Trip

194 I>3 Start V<2 Start C/CA PSlipz Z2 Trip

195 I>3 Start A V>1 Start Thermal O/L Trip

196 I>3 Start B V>1 Start A/AB Z<1 Trip

197 I>3 Start C V>1 Start B/BC Z<1 Trip A

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 75/170

P341 P342 P343

198 I>4 Start V>1 Start C/CA Z<1 Trip B

199 I>4 Start A V>2 Start Z<1 Trip C

200 I>4 Start B V>2 Start A/AB Z<2 Trip

201 I>4 Start C V>2 Start B/BC Z<2 Trip A

202 IN>1 Start V>2 Start C/CA Z<2 Trip B

203 IN>2 Start Power1 Start Z<2 Trip C

204 IN>3 Start Power2 Start CL Input 1 Trip

205 IN>4 Start I>1 Start CL Input 2 Trip

206 ISEF>1 Start I>1 Start A CL Input 3 Trip

207 ISEF>2 Start I>1 Start B CL Input 4 Trip

208 ISEF>3 Start I>1 Start C Any Start

209 ISEF>4 Start I>2 Start VN>1 Start

210 F<1 Start I>2 Start A VN>2 Start

211 F<2 Start I>2 Start B V<1 Start

212 F<3 Start I>2 Start C V<1 Start A/AB

213 F<4 Start IN>1 Start V<1 Start B/BC

214 F>1 Start IN>2 Start V<1 Start C/CA

215 F>2 Start ISEF>1 Start V<2 Start

216 I> BlockStart F<1 Start V<2 Start A/AB

217 IN/SEF>Blk Start F<2 Start V<2 Start B/BC

218 df/dt Start F<3 Start V<2 Start C/CA

219 IA< Start F<4 Start V>1 Start

220 IB< Start F>1 Start V>1 Start A/AB

221 IC< Start F>2 Start V>1 Start B/BC

222 ISEF< Start IA< Start V>1 Start C/CA

223 SPower1 Start IB< Start V>2 Start

224 SPower2 Start IC< Start V>2 Start A/AB

225 CLI1 Alarm Start ISEF< Start V>2 Start B/BC

226 CLI2 Alarm Start IN< Start V>2 Start C/CA

227 CLI3 Alarm Start V/Hz Start Power1 Start

228 CLI4 Alarm Start FFail1 Start Power2 Start

229 CLI1 Trip Start FFail2 Start I>1 Start

230 CLI2 Trip Start V Dep OC Start I>1 Start A

231 CLI3 Trip Start V Dep OC Start A I>1 Start B

232 CLI4 Trip Start V Dep OC Start B I>1 Start C

233 VTS Fast Block V Dep OC Start C I>2 Start

234 VTS Slow Block SPower1 Start I>2 Start A

235 CTS Block SPower2 Start I>2 Start B

236 Control Trip Z<1 Start I>2 Start C

237 Control Close Z<1 Start A IN>1 Start

238 Close in Prog Z<1 Start B IN>2 Start

239 Reconnection Z<1 Start C ISEF>1 Start

240 Lockout Alarm Z<2 Start 100% ST EF Start

241 CB Open 3 ph Z<2 Start A F<1 Start

242 CB Closed 3 ph Z<2 Start B F<2 Start

243 Field volts fail Z<2 Start C F<3 Start

244 All Poles Dead CLI1 Alarm Start F<4 Start

245 Any Pole Dead CLI2 Alarm Start F>1 Start

246 Pole Dead A CLI3 Alarm Start F>2 Start

247 Pole Dead B CLI4 Alarm Start IA< Start

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 76/170

P341 P342 P343

248 Pole Dead C CLI1 Trip Start IB< Start

249 CLI2 Trip Start IC< Start

250 CLI3 Trip Start ISEF< Start

251 CLI4 Trip Start IN< Start

252 VTS Fast Block V/Hz Start

253 VTS Slow Block FFail1 Start

254 CTS Block FFail2 Start

255 RTD 1 Alarm V Dep OC Start

256 RTD 2 Alarm V Dep OC Start A

257 RTD 3 Alarm V Dep OC Start B

258 RTD 4 Alarm V Dep OC Start C

259 RTD 5 Alarm SPower1 Start

260 RTD 6 Alarm SPower2 Start

261 RTD 7 Alarm PSlipz Z1 Start

262 RTD 8 Alarm PSlipz Z2 Start

263 RTD 9 Alarm PSlipz LensStart

264 RTD 10 Alarm PSlipz BlindStrt

265 Lockout Alarm PSlipz ReactStrt

266 CB Open 3 ph Z<1 Start

267 CB Closed 3 ph Z<1 Start A

268 Field volts fail Z<1 Start B

269 All Poles Dead Z<1 Start C

270 Any Pole Dead Z<2 Start

271 Pole Dead A Z<2 Start A

272 Pole Dead B Z<2 Start B

273 Pole Dead C Z<2 Start C

274 CLI1 Alarm Start




278 CLI1 Trip Start

279 CLI2 Trip Start

280 CLI3 Trip Start

281 CLI4 Trip Start

282 VTS Fast Block

283 VTS Slow Block

284 CTS Block

285 RTD 1 Alarm

286 RTD 2 Alarm

287 RTD 3 Alarm

288 RTD 4 Alarm

289 RTD 5 Alarm

290 RTD 6 Alarm

291 RTD 7 Alarm

292 RTD 8 Alarm

293 RTD 9 Alarm

294 RTD 10 Alarm

295 Lockout Alarm

296 CB Open 3 ph

297 CB Closed 3 ph

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 77/170

P341 P342 P343

298 Field volts fail

299 All Poles Dead

300 Any Pole Dead

301 Pole Dead A

302 Pole Dead B

303 Pole Dead C

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 78/170

CLIO Output Measurement

Unit Minimum Maximum Step SizeDefault

MinimumDefault

MaximumPri/Sec

Multiplier

IA Magnitude A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

IB Magnitude A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

IC Magnitude A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

IN Measured Mag A 0*I2 16*I2 0.01*I2 0*I2 1.2*I2 M5

IN Derived Mag A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

I Sen Magnitude A 0*I3 16*I3 0.01*I3 0*I3 1.2*I3 M6

I1 Magnitude A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4



IA RMS A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

IB RMS A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

IC RMS A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

VAB Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 140*V1 M1

VBC Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 140*V1 M1

VCA Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 140*V1 M1

VAN Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1 M1

VBN Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1 M1

VCN Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1 M1

VN Measured Mag V 0*V3 200*V3 0.1*V3 0*V3 80*V3 M3

VN Derived Mag V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1 M1

V1 Magnitude V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1 M1



VAN RMS V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1 M1

VBN RMS V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1 M1

VCN RMS V 0*V1 200*V1 0.1*V1 0*V1 80*V1 M1

Frequency Hz 0 70 0.01 45 65

3 Phase Watts W -6000*V1*I1 6000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 M1*M4

A Phase Watts W -2000*V1*I1 2000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 100*V1*I1 M1*M4

B Phase Watts W -2000*V1*I1 2000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 100*V1*I1 M1*M4

C Phase Watts W -2000*V1*I1 2000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 100*V1*I1 M1*M4

3 Phase Vars Var -6000*V1*I1 6000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 M1*M4

A Phase Vars Var -2000*V1*I1 2000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 100*V1*I1 M1*M4

B Phase Vars Var -2000*V1*I1 2000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 100*V1*I1 M1*M4

Measurements Range for Each G155 Selection

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 79/170



MinimumDefault

MaximumPri/Sec

Multiplier

C Phase Vars Var -2000*V1*I1 2000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 100*V1*I1 M1*M4

3 Phase VA VA 0*V1*I1 6000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 M1*M4

A Phase VA VA 0*V1*I1 2000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 100*V1*I1 M1*M4

B Phase VA VA 0*V1*I1 2000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 100*V1*I1 M1*M4

C Phase VA VA 0*V1*I1 2000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 100*V1*I1 M1*M4

3Ph Power Factor -1 1 0.01 0 1

APh Power Factor -1 1 0.01 0 1

BPh Power Factor -1 1 0.01 0 1

CPh Power Factor -1 1 0.01 0 1

3Ph W Fix Demand W -6000*V1*I1 6000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 M1*M4

3Ph Vars Fix Dem Var -6000*V1*I1 6000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 M1*M4

IA Fixed Demand A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

IB Fixed Demand A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

IC Fixed Demand A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

3 Ph W Roll Dem W -6000*V1*I1 6000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 M1*M4

3Ph Vars RollDem Var -6000*V1*I1 6000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 M1*M4

IA Roll Demand A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

IB Roll Demand A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

IC Roll Demand A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

3Ph W Peak Dem W -6000*V1*I1 6000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 M1*M4

3Ph Var Peak Dem Var -6000*V1*I1 6000*V1*I1 1*V1*I1 0*V1*I1 300*V1*I1 M1*M4

IA Peak Demand A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

IB Peak Demand A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

IC Peak Demand A 0*I1 16*I1 0.01*I1 0*I1 1.2*I1 M4

VN 3rd Harmonic V 0*V3 200*V3 0.1*V3 0*V3 80*V3 M3

NPS Thermal % 0 200 0.01 0 120

Thermal Overload % 0 200 0.01 0 120

RTD 1 °C -40 300 0.1 0 200

RTD 2 °C -40 300 0.1 0 200

RTD 3 °C -40 300 0.1 0 200

RTD 4 °C -40 300 0.1 0 200

RTD 5 °C -40 300 0.1 0 200

RTD 6 °C -40 300 0.1 0 200

RTD 7 °C -40 300 0.1 0 200

RTD 8 °C -40 300 0.1 0 200

RTD 9 °C -40 300 0.1 0 200

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 80/170



MinimumDefault

MaximumPri/Sec

Multiplier

RTD 10 °C -40 300 0.1 0 200

CL Input 1 -9999 9999 0.1 0 9999

CL Input 2 -9999 9999 0.1 0 9999

CL Input 3 -9999 9999 0.1 0 9999

CL Input 4 -9999 9999 0.1 0 9999

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 81/170

DDB No. Source DescriptionEnglish Text

0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

0 Output Condition Output Relay 1 see 4B01 * * *









9 Output Condition Output Relay 10 see 4B0A * * *

10 Output Condition Output Relay 11 see 4B0B * * *

11 Output Condition Output Relay 12 see 4B0C * * *

12 Output Condition Output Relay 13 see 4B0D * * *

13 Output Condition Output Relay 14 see 4B0E * * *

14 Output Condition Output Relay 15 see 4B0F * * *










24 Output Condition Output Relay 25 see 4B19 *

25 Output Condition Output Relay 26 see 4B1A *

26 Output Condition Output Relay 27 see 4B1B *

27 Output Condition Output Relay 28 see 4B1C *

28 Output Condition Output Relay 29 see 4B1D *

29 Output Condition Output Relay 30 see 4B1E *

30 Output Condition Output Relay 31 see 4B1F *

31 Output Condition Output Relay 32 see 4B20 *

32 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 1 (setting group selector) see 4A01 * * *

33 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 2 (setting group selector) see 4A02 * * *

34 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 3 see 4A03 * * *







41 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 10 see 4A0A * * *

42 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 11 see 4A0B * * *

43 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 12 see 4A0C * * *

44 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 13 see 4A0D * * *

45 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 14 see 4A0E * * *

46 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 15 see 4A0F * * *


Digital Data Bus

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 82/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343









56 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 25 see 4A19 *

57 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 26 see 4A1A *

58 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 27 see 4A1B *

59 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 28 see 4A1C *

60 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 29 see 4A1D *

61 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 30 see 4A1E *

62 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 31 see 4A1F *

63 OPTO Opto Isolator Input 32 see 4A20 *

64 Output Condition LED 1 LED 1 * * *








72 UNUSED

73 UNUSED

74 UNUSED

75 UNUSED

76 UNUSED

77 UNUSED

78 UNUSED

79 UNUSED

80 PSL LED Conditioner IN 1 LED Cond IN 1 * * *








88 UNUSED

89 UNUSED

90 UNUSED

91 UNUSED

92 UNUSED

93 UNUSED

94 UNUSED

95 UNUSED

96 UNUSED

97 UNUSED

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 83/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

98 UNUSED

99 UNUSED

100 UNUSED

101 UNUSED

102 UNUSED

103 UNUSED

104 UNUSED

105 UNUSED

106 UNUSED

107 UNUSED

108 UNUSED

109 UNUSED

110 UNUSED

111 UNUSED

112 UNUSED

113 UNUSED

114 UNUSED

115 UNUSED

116 UNUSED

117 UNUSED

118 UNUSED

119 UNUSED

120 UNUSED

121 UNUSED

122 UNUSED

123 UNUSED

124 UNUSED

125 UNUSED

126 UNUSED

127 UNUSED

128 UNUSED

129 UNUSED

130 UNUSED

131 UNUSED

132 UNUSED

133 UNUSED

134 UNUSED

135 UNUSED

136 UNUSED

137 UNUSED

138 UNUSED

139 UNUSED

140 UNUSED

141 UNUSED

142 UNUSED

143 UNUSED

144 UNUSED

145 UNUSED

146 UNUSED

147 UNUSED

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 84/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

148 UNUSED

149 UNUSED

150 UNUSED

151 UNUSED

152 UNUSED

153 UNUSED

154 UNUSED

155 UNUSED

156 UNUSED

157 UNUSED

158 UNUSED

159 UNUSED

160 PSL Relay Conditioner 1 Relay Cond 1 * * *


162 PSL Relay Conditioner 3 - Any Trip Any Trip * * *






















184 PSL Relay Conditioner 25 Relay Cond 25 *








192 UNUSED

193 UNUSED

194 UNUSED

195 UNUSED

196 UNUSED

197 UNUSED

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 85/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

198 UNUSED

199 UNUSED

200 UNUSED

201 UNUSED

202 UNUSED

203 UNUSED

204 UNUSED

205 UNUSED

206 UNUSED

207 UNUSED

208 UNUSED

209 UNUSED

210 UNUSED

211 UNUSED

212 UNUSED

213 UNUSED

214 UNUSED

215 UNUSED

216 UNUSED

217 UNUSED

218 UNUSED

219 UNUSED

220 UNUSED

221 UNUSED

222 UNUSED

223 UNUSED

224 PSL Timer in 1 Timer in 1 * * *








232 UNUSED

233 UNUSED

234 UNUSED

235 UNUSED

236 UNUSED

237 UNUSED

238 UNUSED

239 UNUSED

240 UNUSED

241 UNUSED

242 UNUSED

243 UNUSED

244 UNUSED

245 UNUSED

246 UNUSED

247 UNUSED

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 86/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

248 UNUSED

249 UNUSED

250 UNUSED

251 UNUSED

252 UNUSED

253 UNUSED

254 UNUSED

255 UNUSED

256 Auxiliary Timer Timer out 1 Timer out 1 * * *








264 UNUSED

265 UNUSED

266 UNUSED

267 UNUSED

268 UNUSED

269 UNUSED

270 UNUSED

271 UNUSED

272 UNUSED

273 UNUSED

274 UNUSED

275 UNUSED

276 UNUSED

277 UNUSED

278 UNUSED

279 UNUSED

280 UNUSED

281 UNUSED

282 UNUSED

283 UNUSED

284 UNUSED

285 UNUSED

286 UNUSED

287 UNUSED

288 PSL Fault Record Trigger Input Fault REC TRIG * * *

289 UNUSED

290 Group Selection Setting Group via Opto Invalid SG-opto Invalid * * *

291 Commission Test Test Mode Enabled Prot'n Disabled * * *

292 VT Supervision VTS Indication VT Fail Alarm * * *

293 CT Supervision CTS Indication CT Fail Alarm * * *

294 Breaker Fail Breaker Fail Any Trip CB Fail Alarm * * *

295 CB Monitoring Broken Current Maintenance Alarm I^ Maint Alarm * * *

296 CB Monitoring Broken Current Lockout Alarm I^ Lockout Alarm * * *

297 CB Monitoring Number of CB Operations Maintenance Alarm CB Ops Maint * * *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 87/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

298 CB Monitoring Number of CB Operations Maintenance Lockout CB Ops Lockout * * *

299 CB Monitoring Excessive CB Operation Time Maintenance Alarm CB Op Time Maint * * *

300 CB Monitoring Excessive CB Operation Time Lockout Alarm CB Op Time Lock * * *

301 CB Monitoring Excessive Fault Frequency Lockout Alarm Fault Freq Lock * * *

302 CB Status CB Status Alarm CB Status Alarm * * *

303 CB Control CB Failed to Trip Man CB Trip Fail * * *

304 CB Control CB Failed to Close Man CB Cls Fail * * *

305 CB Control Control CB Unhealthy Man CB Unhealthy * * *

306 Frequency Tracking Frequency Out of Range F out of Range *

306 NPS Thermal Negative Phase Sequence Alarm NPS Alarm * *

307 Thermal Overload Thermal Overload Alarm Thermal Alarm * * *

308 Overfluxing Volts Per Hz Alarm V/Hz Alarm * *

309 Field Failure Field Failure Alarm Field Fail Alarm * *

310 RTD Thermal RTD Thermal Alarm RTD Thermal Alm * *

311 RTD Thermal RTD Open Circuit Failure RTD Open Cct * *

312 RTD Thermal RTD Short Circuit Failure RTD short Cct * *

313 RTD Thermal RTD Data Inconsistency Error RTD Data Error * *

314 RTD Thermal RTD Board Failure RTD Board Fail * *

315 PSL Frequency Protection Alarm Freq Prot Alm * * *

316 PSL Voltage Protection Alarm Voltage Prot Alm * * *

317 UNUSED

318 UNUSED

319 UNUSED

320 Current Loop Inputs CLIO Input Board Failure CL Card I/P Fail * * *

321 Current Loop Outputs CLIO Output Board Failure CL Card O/P Fail * * *

322 Current Loop Inputs Current Loop Input 1 Alarm CL Input 1 Alarm * * *




326 Current Loop Inputs Current Loop Input 1 Undercurrent Fail Alarm CLI1 I< Fail Alm * * *




330 UNUSED

331 UNUSED

332 UNUSED

333 UNUSED

334 UNUSED

335 UNUSED

336 PSL User Definable Alarm 16 (Manual Reset) MR User Alarm 16 * * *











Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 88/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343


348 PSL User Definable Alarm 4 (Self Reset) SR User Alarm 4 * * *




352 PSL Block Voltage Dependant Overcurrent time delay VDepOC Timer Blk * *

353 PSL Block Under Impedance time delay UnderZ Timer Blk * *

354 PSL Block Phase Overcurrent Stage 1 time delay I>1 Timer Block * * *

355 PSL Block Phase Overcurrent Stage 2 time delay I>2 Timer Block * * *

356 PSL Block Phase Overcurrent Stage 3 time delay I>3 Timer Block *

357 PSL Block Phase Overcurrent Stage 4 time delay I>4 Timer Block *

358 PSL Block Earth Fault Stage 1 time delay IN>1 Timer Blk * * *

359 PSL Block Earth Fault Stage 2 time delay IN>2 Timer Blk * * *

360 PSL Block Earth Fault Stage 3 time delay IN>3 Timer Blk *

361 PSL Block Earth Fault Stage 4 time delay IN>4 Timer Blk *

362 PSL Block SEF Stage 1 time delay ISEF>1 Timer Blk * * *

363 PSL Block SEF Stage 2 time delay ISEF>2 Timer Blk *



366 PSL Logic Input Trip CB Init Trip CB *

367 PSL Logic Input Close CB Init Close CB *

368 PSL Block Residual Overvoltage Stage 1 time delay VN>1 Timer Blk * * *

369 PSL Block Residual Overvoltage Stage 2 time delay VN>2 Timer Blk * * *

370 PSL Block Phase Undervoltage Stage 1 time delay V<1 Timer Block * * *

371 PSL Block Phase Undervoltage Stage 2 time delay V<2 Timer Block * * *

372 PSL Block Phase Overvoltage Stage 1 time delay V>1 Timer Block * * *

373 PSL Block Phase Overvoltage Stage 2 time delay V>2 Timer Block * * *

374 PSL Block Underfrequency Stage 1 Timer F<1 timer Block * * *

375 PSL Block Underfrequency Stage 2 Timer F<2 Timer Block * * *



378 PSL Block Overfrequency Stage 1 Timer F>1 Timer Block * * *

379 PSL Block Overfrequency Stage 2 Timer F>2 Timer Block * * *

380 PSL External Trip 3ph Ext. Trip 3ph * * *

381 PSL 52-A (3 phase) CB Aux 3ph(52-A) * * *

382 PSL 52-B (3 phase) CB Aux 3ph(52-B) * * *

383 PSL CB Healthy CB Healthy * * *

384 PSL MCB/VTS opto MCB/VTS * * *

385 PSL Reset Manual CB Close Time Delay Reset Close Dly * * *

386 PSL Reset Latched Relays & LED’s Reset Relays/LED * * *

387 PSL Reset Lockout Opto Input Reset Lockout * * *

388 PSL Reset CB Maintenance Values Reset All Values * * *

389 PSL Reset NPS Thermal State Reset I2 Thermal * *

390 PSL Reset Thermal Overload State Reset ThermalO/L * * *

391 PSL IEC60870-5-103 Monitor Blocking Monitor Blocked * * *

392 PSL IEC60870-5-103 Command Blocking Command Blocked * * *

393 PSL Block Current Loop Input 1 protection CL Input 1 Blk * * *




Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 89/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

397 UNUSED

398 UNUSED

399 UNUSED

400 UNUSED

401 UNUSED

402 UNUSED

403 UNUSED

404 UNUSED

405 UNUSED

406 UNUSED

407 UNUSED

408 UNUSED

409 UNUSED

410 UNUSED

411 UNUSED

412 UNUSED

413 UNUSED

414 UNUSED

415 PSL Initiate Test Mode Test Mode * * *

416 100% Stator Earth Fault 100% Stator Earth Fault Trip 100% ST EF Trip *

417 Dead Machine Dead Machine Protection Trip DeadMachine Trip *

418 Generator Differential Generator Differential Trip 3ph Gen Diff Trip *

419 Generator Differential Generator Differential Trip A Gen Diff Trip A *

420 Generator Differential Generator Differential Trip B Gen Diff Trip B *

421 Generator Differential Generator Differential Trip C Gen Diff Trip C *

422 Field Failure Field Failure Stage 1 Trip Field Fail1 Trip * *

423 Field Failure Field Failure Stage 2 Trip Field Fail2 Trip * *

424 NPS Thermal Negative Phase Sequence Trip NPS Trip * *

425 System Backup Voltage Dependant Overcurrent Trip 3ph V Dep OC Trip * *

426 System Backup Voltage Dependant Overcurrent Trip A V Dep OC Trip A * *

427 System Backup Voltage Dependant Overcurrent Trip B V Dep OC Trip B * *

428 System Backup Voltage Dependant Overcurrent Trip C V Dep OC Trip C * *

429 Overfluxing Volts per Hz Trip V/Hz Trip * *

430 RTD Thermal RTD 1 Trip RTD 1 Trip * *










440 RTD Thermal Any RTD Trip Any RTD Trip * *

440 df/dt Rate Of Change Of Frequency Trip df/dt Trip *

441 Voltage Vector Shift Voltage Vector Shift Trip V Shift Trip *

442 Earth Fault 1st Stage EF Trip IN>1 Trip * * *

443 Earth Fault 2nd Stage EF Trip IN>2 Trip * * *

444 Earth Fault 3rd Stage EF Trip IN>3 Trip *

445 Earth Fault 4th Stage EF Trip IN>4 Trip *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 90/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

446 Restricted Earth Fault REF Trip IREF> Trip * * *

447 Sensitive Earth Fault 1st Stage SEF Trip ISEF>1 Trip * * *

448 Sensitive Earth Fault 2nd Stage SEF Trip ISEF>2 Trip *

449 Sensitive Earth Fault 3rd Stage SEF Trip ISEF>3 Trip *

450 Sensitive Earth Fault 4th Stage SEF Trip ISEF>4 Trip *

451 Neutral Displacement 1st Stage Residual O/V Trip VN>1 Trip * * *

452 Neutral Displacement 2nd Stage Residual O/V Trip VN>2 Trip * * *

453 Under Voltage 1st Stage Phase U/V Trip 3ph V<1 Trip * * *

454 Under Voltage 1st Stage Phase U/V Trip A/AB V<1 Trip A/AB * * *

455 Under Voltage 1st Stage Phase U/V Trip B/BC V<1 Trip B/BC * * *

456 Under Voltage 1st Stage Phase U/V Trip C/CA V<1 Trip C/CA * * *

457 Under Voltage 2nd Stage Phase U/V Trip 3ph V<2 Trip * * *

458 Under Voltage 2nd Stage Phase U/V Trip A/AB V<2 Trip A/AB * * *

459 Under Voltage 2nd Stage Phase U/V Trip B/BC V<2 Trip B/BC * * *

460 Under Voltage 2nd Stage Phase U/V Trip C/CA V<2 Trip C/CA * * *

461 Over Voltage 1st Stage Phase O/V Trip 3ph V>1 Trip * * *

462 Over Voltage 1st Stage Phase O/V Trip A/AB V>1 Trip A/AB * * *

463 Over Voltage 1st Stage Phase O/V Trip B/BC V>1 Trip B/BC * * *

464 Over Voltage 1st Stage Phase O/V Trip C/CA V>1 Trip C/CA * * *

465 Over Voltage 2nd Stage Phase O/V Trip 3ph V>2 Trip * * *

466 Over Voltage 2nd Stage Phase O/V Trip A/AB V>2 Trip A/AB * * *

467 Over Voltage 2nd Stage Phase O/V Trip B/BC V>2 Trip B/BC * * *

468 Over Voltage 2nd Stage Phase O/V Trip C/CA V>2 Trip C/CA * * *

469 Under Frequency Under Frequency Stage 1 Trip F<1 Trip * * *




473 Over Frequency Over Frequency Stage 1 Trip F>1 Trip * * *

474 Over Frequency Over Frequency Stage 2 Trip F>2 Trip * * *

475 Power Power Stage 1 Trip Power1 Trip * * *

476 Power Power Stage 2 Trip Power2 Trip * * *

477 Over Current 1st Stage O/C Trip 3ph I>1 Trip * * *

478 Over Current 1st Stage O/C Trip A I>1 Trip A * * *

479 Over Current 1st Stage O/C Trip B I>1 Trip B * * *

480 Over Current 1st Stage O/C Trip C I>1 Trip C * * *

481 Over Current 2nd Stage O/C Trip 3ph I>2 Trip * * *

482 Over Current 2nd Stage O/C Trip A I>2 Trip A * * *

483 Over Current 2nd Stage O/C Trip B I>2 Trip B * * *

484 Over Current 2nd Stage O/C Trip C I>2 Trip C * * *

485 Over Current 3rd Stage O/C Trip 3ph I>3 Trip *

486 Over Current 3rd Stage O/C Trip A I>3 Trip A *

487 Over Current 3rd Stage O/C Trip B I>3 Trip B *

488 Over Current 3rd Stage O/C Trip C I>3 Trip C *

489 Over Current 4th Stage O/C Trip 3ph I>4 Trip *

490 Over Current 4th Stage O/C Trip A I>4 Trip A *

491 Over Current 4th Stage O/C Trip B I>4 Trip B *

492 Over Current 4th Stage O/C Trip C I>4 Trip C *

493 Breaker failure tBF1 Trip 3ph Bfail1 Trip 3ph * * *

494 Breaker failure tBF2 Trip 3ph Bfail2 Trip 3ph * * *

495 Sensitive Power Sensitive A Phase Power Stage 1 Trip SPower1 Trip * * *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 91/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

496 Sensitive Power Sensitive A Phase Power Stage 2 Trip SPower2 Trip * * *

497 Z based Pole Slipping Pole Slip (Impedance) Zone1 Trip PSlipz Z1 Trip *

498 Z based Pole Slipping Pole Slip (Impedance) Zone2 Trip PSlipz Z2 Trip *

499 Thermal Overload Thermal Overload Trip Thermal O/L Trip * * *

500 System Backup Underimpedance 3Phase Stage 1 Trip Z<1 Trip * *

501 System Backup Underimpedance Phase A Stage 1 Trip Z<1 Trip A * *

502 System Backup Underimpedance Phase B Stage 1 Trip Z<1 Trip B * *

503 System Backup Underimpedance Phase C Stage 1 Trip Z<1 Trip C * *

504 System Backup Underimpedance 3Phase Stage 2 Trip Z<2 Trip * *

505 System Backup Underimpedance Phase A Stage 2 Trip Z<2 Trip A * *

506 System Backup Underimpedance Phase B Stage 2 Trip Z<2 Trip B * *

507 System Backup Underimpedance Phase C Stage 2 Trip Z<2 Trip C * *

508 Current Loop Inputs Current Loop Input 1 Trip CL Input 1 Trip * * *




512 UNUSED

513 UNUSED

514 UNUSED

515 UNUSED

516 UNUSED

517 UNUSED

518 UNUSED

519 UNUSED

520 UNUSED

521 UNUSED

522 UNUSED

523 UNUSED

524 UNUSED

525 UNUSED

526 UNUSED

527 UNUSED

528 UNUSED

529 UNUSED

530 UNUSED

531 UNUSED

532 UNUSED

533 UNUSED

534 UNUSED

535 UNUSED

536 UNUSED

537 UNUSED

538 UNUSED

539 UNUSED

540 UNUSED

541 UNUSED

542 UNUSED

543 UNUSED

544 UNUSED

545 UNUSED

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 92/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

546 UNUSED

547 UNUSED

548 UNUSED

549 UNUSED

550 UNUSED

551 UNUSED

552 UNUSED

553 UNUSED

554 UNUSED

555 UNUSED

556 UNUSED

557 UNUSED

558 UNUSED

559 UNUSED

560 UNUSED

561 UNUSED

562 UNUSED

563 UNUSED

564 UNUSED

565 UNUSED

566 UNUSED

567 UNUSED

568 UNUSED

569 UNUSED

570 UNUSED

571 UNUSED

572 UNUSED

573 UNUSED

574 UNUSED

575 UNUSED

576 All protection Any Start Any Start * * *

577 Neutral displacement 1st Stage Residual O/V Start VN>1 Start * * *

578 Neutral displacement 2nd Stage Residual O/V Start VN>2 Start * * *

579 Under Voltage 1st Stage Phase U/V Start 3ph V<1 Start * * *

580 Under Voltage 1st Stage Phase U/V Start A/AB V<1 Start A/AB * * *

581 Under Voltage 1st Stage Phase U/V Start B/BC V<1 Start B/BC * * *

582 Under Voltage 1st Stage Phase U/V Start C/CA V<1 Start C/CA * * *

583 Under Voltage 2nd Stage Phase U/V Start 3ph V<2 Start * * *

584 Under Voltage 2nd Stage Phase U/V Start A/AB V<2 Start A/AB * * *

585 Under Voltage 2nd Stage Phase U/V Start B/BC V<2 Start B/BC * * *

586 Under Voltage 2nd Stage Phase U/V Start C/CA V<2 Start C/CA * * *

587 Over Voltage 1st Stage Phase O/V Start 3ph V>1 Start * * *

588 Over Voltage 1st Stage Phase O/V Start A/AB V>1 Start A/AB * * *

589 Over Voltage 1st Stage Phase O/V Start B/BC V>1 Start B/BC * * *

590 Over Voltage 1st Stage Phase O/V Start C/CA V>1 Start C/CA * * *

591 Over Voltage 2nd Stage Phase O/V Start 3ph V>2 Start * * *

592 Over Voltage 2nd Stage Phase O/V Start A/AB V>2 Start A/AB * * *

593 Over Voltage 2nd Stage Phase O/V Start B/BC V>2 Start B/BC * * *

594 Over Voltage 2nd Stage Phase O/V Start C/CA V>2 Start C/CA * * *

595 Power Power Stage 1 Start Power1 Start * * *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 93/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

596 Power Power Stage 2 Start Power2 Start * * *

597 Over Current 1st Stage O/C Start 3ph I>1 Start * * *

598 Over Current 1st Stage O/C Start A I>1 Start A * * *

599 Over Current 1st Stage O/C Start B I>1 Start B * * *

600 Over Current 1st Stage O/C Start C I>1 Start C * * *

601 Over Current 2nd Stage O/C Start 3ph I>2 Start * * *

602 Over Current 2nd Stage O/C Start A I>2 Start A * * *

603 Over Current 2nd Stage O/C Start B I>2 Start B * * *

604 Over Current 2nd Stage O/C Start C I>2 Start C * * *

605 Over Current 3rd Stage O/C Start 3ph I>3 Start *

606 Over Current 3rd Stage O/C Start A I>3 Start A *

607 Over Current 3rd Stage O/C Start B I>3 Start B *

608 Over Current 3rd Stage O/C Start C I>3 Start C *

609 Over Current 4th Stage O/C Start 3ph I>4 Start *

610 Over Current 4th Stage O/C Start A I>4 Start A *

611 Over Current 4th Stage O/C Start B I>4 Start B *

612 Over Current 4th Stage O/C Start C I>4 Start C *

613 Earth Fault 1st Stage EF Start IN>1 Start * * *

614 Earth Fault 2nd Stage EF Start IN>2 Start * * *

615 Earth Fault 3rd Stage EF Start IN>3 Start *

616 Earth Fault 4th Stage EF Start IN>4 Start *

617 Sensitive Earth Fault 1st Stage SEF Start ISEF>1 Start * * *

618 Sensitive Earth Fault 2nd Stage SEF Start ISEF>2 Start *

619 Sensitive Earth Fault 3rd Stage SEF Start ISEF>3 Start *

620 Sensitive Earth Fault 4th Stage SEF Start ISEF>4 Start *

621 100% Stator Earth Fault 100% Stator Earth Fault Start 100% ST EF Start *

622 Under Frequency Under Frequency Stage 1 Start F<1 Start * * *




626 Over Frequency Over Frequency Stage 1 Start F>1 Start * * *

627 Over Frequency Over Frequency Stage 2 Start F>2 Start * * *

628 Over Current I> Blocked O/C Start I> BlockStart *

629 Over Current IN/ISEF> Blocked O/C Start IN/SEF>Blk Start *

630 df/dt Rate Of Change Of Frequency Start df/dt Start *

631 Under Current IA< Operate IA< Start * * *

632 Under Current IB< Operate IB< Start * * *

633 Under Current IC< Operate IC< Start * * *

634 Under Current ISEF< Operate ISEF< Start * * *

635 Under Current IN< Operate IN< Start * *

636 Overfluxing Volts per Hz Start V/Hz Start * *

637 Field Failure Field Failure Stage 1 Start FFail1 Start * *

638 Field Failure Field Failure Stage 2 Start FFail2 Start * *

639 System Backup Voltage Dependant Overcurrent Start 3Ph V Dep OC Start * *

640 System Backup Voltage Dependant Overcurrent Start A V Dep OC Start A * *

641 System Backup Voltage Dependant Overcurrent Start B V Dep OC Start B * *

642 System Backup Voltage Dependant Overcurrent Start C V Dep OC Start C * *

643 Sensitive Power Sensitive A Phase Power Stage 1 Start SPower1 Start * * *

644 Sensitive Power Sensitive A Phase Power Stage 2 Start SPower2 Start * * *

645 Z based Pole Slipping Pole Slip (Impedance) Zone1 Start PSlipz Z1 Start *

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 94/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

646 Z based Pole Slipping Pole Slip (Impedance) Zone2 Start PSlipz Z2 Start *

647 Z based Pole Slipping Pole Slip (impedance) Lens Start PSlipz LensStart *

648 Z based Pole Slipping Pole Slip (impedance) Blinder Start PSlipz BlindStrt *

649 Z based Pole Slipping Pole Slip (impedance) Reactance Line Start PSlipz ReactStrt *

650 System Backup Underimpedance 3Phase Stage 1 Start Z<1 Start * *

651 System Backup Underimpedance Phase A Stage 1 Start Z<1 Start A * *

652 System Backup Underimpedance Phase B Stage 1 Start Z<1 Start B * *

653 System Backup Underimpedance Phase C Stage 1 Start Z<1 Start C * *

654 System Backup Underimpedance 3Phase Stage 2 Start Z<2 Start * *

655 System Backup Underimpedance Phase A Stage 2 Start Z<2 Start A * *

656 System Backup Underimpedance Phase B Stage 2 Start Z<2 Start B * *

657 System Backup Underimpedance Phase C Stage 2 Start Z<2 Start C * *

658 Current Loop Inputs Current Loop Input 1 Alarm Start CLI1 Alarm Start * * *




662 Current Loop Inputs Current Loop Input 1 Trip Start CLI1 Trip Start * * *




666 UNUSED

667 UNUSED

668 UNUSED

669 UNUSED

670 UNUSED

671 UNUSED

672 UNUSED

673 UNUSED

674 UNUSED

675 UNUSED

676 UNUSED

677 UNUSED

678 UNUSED

679 UNUSED

680 UNUSED

681 UNUSED

682 UNUSED

683 UNUSED

684 UNUSED

685 UNUSED

686 UNUSED

687 UNUSED

688 UNUSED

689 UNUSED

690 UNUSED

691 UNUSED

692 UNUSED

693 UNUSED

694 UNUSED

695 UNUSED

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 95/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

696 UNUSED

697 UNUSED

698 UNUSED

699 UNUSED

700 UNUSED

701 UNUSED

702 UNUSED

703 UNUSED

704 UNUSED

705 UNUSED

706 UNUSED

707 UNUSED

708 UNUSED

709 UNUSED

710 UNUSED

711 UNUSED

712 UNUSED

713 UNUSED

714 UNUSED

715 UNUSED

716 UNUSED

717 UNUSED

718 UNUSED

719 UNUSED

720 UNUSED

721 UNUSED

722 UNUSED

723 UNUSED

724 UNUSED

725 UNUSED

726 UNUSED

727 UNUSED

728 UNUSED

729 UNUSED

730 UNUSED

731 UNUSED

732 UNUSED

733 UNUSED

734 UNUSED

735 UNUSED

736 VT Supervision VTS Fast Block VTS Fast Block * * *

737 VT Supervision VTS Slow Block VTS Slow Block * * *

738 CT Supervision CTS Block CTS Block * * *

739 CB Control Control Trip Control Trip *

740 CB Control Control Close Control Close *

741 CB Control Control Close in Progress Close in Prog *

742 Reconnection Reconnection Time Delay Output Reconnection *

743 RTD Thermal RTD 1 Alarm RTD 1 Alarm * *



Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 96/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343








753 CB Monitoring Composite Lockout Alarm Lockout Alarm * * *

754 CB Status Monitor 3 ph CB Open CB Open 3 ph * * *

755 CB Status Monitor 3 ph CB Closed CB Closed 3 ph * * *

756 Field Voltage Monitor Field Voltage Failure Field volts fail * * *

757 Poledead All Poles Dead All Poles Dead * * *

758 Poledead Any Pole Dead Any Pole Dead * * *

759 Poledead Phase A Pole Dead Pole Dead A * * *

760 Poledead Phase B Pole Dead Pole Dead B * * *

761 Poledead Phase C Pole Dead Pole Dead C * * *

762 VT Supervision VTS Accelerate Ind VTS Acc Ind * * *

763 VT Supervision Any Voltage Dependent VTS Volt Dep * * *

764 VT Supervision Ia Over Threshold VTS IA> * * *

765 VT Supervision Ib Over Threshold VTS IB> * * *

766 VT Supervision Ic Over Threshold VTS IC> * * *

767 VT Supervision Va Over Threshold VTS VA> * * *

768 VT Supervision Vb Over Threshold VTS VB> * * *

769 VT Supervision Vc Over Threshold VTS VC> * * *

770 VT Supervision I2 Over Threshold VTS I2> * * *

771 VT Supervision V2 Over Threshold VTS V2> * * *

772 VT Supervision Superimposed Ia Over Threshold VTS IA delta> * * *

773 VT Supervision Superimposed Ib Over Threshold VTS IB delta> * * *

774 VT Supervision Superimposed Ic Over Threshold VTS IC delta> * * *

775 CB Failure CBF Current Prot SEF Stage Trip BFail SEF Trip-1 * * *

776 CB Failure CBF Non Current Prot Stage Trip BFail Non I Tr-1 * * *

777 CB Failure CBF Current Prot SEF Trip BFail SEF Trip * * *

778 CB Failure CBF Non Current Prot Trip BFail Non I Trip * * *

779 Frequency tracking Freq High Freq High * * *

780 Frequency tracking Freq Low Freq Low * * *

781 Frequency tracking Freq Not Found Freq Not found * * *

782 Frequency tracking Stop Freq Track Stop Freq Track * * *

783 Reconnection Reconnect LOM (Unqualified) Recon LOM-1 *

784 Reconnection Reconnect Disable (Unqualified) Recon Disable-1 *

785 Reconnection Reconnect LOM Recon LOM *

786 Reconnection Reconnect Disable Recon Disable *

787 UNUSED

788 UNUSED

789 UNUSED

790 UNUSED

791 UNUSED

792 UNUSED

793 UNUSED

794 UNUSED

795 UNUSED

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 97/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

796 UNUSED

797 UNUSED

798 UNUSED

799 UNUSED

800 UNUSED

801 UNUSED

802 UNUSED

803 UNUSED

804 UNUSED

805 UNUSED

806 UNUSED

807 UNUSED

808 UNUSED

809 UNUSED

810 UNUSED

811 UNUSED

812 UNUSED

813 UNUSED

814 UNUSED

815 UNUSED

816 UNUSED

817 UNUSED

818 UNUSED

819 UNUSED

820 UNUSED

821 UNUSED

822 UNUSED

823 UNUSED

824 UNUSED

825 UNUSED

826 UNUSED

827 UNUSED

828 UNUSED

829 UNUSED

830 UNUSED

831 UNUSED

832 CONTROL Control Input 1 Control Input 1 * * *














Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 98/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343



















864 UNUSED

865 UNUSED

866 UNUSED

867 UNUSED

868 UNUSED

869 UNUSED

870 UNUSED

871 UNUSED

872 UNUSED

873 UNUSED

874 UNUSED

875 UNUSED

876 UNUSED

877 UNUSED

878 UNUSED

879 UNUSED

880 UNUSED

881 UNUSED

882 UNUSED

883 UNUSED

884 UNUSED

885 UNUSED

886 UNUSED

887 UNUSED

888 UNUSED

889 UNUSED

890 UNUSED

891 UNUSED

892 UNUSED

893 UNUSED

894 UNUSED

895 UNUSED

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 99/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343

896 UNUSED

897 UNUSED

898 UNUSED

899 UNUSED

900 UNUSED

901 UNUSED

902 UNUSED

903 UNUSED

904 UNUSED

905 UNUSED

906 UNUSED

907 UNUSED

908 UNUSED

909 UNUSED

910 UNUSED

911 UNUSED

912 UNUSED

913 UNUSED

914 UNUSED

915 UNUSED

916 UNUSED

917 UNUSED

918 UNUSED

919 UNUSED

920 UNUSED

921 UNUSED

922 UNUSED

923 UNUSED

924 UNUSED

925 UNUSED

926 UNUSED

927 UNUSED

928 PSLINT PSL Int. 1 * * *


















Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 100/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343



















































Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 101/170


0123456789ABCDEFP341 P342 P343




























Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 102/170

Courier Events: Cell Ref. Text Value (Binary Flag)Opto Input Events: 0020 Logic inputs 32 bit binary flag valueContact Events: 0021 32 bit binary flag value

Not Used 0022 0Not Used 0022 1SG-opto Invalid 0022 2Prot'n Disabled 0022 3VT Fail Alarm 0022 4CTS Fail Alarm 0022 5CB Fail 0022 6I^ Maint Alarm 0022 7I^ Maint Lockout 0022 8CB OPs Maint 0022 9CB OPs Lock 0022 10CB Time Maint 0022 11CB Time Lockout 0022 12Fault Freq Lock 0022 13CB Status Alarm 0022 14CB Trip Fail 0022 15CB Close Fail 0022 16Man CB Unhealthy 0022 17F out of Range Model 1 only 0022 18NPS Alarm Models 2 & 3 only 0022 18Thermal Alarm 0022 19V/Hz Alarm 0022 20Field Fail Alarm 0022 21RTD Thermal Alm 0022 22RTD Open Cct 0022 23RTD short Cct 0022 24RTD Data Error 0022 25RTD Board Fail 0022 26Freq Prot Alm 0022 27Voltage Prot Alm 0022 28Not Used 0022 29Not Used 0022 30Not Used 0022 31

CL Card I/P Fail 0051 0CL Card O/P Fail 0051 1CL Input 1 Alarm 0051 2CL Input 2 Alarm 0051 3CL Input 3 Alarm 0051 4CL Input 4 Alarm 0051 5CLI1 I< Fail Alm 0051 6CLI2 I< Fail Alm 0051 7CLI3 I< Fail Alm 0051 8CLI4 I< Fail Alm 0051 9Not Used 0051 10Not Used 0051 11Not Used 0051 12Not Used 0051 13Not Used 0051 14Not Used 0051 15MR User Alarm 16 0051 16MR User Alarm 15 0051 17MR User Alarm 14 0051 18MR User Alarm 13 0051 19MR User Alarm 12 0051 20MR User Alarm 11 0051 21MR User Alarm 10 0051 22MR User Alarm 9 0051 23MR User Alarm 8 0051 24MR User Alarm 7 0051 25MR User Alarm 6 0051 26MR User Alarm 5 0051 27SR User Alarm 4 0051 28SR User Alarm 3 0051 29SR User Alarm 2 0051 30SR User Alarm 1 0051 31

Battery Fail 0052 0Field Volt Fail 0052 1Not Used 0052 2GOOSE IED Absent 0052 3NIC not fitted 0052 4NIC no response 0052 5NIC fatal error 0052 6

000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000

Alarm Name + ON/OFF

Alarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFF


Alarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFF

Alarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFF

Alarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFF


Alarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFF



Alarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFF

00000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000

0000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000000

00000000000000000000000000000001Alarm Status 2 Events (Alarms 33 - 64):

Alarm Name + ON/OFF00000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000000

Alarm Status 3 Events (Alarms 65 - 96):Alarm Name + ON/OFF

00000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000

This sheet contains all the text used in Events and all other messages

Output ContactsAlarm Status 1 Events (Alarms 1 - 32):

Alarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFF

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 103/170

Alarm Status 3 Events (Alarms 65 - 96):NIC Software Reload 0052 7Bad TCP/IP Configuration 0052 8Bad OSI Configuration 0052 9NIC Link Fail 0052 10NIC SW-Mismatch 0052 11IP addr conflict 0052 12Not Used 0052 13Not Used 0052 14Not Used 0052 15Not Used 0052 16Not Used 0052 17Not Used 0052 18Not Used 0052 19Not Used 0052 20Not Used 0052 21Not Used 0052 22Not Used 0052 23Not Used 0052 24Not Used 0052 25Not Used 0052 26Not Used 0052 27Not Used 0052 28Not Used 0052 29Not Used 0052 30Not Used 0052 31

Protection Events: Cell Ref. Text0F26 - 0F3F DDB Signal Name ON/OFF

Fault Records: Cell Ref. Text Value Record Number0100 Fault Record 0 16bit UINT

Self Monitoring:(List is not exhaustive)Bus Check Failure FFFF Bus Failure 1 16bit UINTSRAM Failure FFFF SRAM Failure 2BB RAM Failure FFFF BB RAM Failure 3LCD Failure FFFF LCD Failure 4Watchdog 1 Failure (Fast) FFFF Watchdog 1 Fail 5Watchdog 2 Failure (Slow) FFFF Watchdog 2 Fail 6Field Voltage Failure FFFF Field Volt Fail 7Flash EPROM Failure FFFF FlashEEPROM Fail 8EEPROM Failure FFFF EEPROM Fail 9Cal EEPROM Failure FFFF Cal EEPROM Fail 10Incorrect Hardware Configuration FFFF Invalid H/W 11Power Up Boot FFFF Power Up Boot 12Soft Reboot FFFF Soft Reboot 13Setting Changes: Cell Ref. Text ValueC & S Change FFFF Settings Updated 0Group 1 Change 0905 Group 1 Updated 1Group 2 Change 0905 Group 2 Updated 2Group 3 Change 0905 Group 3 Updated 3Group 4 Change 0905 Group 4 Updated 4Disturbance Recorder 0C01 Disturbance Settings 0Active Group Change 0904 Active Group Changed (UINT of New Active Group)

General Events:Time SyncPassword Unlocked 0002 Password Unlocked [New Access Level]Password Invalid 0002 Password Invalid 0Password Modified level 1 00D2 Password 1 Edit 0Password Modified level 2 00D3 Password 2 Edit 0Password Expired 0002 Password Expired [ Password Level]IRIG-B Active 0803 IRIG-B Active 1IRIG-B Inactive 0803 IRIG-B Inactive 0

Cell Ref. Text

Event Extraction Column

Value32bit Binary Flag of the revelant packed DDB

Event Extraction Column

B100

Alarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFF

Alarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFFAlarm Name + ON/OFF



Alarm Name + ON/OFF

0000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000

001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000000

00000001000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000010000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000

Value (32bit UINT) Record Number

B000

00010000000000000000000000000000

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 104/170

Vendor Name:

Device Name:

Models Covered:

Compatibility Level:

2

Electrical Interface: EIA(RS)485

Number of Loads:

Optical Interface (Order Option)

Plastic fibre BFOC/2.5 type connector

Transmission Speed:

1 2 3 4 5 6

8 10 255 0 End of General Interrogration * * *

6 8 255 0 Time Synchronisation * * *

5 3 224 2 Reset FCB * * *

5 4 224 3 Reset CU * * *

5 5 224 4 Start/Restart * * *

5 6 224 5 Power On * * *

1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 224 16 Auto-recloser active *

1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 224 17 Tele-protection active *

1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 224 18 Protection active *

1 1,7,11,12,20, 21 224 19 LED Reset * * * Reset Indications

1 9,11 224 20 Monitor direction blocked * * * * 391

1 9,11 224 21 Test mode * * * * Protection Disabled 291

1 9,11 224 22 Local parameter setting *

1 1,7,9,11,12,20,21 224 23 Characteristic 1 * * * * PG1 Changed




1 1,7,9,11 224 27 Auxillary input 1 * * * * Opto Input 1 32




1 1,7,9 224 32 Measurand supervision I *

1 1,7,9 224 33 Measurand supervision V *

1 1,7,9 224 35 Phase sequence supervision *

1 1,7,9 224 36 Trip circuit supervision *

1 1,7,9 224 37 I>> back-up supervision *

1 1,7,9 224 38 VT fuse failure * * * * VTS Indication 292

1 1,7,9 224 39 Teleprotection disturbed *

1 1,7,9 224 46 Group warning *

1 1,7,9 224 47 Group alarm *

1 1,7,9 224 48 Earth Fault L1 *

1 1,7,9 224 49 Earth Fault L2 *

1 1,7,9 224 50 Earth Fault L3 *

1 1,7,9 224 51 Earth Fault Fwd *

Physical Layer

1 for one protection equipment

System Functions

GIFUN DescriptionInf. No.

DDB Ordinal

9600 or 19200bps (User Setting)

Common Address of ASDU = Link Address

IEC60870-5-103: Device ProfileAlstom T&D - Energy, Automation & Information

P340 Generator Protection

P341****3**07**

P342****3**07**

P343****3**07**

Note: Indentification message in ASDU 5: "ALSTOM P" + 16bit model + 8bit major version + 1 character minor version e.g. "ALSTOM P" + 343 + 06 + 'A'

Supervision Indications

Earth Fault Indications

Status Indications

Application Layer

Compatible Range Information Numbers in Monitor Direction

InterpretationModel Number

ASDU TYPE COT

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 105/170

1 2 3 4 5 6GIFUN Description

Inf. No.

DDB OrdinalInterpretationModel Number

ASDU TYPE COT

1 1,7,9 224 52 Earth Fault Rev *

2 1,7,9 224 64 Start /pickup L1 * * * * 1st Stage O/C Start A 598

2 1,7,9 224 65 Start /pickup L2 * * * * 1st Stage O/C Start B 599

2 1,7,9 224 66 Start /pickup L3 * * * * 1st Stage O/C Start C 600

2 1,7,9 224 67 Start /pickup N * * * * 1st Stage EF Start 613

2 1,7 224 68 General Trip * * * Any Trip 162

2 1,7 224 69 Trip L1 * * * 1st Stage O/C Trip A 478

2 1,7 224 70 Trip L2 * * * 1st Stage O/C Trip B 479

2 1,7 224 71 Trip L3 * * * 1st Stage O/C Trip C 480

2 1,7 224 72 Trip I>> (back up)

4 1,7 224 73 Fault Location in ohms

2 1,7 224 74 Fault forward

2 1,7 224 75 Fault reverse

2 1,7 224 76 Teleprotection signal sent

2 1,7 224 77 Teleprotection signal received

2 1,7 224 78 Zone 1

2 1,7 224 79 Zone 2

2 1,7 224 80 Zone 3

2 1,7 224 81 Zone 4

2 1,7 224 82 Zone 5

2 1,7 224 83 Zone 6

2 1,7,9 224 84 General Start * * * * Any Start 576

2 1,7 224 85 Breaker Failure * * * Breaker Fail Any Trip 294

2 1,7 224 86 Trip measuring system L1



2 1,7 224 89 Trip measuring system E

2 1,7 224 90 Trip I> * * * 1st Stage O/C Trip 3ph 477

2 1,7 224 91 Trip I>> * * * 2nd Stage O/C Trip 3ph 481

2 1,7 224 92 Trip IN> * * * 1st Stage EF Trip 442

2 1,7 224 93 Trip IN>> * * * 2nd Stage EF Trip 443

1 1,7 224 128 CB 'on' by A/R

1 1,7 224 129 CB 'on' by long time A/R

1 1,7,9 224 130 AR blocked *

3.1 2,7 224 144 Measurand I

3.2 2,7 224 145 Measurands I,V

3.3 2,7 224 146 Measurands I,V,P,Q

3.4 2,7 224 147 Measurands IN,VEN

9 2,7 224 148Measurands IL1,2,3,VL1,2,3,P,Q,f

* * * Note unavailable measurands sent as invalid

10 42,43 224 240 Read Headings

10 42,43 224 241Read attributes of all entries of a group

10 42,43 224 243 Read directory of entry

101,2,7,9,11,12,

42,43224 244 Real attribute of entry *

10 10 224 245 End of GGI

10 41,44 224 249 Write entry with confirm

10 40,41 224 250 Write entry with execute

10 40 224 251 Write entry aborted

Fault Indications

Auto-Reclose Indications

Measurands

Generic Functions

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 106/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 9 255 0 Init General Interrogation * * *

6 8 255 0 Time Synchronisation * * *

20 20 224 16 Auto-recloser on/off Autoreclose in Service

20 20 224 17 Teleprotection on/off

20 20 224 18 Protection on/off

20 20 224 19 LED Reset * * * Reset Indications and Latches

20 20 224 23 Activate characteristic 1 * * * Activate Setting Group 1




21 42 224 240Read headings of all defined groups

21 42 224 241Read single attribute of all entries of a group

21 42 224 243 Read directory of single entry

21 42 224 244 Read attribute of sngle entry

21 9 224 245Generic General Interrogation (GGI)

10 40 224 248 Write entry

10 40 224 249 Write with confirm

10 40 224 250 Write with execute

10 40 224 251 Write entry abort

* * * * *

Blocking of monitor direction * * * * *

* * * * *

* *

* * * * *

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 1,7,9 226 0 Contact 1 * * * * Output Relay 1 0










DDB Ordinal

Voltage L2-E

Voltage L3-E

Compatible Range Information Numbers in Control Direction

DDB Ordinal

Basic Application Functions

General Commands

System Functions

Test Mode

Model NumberASDU TYPE COT FUN Description

Generic Functions

GIInf. No.

Interpretation

Max. MVAL = times rated value

DDB Signal DescriptionGIInf. No.

Private Range Information Numbers in Monitor Direction

Voltage L1-L2

1.2 2.4

Reactive Power Q

Frequency F

Disturbance data

Generic services

Active Power P

Current L3

Voltage L1-E

Private data

Miscellaneous

Current L1

Current L2

Measurands

FUN Display Text (English)ASDU TYPE COTModel Number

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 107/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT















1 1,7,9 226 24 Contact 25 * * Output Relay 25 24








1 1,7,9,11 224 27 Opto 1 * * * * Opto Input 1 32

1 1,7,9,11 224 28 Opto 2 * * * * Opto Input 2 33

1 1,7,9,11 224 29 Opto 3 * * * * Opto Input 3 34

1 1,7,9,11 224 30 Opto 4 * * * * Opto Input 4 35

1 1,7,9,11 226 36 Opto 5 * * * * Opto Input 5 36

1 1,7,9,11 226 37 Opto 6 * * * * Opto Input 6 37

1 1,7,9,11 226 38 Opto 7 * * * * Opto Input 7 38

1 1,7,9,11 226 39 Opto 8 * * * * Opto Input 8 39

1 1,7,9,11 226 40 Opto 9 * * * * Opto Input 9 40

1 1,7,9,11 226 41 Opto 10 * * * * Opto Input 10 41

1 1,7,9,11 226 42 Opto 11 * * * * Opto Input 11 42

1 1,7,9,11 226 43 Opto 12 * * * * Opto Input 12 43

1 1,7,9,11 226 44 Opto 13 * * * * Opto Input 13 44

1 1,7,9,11 226 45 Opto 14 * * * * Opto Input 14 45

1 1,7,9,11 226 46 Opto 15 * * * * Opto Input 15 46

1 1,7,9,11 226 47 Opto 16 * * * * Opto Input 16 47

1 1,7,9,11 226 48 Opto 17 * * * * Opto Input 17 48

1 1,7,9,11 226 49 Opto 18 * * * * Opto Input 18 49

1 1,7,9,11 226 50 Opto 19 * * * * Opto Input 19 50

1 1,7,9,11 226 51 Opto 20 * * * * Opto Input 20 51

1 1,7,9,11 226 52 Opto 21 * * * * Opto Input 21 52

1 1,7,9,11 226 53 Opto 22 * * * * Opto Input 22 53

1 1,7,9,11 226 54 Opto 23 * * * * Opto Input 23 54

1 1,7,9,11 226 55 Opto 24 * * * * Opto Input 24 55

1 1,7,9,11 226 56 Opto 25 * * Opto Input 25 56

1 1,7,9,11 226 57 Opto 26 * * Opto Input 26 57

1 1,7,9,11 226 58 Opto 27 * * Opto Input 27 58

1 1,7,9,11 226 59 Opto 28 * * Opto Input 28 59

1 1,7,9,11 226 60 Opto 29 * * Opto Input 29 60

1 1,7,9,11 226 61 Opto 30 * * Opto Input 30 61

1 1,7,9,11 226 62 Opto 31 * * Opto Input 31 62

1 1,7,9,11 226 63 Opto 32 * * Opto Input 32 63

226 64 LED 1 * * * Programmable LED 1 64





Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 108/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT




226 72 72

226 73 73

226 74 74

226 75 75

226 76 76

226 77 77

226 78 78

226 79 79

226 80 LED Cond IN 1 * * *Input to LED Output Condition

80


81


82


83


84


85


86


87

226 88 88

226 89 89

226 90 90

226 91 91

226 92 92

226 93 93

226 94 94

226 95 95

226 96 96

226 97 97

226 98 98

226 99 99

226 100 100

226 101 101

226 102 102

226 103 103

226 104 104

226 105 105

226 106 106

226 107 107

226 108 108

226 109 109

226 110 110

226 111 111

226 112 112

226 113 113

226 114 114

226 115 115

226 116 116

226 117 117

226 118 118

226 119 119

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 109/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT

226 120 120

226 121 121

226 122 122

226 123 123

226 124 124

226 125 125

226 126 126

226 127 127

226 128 128

226 129 129

226 130 130

226 131 131

226 132 132

226 133 133

226 134 134

226 135 135

226 136 136

226 137 137

226 138 138

226 139 139

226 140 140

226 141 141

226 142 142

226 143 143

226 144 144

226 145 145

226 146 146

226 147 147

226 148 148

226 149 149

226 150 150

226 151 151

226 152 152

226 153 153

226 154 154

226 155 155

226 156 156

226 157 157

226 158 158

226 159 159

226 160 Relay Cond 1 * * *Input to Relay Output Condition

160


161

2 1,7 224 68 Any Trip * * *Input to Relay Output Condition

162


163


164


165


166


167


168

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 110/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT


169


170


171


172


173


174


175


176


177


178


179


180


181


182


183

226 184 Relay Cond 25 *Input to Relay Output Condition

184


185


186


187


188


189


190


191

226 192 192

226 193 193

226 194 194

226 195 195

226 196 196

226 197 197

226 198 198

226 199 199

226 200 200

226 201 201

226 202 202

226 203 203

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 111/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT

226 204 204

226 205 205

226 206 206

226 207 207

226 208 208

226 209 209

226 210 210

226 211 211

226 212 212

226 213 213

226 214 214

226 215 215

226 216 216

226 217 217

226 218 218

226 219 219

226 220 220

226 221 221

226 222 222

226 223 223

226 224 Timer in 1 * * * Input to Auxiliary Timer 1 224








226 232 232

226 233 233

226 234 234

226 235 235

226 236 236

226 237 237

226 238 238

226 239 239

226 240 240

226 241 241

226 242 242

226 243 243

226 244 244

226 245 245

226 246 246

226 247 247

226 248 248

226 249 249

226 250 250

226 251 251

226 252 252

226 253 253

226 254 254

226 255 255

227 0 Timer out 1 * * * Output from Auxiliary Timer 1 256







Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 112/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT


227 8 264

227 9 265

227 10 266

227 11 267

227 12 268

227 13 269

227 14 270

227 15 271

227 16 272

227 17 273

227 18 274

227 19 275

227 20 276

227 21 277

227 22 278

227 23 279

227 24 280

227 25 281

227 26 282

227 27 283

227 28 284

227 29 285

227 30 286

227 31 287

227 32 Fault REC TRIG * * * Trigger for Fault Recorder 288

227 33 289

1 1,7,9 227 34 SG-opto Invalid * * * * Setting Group via opto invalid 290

1 9,11 224 21 Prot'n Disabled * * * * Test Mode Enabled Alarm 291

1 1,7,9 224 38 VT Fail Alarm * * * * VTS Indication 292

1 1,7,9 227 37 CT Fail Alarm * * * * CTS Indication 293

2 1,7 224 85 CB Fail Alarm * * * Breaker Fail Any Trip 294

1 1,7,9 227 39 I^ Maint Alarm * * * *Broken Current Maintenance Alarm

295

1 1,7,9 227 40 I^ Lockout Alarm * * * *Broken Current Lockout Alarm

296

1 1,7,9 227 41 CB Ops Maint * * * *No of CB Ops Maintenance Alarm

297

1 1,7,9 227 42 CB Ops Lockout * * * *No of CB Ops Maintenance Lockout

298

1 1,7,9 227 43 CB Op Time Maint * * * *Excessive CB Op Time Maintenance Alarm

299

1 1,7,9 227 44 CB Op Time Lock * * * *Excessive CB Op Time Lockout Alarm

300

1 1,7,9 227 45 Fault Freq Lock * * * *Excessive Fault Frequency Lockout Alarm

301

1 1,7,9 227 46 CB Status Alarm * * * *CB Status Alarm (Invalid CB auxilliary contacts)

302

1 1,7 227 47 Man CB Trip Fail * * * CB Failed to Trip Alarm 303

1 1,7 227 48 Man CB Cls Fail * * * CB Failed to Close Alarm 304

1 1,7 227 49 Man CB Unhealthy * * *CB Unhealthy on Control Close Alarm

305

1 1,7,9 227 50 F out of Range * * Frequency out of range 306

1 1,7,9 227 50 NPS Alarm * * *Negative Phase Sequence Alarm

306

1 1,7,9 227 51 Thermal Alarm * * * * Thermal Overload Alarm 307

1 1,7,9 227 52 V/Hz Alarm * * * Volts Per Hz Alarm 308

1 1,7,9 227 53 Field Fail Alarm * * * Field failure Alarm 309

1 1,7,9 227 54 RTD Thermal Alm * * * RTD thermal Alarm 310

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 113/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT

1 1,7,9 227 55 RTD Open Cct * * * RTD open circuit failure 311

1 1,7,9 227 56 RTD short Cct * * * RTD short circuit failure 312

1 1,7,9 227 57 RTD Data Error * * * RTD data inconsistency error 313

1 1,7,9 227 58 RTD Board Fail * * * RTD Board failure 314

1 1,7,9 227 59 Freq Prot Alm * * * * Frequency protection alarm 315

1 1,7,9 227 60 Voltage Prot Alm * * * * Voltage protection alarm 316

227 61 317

227 62 318

227 63 319

1 1,7,9 227 64 CL Card I/P Fail * * * * CLIO Card Input Failure 320

1 1,7,9 227 65 CL Card O/P Fail * * * * CLIO Card Output Failure 321

1 1,7,9 227 66 CL Input 1 Alarm * * * * Current Loop Input 1 Alarm 322




1 1,7,9 227 70 CLI1 I< Fail Alm * * * *Current Loop Input 1 Undercurrent Fail Alarm

326


327


328


329

227 74 330

227 75 331

227 76 332

227 77 333

227 78 334

227 79 335

1 1,7,9 227 80 MR User Alarm 16 * * * *User Definable Alarm 16 (Manual Reset)

336


337


338


339


340


341


342


343


344


345


346


347

1 1,7,9 227 92 SR User Alarm 4 * * * *User Definable Alarm 4 (Self Reset)

348


349

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 114/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT


350


351

227 96 VDepOC Timer Blk * *Block Voltage Dependent time delay

352

227 97 UnderZ Timer Blk * *Block Under Impedance time delay

353

227 98 I>1 Timer Block * * *Block Phase Overcurrent Stage 1 time delay

354

227 99 I>2 Timer Block * * *Block Phase Overcurrent Stage 2 time delay

355

227 100 I>3 Timer Block * Block Phase Overcurrent Stage 3 time delay

356

227 101 I>4 Timer Block * Block Phase Overcurrent Stage 4 time delay

357

227 102 IN>1 Timer Blk * * *Block Earth Fault Stage 1 time delay

358

227 103 IN>2 Timer Blk * * *Block Earth Fault Stage 2 time delay

359

227 104 IN>3 Timer Blk * Block Earth Fault Stage 3 time delay

360

227 105 IN>4 Timer Blk * Block Earth Fault Stage 4 time delay

361

227 106 ISEF>1 Timer Blk * * * Block SEF Stage 1 time delay 362

227 107 ISEF>2 Timer Blk * Block SEF Stage 2 time delay 363



227 110 Init Trip CB * Logic Input Trip CB 366

227 111 Init Close CB * Logic Input Close CB 367

227 112 VN>1 Timer Blk * * *Block Residual Overvoltage Stage 1 time delay

368

227 113 VN>2 Timer Blk * * *Block Residual Overvoltage Stage 2 time delay

369

227 114 V<1 Timer Block * * *Block Phase Undervoltage Stage 1 time delay

370

227 115 V<2 Timer Block * * *Block Phase Undervoltage Stage 2 time delay

371

227 116 V>1 Timer Block * * *Block Phase Overvoltage Stage 1 time delay

372

227 117 V>2 Timer Block * * *Block Phase Overvoltage Stage 2 time delay

373

227 118 F<1 timer Block * * *Block Underfrequency Stage 1 Timer

374

227 119 F<2 Timer Block * * *Block Underfrequency Stage 2 Timer

375


376


377

227 122 F>1 Timer Block * * *Block Overfrequency Stage 1 Timer

378

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 115/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT

227 123 F>2 Timer Block * * *Block Overfrequency Stage 2 Timer

379

227 124 Ext. Trip 3ph * * * External Trip 3ph 380

227 125 CB Aux 3ph(52-A) * * * 52-A (3 phase) 381

227 126 CB Aux 3ph(52-B) * * * 52-B (3 phase) 382

227 127 CB Healthy * * * CB Healthy 383

227 128 MCB/VTS * * * MCB/VTS opto 384

227 129 Reset Close Dly * * *Reset Manual CB Close Time Delay

385

227 130 Reset Relays/LED * * * Reset Latched Relays & LED’s 386

227 131 Reset Lockout * * * Reset Lockout Opto Input 387

227 132 Reset All Values * * * Reset CB Maintenance Values 388

227 133 Reset I2 Thermal * * Reset NPS Thermal State 389

227 134 Reset ThermalO/L * * * Reset Overload Thermal State 390

1 9, 11 224 20 Monitor Blocked * * * *IEC60870-5-103 Monitor Blocking

391

1 9, 11 227 136 Command Blocked * * * *IEC60870-5-103 Command Blocking

392

227 137 CL Input 1 Blk * * *Block Current Loop Input 1 protection

393


394


395


396

227 141 397

227 142 398

227 143 399

227 144 400

227 145 401

227 146 402

227 147 403

227 148 404

227 149 405

227 150 406

227 151 407

227 152 408

227 153 409

227 154 410

227 155 411

227 156 412

227 157 413

227 158 414

227 159 Test Mode * * * Input To Initiate Test Mode 415

2 1,7 227 160 100% ST EF Trip * 100% Stator Earth Fault Trip 416

2 1,7 227 161 DeadMachine Trip * Dead machine protection Trip 417

2 1,7 227 162 Gen Diff Trip *Generator Differential trip 3ph

418

2 1,7 227 163 Gen Diff Trip A * Generator Differential Trip A 419

2 1,7 227 164 Gen Diff Trip B * Generator Differential Trip B 420

2 1,7 227 165 Gen Diff Trip C * Generator Differential Trip C 421

2 1,7 227 166 Field Fail1 Trip * * Field Failure Stage 1 Trip 422

2 1,7 227 167 Field Fail2 Trip * * Field Failure Stage 2 Trip 423

2 1,7 227 168 NPS Trip * *Negative Phase Sequence Trip

424

2 1,7 227 169 V Dep OC Trip * *Voltage Dependent O/C Trip 3ph

425

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 116/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT

2 1,7 227 170 V Dep OC Trip A * *Voltage Dependent O/C Trip A

426

2 1,7 227 171 V Dep OC Trip B * *Voltage Dependent O/C Trip B

427

2 1,7 227 172 V Dep OC Trip C * *Voltage Dependent O/C Trip C

428

2 1,7 227 173 V/Hz Trip * * Volts per Hz Trip 429

2 1,7 227 174 RTD 1 Trip * * RTD 1 TRIP 430

2 1,7 227 175 RTD 2 Trip * * RTD 2 TRIP 431

2 1,7 227 176 RTD 3 Trip * * RTD 3 TRIP 432

2 1,7 227 177 RTD 4 Trip * * RTD 4 TRIP 433

2 1,7 227 178 RTD 5 Trip * * RTD 5 TRIP 434

2 1,7 227 179 RTD 6 Trip * * RTD 6 TRIP 435

2 1,7 227 180 RTD 7 Trip * * RTD 7 TRIP 436

2 1,7 227 181 RTD 8 Trip * * RTD 8 TRIP 437

2 1,7 227 182 RTD 9 Trip * * RTD 9 TRIP 438

2 1,7 227 183 RTD 10 Trip * * RTD 10 TRIP 439

2 1,7 227 184 Any RTD Trip * * Any RTD Trip 440

2 1,7 227 184 df/dt Trip *Rate of change of frequency Trip

440

2 1,7 227 185 V Shift Trip * Voltage vector shift trip 441

2 1,7 224 92 IN>1 Trip * * * 1st Stage EF Trip 442

2 1,7 224 93 IN>2 Trip * * * 2nd Stage EF Trip 443

2 1,7 227 188 IN>3 Trip * 3rd Stage EF Trip 444

2 1,7 227 189 IN>4 Trip * 4th Stage EF Trip 445

2 1,7 227 190 IREF> Trip * * * REF Trip 446

2 1,7 227 191 ISEF>1 Trip * * * 1st Stage SEF Trip 447

2 1,7 227 192 ISEF>2 Trip * 2nd Stage SEF Trip 448

2 1,7 227 193 ISEF>3 Trip * 3rd Stage SEF Trip 449

2 1,7 227 194 ISEF>4 Trip * 4th Stage SEF Trip 450

2 1,7 227 195 VN>1 Trip * * * 1st Stage Residual O/V Trip 451

2 1,7 227 196 VN>2 Trip * * * 2nd Stage Residual O/V Trip 452

2 1,7 227 197 V<1 Trip * * * 1st Stage Phase U/V Trip 3ph 453

2 1,7 227 198 V<1 Trip A/AB * * *1st Stage Phase U/V Trip A/AB

454

2 1,7 227 199 V<1 Trip B/BC * * *1st Stage Phase U/V Trip B/BC

455

2 1,7 227 200 V<1 Trip C/CA * * *1st Stage Phase U/V Trip C/CA

456

2 1,7 227 201 V<2 Trip * * *2nd Stage Phase U/V Trip 3ph

457

2 1,7 227 202 V<2 Trip A/AB * * *2nd Stage Phase U/V Trip A/AB

458

2 1,7 227 203 V<2 Trip B/BC * * *2nd Stage Phase U/V Trip B/BC

459

2 1,7 227 204 V<2 Trip C/CA * * *2nd Stage Phase U/V Trip C/CA

460

2 1,7 227 205 V>1 Trip * * * 1st Stage Phase O/V Trip 3ph 461

2 1,7 227 206 V>1 Trip A/AB * * *1st Stage Phase O/V Trip A/AB

462

2 1,7 227 207 V>1 Trip B/BC * * *1st Stage Phase O/V Trip B/BC

463

2 1,7 227 208 V>1 Trip C/CA * * *1st Stage Phase O/V Trip C/CA

464

2 1,7 227 209 V>2 Trip * * *2nd Stage Phase O/V Trip 3ph

465

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 117/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT

2 1,7 227 210 V>2 Trip A/AB * * *2nd Stage Phase O/V Trip A/AB

466

2 1,7 227 211 V>2 Trip B/BC * * *2nd Stage Phase O/V Trip B/BC

467

2 1,7 227 212 V>2 Trip C/CA * * *2nd Stage Phase O/V Trip C/CA

468

2 1,7 227 213 F<1 Trip * * * Under frequency Stage 1 trip 469




2 1,7 227 217 F>1 Trip * * * Over frequency Stage 1 Trip 473

2 1,7 227 218 F>2 Trip * * * Over frequency Stage 2 Trip 474

2 1,7 227 219 Power1 Trip * * * Power stage 1 trip 475

2 1,7 227 220 Power2 Trip * * * Power stage 2 trip 476

2 1,7 224 90 I>1 Trip * * * 1st Stage O/C Trip 3ph 477

2 1,7 224 69 I>1 Trip A * * * 1st Stage O/C Trip A 478

2 1,7 224 70 I>1 Trip B * * * 1st Stage O/C Trip B 479

2 1,7 224 71 I>1 Trip C * * * 1st Stage O/C Trip C 480

2 1,7 224 91 I>2 Trip * * * 2nd Stage O/C Trip 3ph 481

2 1,7 227 226 I>2 Trip A * * * 2nd Stage O/C Trip A 482

2 1,7 227 227 I>2 Trip B * * * 2nd Stage O/C Trip B 483

2 1,7 227 228 I>2 Trip C * * * 2nd Stage O/C Trip C 484

2 1,7 227 229 I>3 Trip * 3rd Stage O/C Trip 3ph 485

2 1,7 227 230 I>3 Trip A * 3rd Stage O/C Trip A 486

2 1,7 227 231 I>3 Trip B * 3rd Stage O/C Trip B 487

2 1,7 227 232 I>3 Trip C * 3rd Stage O/C Trip C 488

2 1,7 227 233 I>4 Trip * 4th Stage O/C Trip 3ph 489

2 1,7 227 234 I>4 Trip A * 4th Stage O/C Trip A 490

2 1,7 227 235 I>4 Trip B * 4th Stage O/C Trip B 491

2 1,7 227 236 I>4 Trip C * 4th Stage O/C Trip C 492

2 1,7 227 237 Bfail1 Trip 3ph * * * tBF1 Trip 3Ph 493

2 1,7 227 238 Bfail2 Trip 3ph * * * tBF2 Trip 3Ph 494

2 1,7 227 239 SPower1 Trip * * *Sensitive A Phase Power Stage1 Trip

495

2 1,7 227 240 SPower2 Trip * * *Sensitive A Phase Power Stage2 Trip

496

2 1,7 227 241 PSlipz Z1 Trip *Pole Slip (Impedance) Zone1 Trip

497

2 1,7 227 242 PSlipz Z2 Trip *Pole Slip (Impedance) Zone2 Trip

498

2 1,7 227 243 Thermal O/L Trip * * * Thermal Overload Trip 499

2 1,7 227 244 Z<1 Trip * *Under Impedance Stage 1 Trip 3 Ph

500

2 1,7 227 245 Z<1 Trip A * *Under Impedance Stage 1 Trip A

501

2 1,7 227 246 Z<1 Trip B * *Under Impedance Stage 1 Trip B

502

2 1,7 227 247 Z<1 Trip C * *Under Impedance Stage 1 Trip C

503

2 1,7 227 248 Z<2 Trip * *Under Impedance Stage 2 Trip 3 Ph

504

2 1,7 227 249 Z<2 Trip A * *Under Impedance Stage 2 Trip A

505

2 1,7 227 250 Z<2 Trip B * *Under Impedance Stage 2 Trip B

506

2 1,7 227 251 Z<2 Trip C * *Under Impedance Stage 2 Trip C

507

2 1,7 227 252 CL Input 1 Trip * * * Current Loop Input 1 Trip 508

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 118/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT




228 0 512

228 1 513

228 2 514

228 3 515

228 4 516

228 5 517

228 6 518

228 7 519

228 8 520

228 9 521

228 10 522

228 11 523

228 12 524

228 13 525

228 14 526

228 15 527

228 16 528

228 17 529

228 18 530

228 19 531

228 20 532

228 21 533

228 22 534

228 23 535

228 24 536

228 25 537

228 26 538

228 27 539

228 28 540

228 29 541

228 30 542

228 31 543

228 32 544

228 33 545

228 34 546

228 35 547

228 36 548

228 37 549

228 38 550

228 39 551

228 40 552

228 41 553

228 42 554

228 43 555

228 44 556

228 45 557

228 46 558

228 47 559

228 48 560

228 49 561

228 50 562

228 51 563

228 52 564

228 53 565

228 54 566

228 55 567

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 119/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT

228 56 568

228 57 569

228 58 570

228 59 571

228 60 572

228 61 573

228 62 574

228 63 575

2 1,7,9 224 84 Any Start * * * * Any Start 576

2 1,7,9 228 65 VN>1 Start * * * * 1st Stage Residual O/V Start 577

2 1,7,9 228 66 VN>2 Start * * * * 2nd Stage Residual O/V Start 578

2 1,7,9 228 67 V<1 Start * * * * 1st Stage Phase U/V Start 3ph 579

2 1,7,9 228 68 V<1 Start A/AB * * * *1st Stage Phase U/V Start A/AB

580

2 1,7,9 228 69 V<1 Start B/BC * * * *1st Stage Phase U/V Start B/BC

581

2 1,7,9 228 70 V<1 Start C/CA * * * *1st Stage Phase U/V Start C/CA

582

2 1,7,9 228 71 V<2 Start * * * *2nd Stage Phase U/V Start 3ph

583

2 1,7,9 228 72 V<2 Start A/AB * * * *2nd Stage Phase U/V Start A/AB

584

2 1,7,9 228 73 V<2 Start B/BC * * * *2nd Stage Phase U/V Start B/BC

585

2 1,7,9 228 74 V<2 Start C/CA * * * *2nd Stage Phase U/V Start C/CA

586

2 1,7,9 228 75 V>1 Start * * * *1st Stage Phase O/V Start 3ph

587

2 1,7,9 228 76 V>1 Start A/AB * * * *1st Stage Phase O/V Start A/AB

588

2 1,7,9 228 77 V>1 Start B/BC * * * *1st Stage Phase O/V Start B/BC

589

2 1,7,9 228 78 V>1 Start C/CA * * * *1st Stage Phase O/V Start C/CA

590

2 1,7,9 228 79 V>2 Start * * * *2nd Stage Phase O/V Start 3ph

591

2 1,7,9 228 80 V>2 Start A/AB * * * *2nd Stage Phase O/V Start A/AB

592

2 1,7,9 228 81 V>2 Start B/BC * * * *2nd Stage Phase O/V Start B/BC

593

2 1,7,9 228 82 V>2 Start C/CA * * * *2nd Stage Phase O/V Start C/CA

594

2 1,7,9 228 83 Power1 Start * * * * Power Stage 1 start 595

2 1,7,9 228 84 Power2 Start * * * * Power stage 1 start 596

2 1,7,9 228 85 I>1 Start * * * * 1st Stage O/C Start 3ph 597

2 1,7,9 224 64 I>1 Start A * * * * 1st Stage O/C Start A 598

2 1,7,9 224 65 I>1 Start B * * * * 1st Stage O/C Start B 599

2 1,7,9 224 66 I>1 Start C * * * * 1st Stage O/C Start C 600

2 1,7,9 228 89 I>2 Start * * * * 2nd Stage O/C Start 3ph 601

2 1,7,9 228 90 I>2 Start A * * * * 2nd Stage O/C Start A 602

2 1,7,9 228 91 I>2 Start B * * * * 2nd Stage O/C Start B 603

2 1,7,9 228 92 I>2 Start C * * * * 2nd Stage O/C Start C 604

2 1,7,9 228 93 I>3 Start * * 3rd Stage O/C Start 3ph 605

2 1,7,9 228 94 I>3 Start A * * 3rd Stage O/C Start A 606

2 1,7,9 228 95 I>3 Start B * * 3rd Stage O/C Start B 607

2 1,7,9 228 96 I>3 Start C * * 3rd Stage O/C Start C 608

2 1,7,9 228 97 I>4 Start * * 4th Stage O/C Start 3ph 609

2 1,7,9 228 98 I>4 Start A * * 4th Stage O/C Start A 610

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 120/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT

2 1,7,9 228 99 I>4 Start B * * 4th Stage O/C Start B 611

2 1,7,9 228 100 I>4 Start C * * 4th Stage O/C Start C 612

2 1,7,9 224 67 IN>1 Start * * * * 1st Stage EF Start 613

2 1,7,9 228 102 IN>2 Start * * * * 2nd Stage EF Start 614

2 1,7,9 228 103 IN>3 Start * * 3rd Stage EF Start 615

2 1,7,9 228 104 IN>4 Start * * 4th Stage EF Start 616

2 1,7,9 228 105 ISEF>1 Start * * * * 1st Stage SEF Start 617

2 1,7,9 228 106 ISEF>2 Start * * 2nd Stage SEF Start 618

2 1,7,9 228 107 ISEF>3 Start * * 3rd Stage SEF Start 619

2 1,7,9 228 108 ISEF>4 Start * * 4th Stage SEF Start 620

2 1,7,9 228 109 100% ST EF Start * * 100% Stator Earth Fault Start 621

2 1,7,9 228 110 F<1 Start * * * *Under frequency Stage 1 START

622


623


624


625

2 1,7,9 228 114 F>1 Start * * * *Over frequency Stage 1 START

626

2 1,7,9 228 115 F>2 Start * * * *Over frequency Stage 2 START

627

2 1,7,9 228 116 I> BlockStart * * I> Blocked O/C Start, inhibited by CB Fail

628

2 1,7,9 228 117 IN/SEF>Blk Start * * IN/ISEF> Blocked O/C Start, inhibited by CB Fail

629

2 1,7,9 228 118 df/dt Start * *Rate of change of frequency Start

630

228 119 IA< Start * * * * IA< operate 631

228 120 IB< Start * * * * IB< operate 632

228 121 IC< Start * * * * IC< operate 633

228 122 ISEF< Start * * * * ISEF< operate 634

228 123 IN< Start * * * IN< operate 635

2 1,7,9 228 124 V/Hz Start * * * Volts per Hz Start 636

2 1,7,9 228 125 FFail1 Start * * * Field failure Stage 1 start 637

2 1,7,9 228 126 FFail2 Start * * * Field failure Stage 2 start 638

2 1,7,9 228 127 V Dep OC Start * * *Voltage Dependent Overcurrent Start

639

2 1,7,9 228 128 V Dep OC Start A * * *Voltage Dependent Overcurrent Start A

640

2 1,7,9 228 129 V Dep OC Start B * * *Voltage Dependent Overcurrent Start B

641

2 1,7,9 228 130 V Dep OC Start C * * *Voltage Dependent Overcurrent Start C

642

2 1,7,9 228 131 SPower1 Start * * * *Sensitive A Phase Power Stage1 Start

643

2 1,7,9 228 132 SPower2 Start * * * *Sensitive A Phase Power Stage2 Start

644

2 1,7,9 228 133 PSlipz Z1 Start * *Pole Slip (Impedance) Zone1 Start

645

2 1,7,9 228 134 PSlipz Z2 Start * *Pole Slip (Impedance) Zone2 Start

646

2 1,7,9 228 135 PSlipz LensStart * *Pole Slip (impedance) Lens Start

647

2 1,7,9 228 136 PSlipz BlindStrt * *Pole Slip (impedance) Blinder Start

648

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 121/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT

2 1,7,9 228 137 PSlipz ReactStrt * *Pole Slip (impedance) Reactance Line Start

649

2 1,7,9 228 138 Z<1 Start * * *Under Impedance Stage 1 Start

650

2 1,7,9 228 139 Z<1 Start A * * *Under Impedance Stage 1 Start A

651

2 1,7,9 228 140 Z<1 Start B * * *Under Impedance Stage 1 Start B

652

2 1,7,9 228 141 Z<1 Start C * * *Under Impedance Stage 1 Start C

653

2 1,7,9 228 142 Z<2 Start * * *Under Impedance Stage 2 Start

654

2 1,7,9 228 143 Z<2 Start A * * *Under Impedance Stage 2 Start A

655

2 1,7,9 228 144 Z<2 Start B * * *Under Impedance Stage 2 Start B

656

2 1,7,9 228 145 Z<2 Start C * * *Under Impedance Stage 2 Start C

657

2 1,7,9 228 146 CLI1 Alarm Start * * * *Current Loop Input 1 Alarm Start

658


659


660


661

2 1,7,9 228 150 CLI1 Trip Start * * * *Current Loop Input 1 Trip Start

662


663


664


665

228 154 666

228 155 667

228 156 668

228 157 669

228 158 670

228 159 671

228 160 672

228 161 673

228 162 674

228 163 675

228 164 676

228 165 677

228 166 678

228 167 679

228 168 680

228 169 681

228 170 682

228 171 683

228 172 684

228 173 685

228 174 686

228 175 687

228 176 688

228 177 689

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 122/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT

228 178 690

228 179 691

228 180 692

228 181 693

228 182 694

228 183 695

228 184 696

228 185 697

228 186 698

228 187 699

228 188 700

228 189 701

228 190 702

228 191 703

228 192 704

228 193 705

228 194 706

228 195 707

228 196 708

228 197 709

228 198 710

228 199 711

228 200 712

228 201 713

228 202 714

228 203 715

228 204 716

228 205 717

228 206 718

228 207 719

228 208 720

228 209 721

228 210 722

228 211 723

228 212 724

228 213 725

228 214 726

228 215 727

228 216 728

228 217 729

228 218 730

228 219 731

228 220 732

228 221 733

228 222 734

228 223 735

228 224 VTS Fast Block * * * VTS Fast Block 736

228 225 VTS Slow Block * * * VTS Slow Block 737

228 226 CTS Block * * * CTS Block 738

1 1,7 228 227 Control Trip * Control Trip 739

1 1,7 228 228 Control Close * Control Close 740

1 1,7 228 229 Close in Prog * Control Close in Progress 741

1 1,7 228 230 Reconnection *Reconnection Time Delay Output

742

1 1,7,9 228 231 RTD 1 Alarm * * * RTD 1 Alarm 743





Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 123/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT






228 241 Lockout Alarm * * * * Composite lockout alarm 753

1 1,7,9 228 242 CB Open 3 ph * * * * 3 ph CB Open 754

1 1,7,9 228 243 CB Closed 3 ph * * * * 3 ph CB Closed 755

1 1,7,9 228 244 Field volts fail * * * *Field Voltage Failure (Alarm 66)

756

228 245 All Poles Dead * * * All Poles Dead 757

228 246 Any Pole Dead * * * Any Pole Dead 758

228 247 Pole Dead A * * * Phase A Pole Dead 759

228 248 Pole Dead B * * * Phase B Pole Dead 760

228 249 Pole Dead C * * * Phase C Pole Dead 761

228 250 VTS Acc Ind * * * Accelerate Ind 762

228 251 VTS Volt Dep * * * Any Voltage Dependent 763

228 252 VTS IA> * * * Ia over threshold 764

228 253 VTS IB> * * * Ib over threshold 765

228 254 VTS IC> * * * Ic over threshold 766

228 255 VTS VA> * * * Va over threshold 767

229 0 VTS VB> * * * Vb over threshold 768

229 1 VTS VC> * * * Vc over threshold 769

229 2 VTS I2> * * * I2 over threshold 770

229 3 VTS V2> * * * V2 over threshold 771

229 4 VTS IA delta> * * *Superimposed Ia over threshold

772

229 5 VTS IB delta> * * *Superimposed Ib over threshold

773

229 6 VTS IC delta> * * *Superimposed Ic over threshold

774

229 7 BFail SEF Trip-1 * * *CBF current prot SEF stage trip

775

229 8 BFail Non I Tr-1 * * *CBF non current prot stage trip

776

229 9 BFail SEF Trip * * * CBF current Prot SEF Trip 777

229 10 BFail Non I Trip * * * CBF Non Current Prot Trip 778

229 11 Freq High * * * Freq High 779

229 12 Freq Low * * * Freq Low 780

229 13 Freq Not found * * * Freq Not found 781

229 14 Stop Freq Track * * * Stop Freq Track 782

1 1,7 229 15 Recon LOM-1 * Reconnect LOM (unqualified) 783

1 1,7 229 16 Recon Disable-1 * Reconnect Disable (unqualified)

784

1 1,7 229 17 Recon LOM * Reconnect LOM 785

1 1,7 229 18 Recon Disable * Reconnect Disable 786

229 19 787

229 20 788

229 21 789

229 22 790

229 23 791

229 24 792

229 25 793

229 26 794

229 27 795

229 28 796

229 29 797

229 30 798

229 31 799

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 124/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT

229 32 800

229 33 801

229 34 802

229 35 803

229 36 804

229 37 805

229 38 806

229 39 807

229 40 808

229 41 809

229 42 810

229 43 811

229 44 812

229 45 813

229 46 814

229 47 815

229 48 816

229 49 817

229 50 818

229 51 819

229 52 820

229 53 821

229 54 822

229 55 823

229 56 824

229 57 825

229 58 826

229 59 827

229 60 828

229 61 829

229 62 830

229 63 831

1 9,11,12,20,21 229 64 Control Input 1 * * * * Control Input 832



























Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 125/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT






229 96 GOOSE VIP 1 864

229 97 GOOSE VIP 2 865

229 98 GOOSE VIP 3 866

229 99 GOOSE VIP 4 867

229 100 GOOSE VIP 5 868

229 101 GOOSE VIP 6 869

229 102 GOOSE VIP 7 870

229 103 GOOSE VIP 8 871

229 104 GOOSE VIP 9 872

229 105 GOOSE VIP 10 873

229 106 GOOSE VIP 11 874

229 107 GOOSE VIP 12 875

229 108 GOOSE VIP 13 876

229 109 GOOSE VIP 14 877

229 110 GOOSE VIP 15 878

229 111 GOOSE VIP 16 879

229 112 GOOSE VIP 17 880

229 113 GOOSE VIP 18 881

229 114 GOOSE VIP 19 882

229 115 GOOSE VIP 20 883

229 116 GOOSE VIP 21 884

229 117 GOOSE VIP 22 885

229 118 GOOSE VIP 23 886

229 119 GOOSE VIP 24 887

229 120 GOOSE VIP 25 888

229 121 GOOSE VIP 26 889

229 122 GOOSE VIP 27 890

229 123 GOOSE VIP 28 891

229 124 GOOSE VIP 29 892

229 125 GOOSE VIP 30 893

229 126 GOOSE VIP 31 894

229 127 GOOSE VIP 32 895

229 128 GOOSE VOP 1 896

229 129 GOOSE VOP 2 897

229 130 GOOSE VOP 3 898

229 131 GOOSE VOP 4 899

229 132 GOOSE VOP 5 900

229 133 GOOSE VOP 6 901

229 134 GOOSE VOP 7 902

229 135 GOOSE VOP 8 903

229 136 InterLogic I/P 1 904








229 144 InterLogic O/P 1 912






Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 126/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT



229 152 Direct Ctrl 1 920








229 160 PSL Int. 1 * * * PSL Internal Node 1 928

















































Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 127/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT















































1 1,7 229 255 Battery Fail * * * (Alarm 65)

230 0 Unused (Alarm 67)

1 1,7 230 1 GOOSE IED Absent * * * (Alarm 68)

1 1,7 230 2 NIC not fitted * * * (Alarm 69)

1 1,7 230 3 NIC no response * * * (Alarm 70)

1 1,7 230 4 NIC fatal error * * * (Alarm 71)

1 1,7 230 5 NIC Software Reload * * * (Alarm 72)

1 1,7 230 6 Bad TCP/IP Configuration * * * (Alarm 73)

1 1,7 230 7 Bad OSI Configuration * * * (Alarm 74)

1 1,7 230 8 NIC Link Fail * * * (Alarm 75)

1 1,7 230 9 NIC SW-Mismatch * * * (Alarm 76)

1 1,7 230 10 IP addr conflict * * * (Alarm 77)


Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 128/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT



















1 2 3 4 5 6

20 20 229 64 Control Input 1 * * * Control Input 832
































DDB Ordinal

Private Range Information Numbers in Control Direction

ASDU TYPE COT DDB Signal DescriptionFUNInf. No.

Display Text (English)Model Number

GI

Relay Menu Database

MiCOM P342, P343

P34x/EN GC/F33

Page 129/170


Inf. No.


ASDU TYPE COT

ACC Standard

0 Global Null Channel

1 IL1

2 IL2

3 IL3

4 IN

5 VL1E

6 VL2E

7 VL3E

8 VEN

64 - IN Sensitive

65 -

66 -

67 -

245 - SampleTime

Disturbance Data Actual Channel Identifiers

IB

IA

Interpretation

IN

IC

IC-2

IB-2

IA-2

VBN

VAN

VN

VCN


Page 130/170 MiCOM P342, P343

1. INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this document is to describe the specific implementation of theDistributed Network Protocol (DNP) version 3.0 within P340 MiCOM relays.

The MiCOM P340 uses the Triangle MicroWorks, Inc. DNP 3.0 Slave Source CodeLibrary version 2.31.

This document, in conjunction with the DNP 3.0 Basic 4 Document Set, and the DNPSubset Definitions Document, provides complete information on how to communicatewith P340 relays with the DNP 3.0 protocol.

This implementation of DNP 3.0 is fully compliant with DNP 3.0 Subset DefinitionLevel 2. It also contains many Subset Level 3 and above features.

2. DNP V3.0 DEVICE PROFILE

The following table provides a “Device Profile Document” in the standard formatdefined in the DNP 3.0 Subset Definitions Document. While it is referred to in theDNP 3.0 Subset Definitions as a “Document”, it is only a component of a totalinteroperability guide. This table, in combination with the following should provide acomplete interoperability/configuration guide for the P340 range of MiCOM relays:

• The Implementation Table provided in Section §3

• The Point List Tables provided in Section §4


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 131/170

DNP 3.0Device Profile Document

Vendor Name: ALSTOM T&D Ltd – Energy Automation and Information

Device Name: MiCOM P340 Generator Protection

Models Covered: • P341****4*0070*• P342****4*0070*• P343****4*0070*

Highest DNP Level Supported:For Requests: Level 2For Responses: Level 2

Device Function: Master Slave

Notable objects, functions, and/or qualifiers supported in addition to the highest DNP levelssupported (the complete list is described in the DNP 3.0 Implementation Table):• For static (non-change event) object requests, request qualifier codes 00

and 01 (start-stop), 07 and 08 (limited quantity), and 17 and 28 (index) aresupported in addition to the request qualifier code 06 (no range (allpoints)).

• Static object requests sent with qualifiers 00, 01, 06, 07, or 08 will beresponded with qualifiers 00 or 01.

• Static object requests sent with qualifiers 17 or 28 will be responded withqualifiers 17 or 28.

• For change-event object requests, qualifiers 17 or 28 are always responded.• 16-bit and 32-bit analog change events with time may be requested.• The read function code for Object 50 (time and date) variation 1 is

supported.

Maximum Data Link Frame Size (octets):Transmitted: 292Received: 292

Maximum Application Fragment Size (octets)Transmitted: 2048Received: 249

Maximum Data Link Retries: None Fixed at 2 Configurable

Maximum Application Layer Retries: None Configurable

Requires Data Link Layer Confirmation: Never Always Sometimes Configurable

Requires Application Layer Confirmation: Never Always When reporting event data When sending multi-fragment

responses Sometimes Configurable


Page 132/170 MiCOM P342, P343

Timeouts while waiting for:

Data Link Confirm: None Fixed at 100ms

Variable Configurable

Complete Appl. Fragment: None Fixed at ___ Variable Configurable

Application Confirm: None Fixed at 1s

Variable Configurable

Complete Appl. Response: None Fixed at ___ Variable Configurable

Others:

Inter-character Delay: 4 character times at selected baud rate

Select/Operate Arm Timeout: Default 10s

Need Time Interval: Configurable, 0 or 30min

Sends/Executes Control Operations:

Write Binary Outputs: Never Always Sometimes Configurable

Select/Operate: Never Always Sometimes Configurable

Direct Operate: Never Always Sometimes Configurable

Direct Operate – No Ack: Never Always Sometimes Configurable

Count > 1 Never Always Sometimes Configurable

Pulse On/NUL/Trip/Close Never Always Sometimes Configurable

Pulse Off/NUL/Trip/Close Never Always Sometimes Configurable

Latch On/NUL Never Always Sometimes Configurable

Latch Off/NUL Never Always Sometimes Configurable

Queue Never Always Sometimes Configurable

Clear Queue Never Always Sometimes ConfigurableNote: The applicability of the Pulse On, Latch On, & Latch Off control operations is specified in the Object10/12 point list table in section §4.2.

Reports Binary Input Change Events when nospecific variation requested: Never Only time-tagged variation 2 Only non-time-tagged Configurable

Reports time-tagged Binary Input ChangeEvents when no specific variation requested: Never Binary input change with time Binary input change with relative time Configurable

Sends Unsolicited Responses: Never Configurable Certain objects only Sometimes Enable/Disable unsolicited functions

codes supported

Sends Static Data in Unsolicited Responses: Never When device restarts When status flags changes

No other options are permitted.


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 133/170

Default Counter Object/Variation: No counters reported Configurable Default object: 20 Default variation: 5 Point-by-point list attached

Counters Roll Over at: No counters reported Configurable 16 bits 32 bits Other value: _____ Point-by-point list attached

Sends multi-fragment responses: Yes No

3. IMPLEMENTATION TABLE

The following table identifies the variations, function codes, and qualifiers supportedby the P340 in both request and response messages.

For static (non-change-event) objects, requests sent with qualifiers 00, 01, 06, 07, or08, will be responded with qualifiers 00 or 01. Static object requests sent withqualifiers 17 or 28 will be responded with qualifiers 17 or 28. For change-eventobjects, qualifiers 17 or 28 are always responded.

Object Request Response

ObjectNumber

VariationNumber

DescriptionFunction Codes

(dec)Qualifier Codes

(hex)Function

Codes (dec)Qualifier Codes

(hex)

1 0 Binary Input (Variation 0is used to request defaultvariation)

1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

1 1

(default –see note 1)

Binary Input without Flag 1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)

(index –see note 2)

1 2 Binary Input with Flag 1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


2 0 Binary Input Change(Variation 0 is used torequest default variation)

1 (read) 06

07, 08

(no range, or all)

(limited qty)

2 1 Binary Input Changewithout Time

1 (read) 06

07, 08

(no range, or all)

(limited qty)

129 (response) 17, 28 (index)

2 2


Binary Input Change withTime

1 (read) 06

07, 08

(no range, or all)

(limited qty)


10 0 Binary Output Status(Variation 0 is used torequest default variation)

1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

10 2


Binary Output Status 1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)



Page 134/170 MiCOM P342, P343


ObjectNumber

VariationNumber



(hex)Function


(hex)

12 1 Control Relay OutputBlock

3

4

5

6

(select)

(operate)

(direct op)

(dir. op, no ack)

00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) echo of request

20 0 Binary Counter (Variation0 is used to requestdefault variation)

1

7

8

9

10

(read)

(freeze)

(freeze no ack)

(freeze clear)

(frz. cl. no ack)

00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

20 1 32-Bit Binary Counterwith Flag

1

7

8

9

10

(read)

(freeze)

(freeze no ack)

(freeze clear)

(frz. cl. no ack)

00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


20 2 16-Bit Binary Counterwith Flag

1

7

8

9

10

(read)

(freeze)

(freeze no ack)

(freeze clear)

(frz. cl. no ack)

00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


20 5


32-Bit Binary Counterwithout Flag

1

7

8

9

10

(read)

(freeze)

(freeze no ack)

(freeze clear)

(frz. cl. no ack)

00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


20 6 16-Bit Binary Counterwithout Flag

1

7

8

9

10

(read)

(freeze)

(freeze no ack)

(freeze clear)

(frz. cl. no ack)

00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


21 0 Frozen Counter(Variation 0 is used torequest default variation)

1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

21 1 32-Bit Frozen Counterwith Flag

1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


21 2 16-Bit Frozen Counterwith Flag

1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


21 9


32-Bit Frozen Counterwithout Flag

1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


21 10 16-Bit Frozen Counterwithout Flag

1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)



MiCOM P342, P343 Page 135/170


ObjectNumber

VariationNumber



(hex)Function


(hex)

30 0 Analog Input (Variation 0is used to request defaultvariation)

1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

30 1 32-Bit Analog Input 1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


30 2


16-Bit Analog Input 1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


30 3 32-Bit Analog Inputwithout Flag

1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


30 4 16-Bit Analog Inputwithout Flag

1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


32 0 Analog Change Event(Variation 0 is used torequest default variation)

1 (read) 06

07, 08

(no range, or all)

(limited qty)

32 1 32-Bit Analog ChangeEvent without Time

1 (read) 06

07, 08

(no range, or all)

(limited qty)


32 2


16-Bit Analog ChangeEvent without Time

1 (read) 06

07, 08

(no range, or all)

(limited qty)


32 3 32-Bit Analog ChangeEvent with Time

1 (read) 06

07, 08

(no range, or all)

(limited qty)


32 4 16-Bit Analog ChangeEvent with Time

1 (read) 06

07, 08

(no range, or all)

(limited qty)


50 0 Time and Date 1 (read) 00, 01

06

07, 08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


50 1


Time and Date 1

2

(read)

(write)

00, 01

06

07

08

17, 28

(start-stop)

(no range, or all)

(limited qty = 1)

(limited qty)

(index)

129 (response) 00, 01

17, 28

(start-stop)


52 2 Time Delay Fine 129 (response) 07 (limitedqty)

(qty = 1)

60 0 Class 0, 1, 2, and 3Data

1 (read) 06 (no range, or all)

60 1 Class 0 Data 1 (read) 06 (no range, or all) 129 (response) 17, 28 (index)

60 2 Class 1 Data 1 (read) 06

07, 08

(no range, or all)

(limited qty)



07, 08

(no range, or all)

(limited qty)



07, 08

(no range, or all)

(limited qty)



Page 136/170 MiCOM P342, P343


ObjectNumber

VariationNumber



(hex)Function


(hex)

80 1 Internal Indications 1 (write) 00 (start–stop)(index must = 7)

No Object (function codeonly)

13 (cold restart)


1 (warm restart)


1 (delay meas.)

Notes:

1. A Default variation refers to the variation responded when variation 0 isrequested and/or in class 0, 1, 2, or 3 scans.

2. For static (non-change-event) objects, qualifiers 17 or 28 are only respondedwhen a request is sent with qualifiers 17 or 28, respectively. Otherwise, staticobject requests sent with qualifiers 00, 01, 06, 07, or 08, will be respondedwith qualifiers 00 or 01. (For change-event objects, qualifiers 17 or 28 arealways responded.)

4. POINT LIST

The tables in the following sections identify all the individual data points provided bythis implementation of DNP 3.0.

4.1 Binary input points

The Binary Input objects (1 & 2) provide read-only access to a sub-set of the P340’sdigital data bus (DDB).

By default, all the static object (object 1) points belong to the Class 0 data set. Thedefault allocation of the points in the change-event object (object 2) to a change-event class (1, 2, 3) is indicated in the point-list table below. The MiCOM S1 settingsupport software may be used to alter both of these assignments. However,deselecting a point from class 0 also has the effect of removing the point from thepoint-list of objects 1 & 2 and renumbering the remaining points to ensure the pointindices are contiguous.

The validity of each point is reported through the “online” bit in the “flag”, which issupplied for each point with the “with flag” object variations. Points reported asbeing offline, will typically be points that are invalid for the relay’s currentconfiguration, which is a product of its model number and current settings.


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 137/170

Binary Input PointsStatic (Steady-State) Object Number: 1Change Event Object Number: 2Request Function Codes supported: 1 (read)Static Variation reported when variation 0 requested: 1 (Binary Input without status)Change Event Variation reported when variation 0 requested: 2 (Binary Input Change with Time)

P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex

Name/DescriptionDDBNO

DefaultChange

Event Class(1, 2, 3, or

none)

InitialValue

Output Relay Status

0 0 0 Output Relay 1 0 2 False
























24 Output Relay 25 24 2 False









Page 138/170 MiCOM P342, P343


P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex


DefaultChange


none)

InitialValue

Opto Isolator Input Status

24 24 32 Opto Isolator Input 1 32 2 False
























56 Opto Isolator Input 25 56 2 False









MiCOM P342, P343 Page 139/170


P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex


DefaultChange


none)

InitialValue

Alarm & Event Indications

48 48 64 Setting Group via Opto Invalid 290 2 False

49 49 65 Test Mode Enabled 291 2 False

50 50 66 VTS Indication 292 2 False

51 51 67 CTS Indication 293 2 False

52 52 68 Breaker Fail Any Trip 294 2 False

53 53 69 Broken Current Maintenance Alarm 295 2 False

54 54 70 Broken Current Lockout Alarm 296 2 False

55 55 71 Number of CB Operations Maintenance Alarm 297 2 False

56 56 72Number of CB Operations MaintenanceLockout 298 2 False

57 57 73Excessive CB Operation Time MaintenanceAlarm

299 2 False

58 58 74 Excessive CB Operation Time Lockout Alarm 300 2 False

59 59 75 Excessive Fault Frequency Lockout Alarm 301 2 False

60 60 76 CB Status Alarm 302 2 False

61 CB Failed to Trip 303 2 False

62 CB Failed to Close 304 2 False

63 Control CB Unhealthy 305 2 False

64 Frequency Out of Range 306 2 False

61 77 Negative Phase Sequence Alarm 306 2 False

65 62 78 Thermal Overload Alarm 307 2 False

63 79 Volts Per Hz Alarm 308 2 False

64 80 Field Failure Alarm 309 2 False

65 81 RTD Thermal Alarm 310 2 False

66 82 RTD Open Circuit Failure 311 2 False

67 83 RTD Short Circuit Failure 312 2 False

68 84 RTD Data Inconsistency Error 313 2 False

69 85 RTD Board Failure 314 2 False

66 70 86 Frequency Protection Alarm 315 2 False

67 71 87 Voltage Protection Alarm 316 2 False

68 72 88 User Definable Alarm 1 (Self Reset) 351 2 False




Page 140/170 MiCOM P342, P343


P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex


DefaultChange


none)

InitialValue

75 91 RTD 1 Alarm 743 2 False










71 85 101 Composite Lockout Alarm 753 2 False

72 86 102 Field Voltage Failure 756 2 False

Miscellaneous Indications

73 87 103 Battery Status N/A 2 False

74 88 104 IRIG-B Status N/A 2 False

Protection Operation Signals

75 89 105 Any Trip 162 2 False

76 90 106 External Trip 3ph 380 2 False

107 100% Stator Earth Fault Trip 416 2 False

108 Dead Machine Protection Trip 417 2 False

109 Generator Differential Trip 3ph 418 2 False

110 Generator Differential Trip A 419 2 False

111 Generator Differential Trip B 420 2 False

112 Generator Differential Trip C 421 2 False

91 113 Field Failure Stage 1 Trip 422 2 False

92 114 Field Failure Stage 2 Trip 423 2 False

93 115 Negative Phase Sequence Trip 424 2 False

94 116 Voltage Dependant Over Current Trip 3ph 425 2 False

95 117 Voltage Dependant Over Current Trip A 426 2 False

96 118 Voltage Dependant Over Current Trip B 427 2 False

97 119 Voltage Dependant Over Current Trip C 428 2 False

98 120 Volts per Hz Trip 429 2 False

99 121 RTD 1 Trip 430 2 False



MiCOM P342, P343 Page 141/170


P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex


DefaultChange


none)

InitialValue








108 130 RTD 10 Trip 439 2 False

109 131 Any RTD Trip 440 2 False

77 Rate Of Change Of Frequency Trip 440 2 False

78 Voltage Vector Shift Trip 441 2 False

79 110 132 1st Stage EF Trip 442 2 False

80 111 133 2nd Stage EF Trip 443 2 False

81 3rd Stage EF Trip 444 2 False

82 4th Stage EF Trip 445 2 False

83 112 134 REF Trip 446 2 False

84 113 135 1st Stage SEF Trip 447 2 False

85 2nd Stage SEF Trip 448 2 False

86 3rd Stage SEF Trip 449 2 False

87 4th Stage SEF Trip 450 2 False

88 114 136 1st Stage Residual O/V Trip 451 2 False

89 115 137 2nd Stage Residual O/V Trip 452 2 False

90 116 138 1st Stage Phase U/V Trip 3ph 453 2 False

91 117 139 1st Stage Phase U/V Trip A/AB 454 2 False

92 118 140 1st Stage Phase U/V Trip B/BC 455 2 False

93 119 141 1st Stage Phase U/V Trip C/CA 456 2 False

94 120 142 2nd Stage Phase U/V Trip 3ph 457 2 False

95 121 143 2nd Stage Phase U/V Trip A/AB 458 2 False

96 122 144 2nd Stage Phase U/V Trip B/BC 459 2 False

97 123 145 2nd Stage Phase U/V Trip C/CA 460 2 False

98 124 146 1st Stage Phase O/V Trip 3ph 461 2 False

99 125 147 1st Stage Phase O/V Trip A/AB 462 2 False

100 126 148 1st Stage Phase O/V Trip B/BC 463 2 False

101 127 149 1st Stage Phase O/V Trip C/CA 464 2 False


Page 142/170 MiCOM P342, P343


P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex


DefaultChange


none)

InitialValue

102 128 150 2nd Stage Phase O/V Trip 3ph 465 2 False

103 129 151 2nd Stage Phase O/V Trip A/AB 466 2 False

104 130 152 2nd Stage Phase O/V Trip B/BC 467 2 False

105 131 153 2nd Stage Phase O/V Trip C/CA 468 2 False

106 132 154 Under Frequency Stage 1 Trip 469 2 False




110 136 158 Over Frequency Stage 1 Trip 473 2 False

111 137 159 Over Frequency Stage 2 Trip 474 2 False

112 138 160 Power Stage 1 Trip 475 2 False

113 139 161 Power Stage 2 Trip 476 2 False

114 140 162 1st Stage O/C Trip 3ph 477 2 False

115 141 163 1st Stage O/C Trip A 478 2 False

116 142 164 1st Stage O/C Trip B 479 2 False

117 143 165 1st Stage O/C Trip C 480 2 False

118 144 166 2nd Stage O/C Trip 3ph 481 2 False

119 145 167 2nd Stage O/C Trip A 482 2 False

120 146 168 2nd Stage O/C Trip B 483 2 False

121 147 169 2nd Stage O/C Trip C 484 2 False

122 3rd Stage O/C Trip 3ph 485 2 False

123 3rd Stage O/C Trip A 486 2 False

124 3rd Stage O/C Trip B 487 2 False

125 3rd Stage O/C Trip C 488 2 False

126 4th Stage O/C Trip 3ph 489 2 False

127 4th Stage O/C Trip A 490 2 False

128 4th Stage O/C Trip B 491 2 False

129 4th Stage O/C Trip C 492 2 False

130 148 170 tBF1 Trip 3ph 493 2 False

131 149 171 tBF2 Trip 3ph 494 2 False

132 150 172 Sensitive A Phase Power Stage 1 Trip 495 2 False

133 151 173 Sensitive A Phase Power Stage 2 Trip 496 2 False

174 Pole Slip (Impedance) Zone1 Trip 497 2 False

175 Pole Slip (Impedance) Zone2 Trip 498 2 False


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 143/170


P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex


DefaultChange


none)

InitialValue

134 152 176 Thermal Overload Trip 499 2 False

153 177 Under Impedance 3 Phase Stage 1 Trip 500 2 False

154 178 Under Impedance Phase A Stage 1 Trip 501 2 False

155 179 Under Impedance Phase B Stage 1 Trip 502 2 False

156 180 Under Impedance Phase C Stage 1 Trip 503 2 False

157 181 Under Impedance 3 Phase Stage 2 Trip 504 2 False

158 182 Under Impedance Phase A Stage 2 Trip 505 2 False

159 183 Under Impedance Phase B Stage 2 Trip 506 2 False

160 184 Under Impedance Phase C Stage 2 Trip 507 2 False

135 161 185 Any Start 576 2 False

136 162 186 1st Stage Residual O/V Start 577 2 False

137 163 187 2nd Stage Residual O/V Start 578 2 False

138 164 188 1st Stage Phase U/V Start 3ph 579 2 False

139 165 189 1st Stage Phase U/V Start A/AB 580 2 False

140 166 190 1st Stage Phase U/V Start B/BC 581 2 False

141 167 191 1st Stage Phase U/V Start C/CA 582 2 False

142 168 192 2nd Stage Phase U/V Start 3ph 583 2 False

143 169 193 2nd Stage Phase U/V Start A/AB 584 2 False

144 170 194 2nd Stage Phase U/V Start B/BC 585 2 False

145 171 195 2nd Stage Phase U/V Start C/CA 586 2 False

146 172 196 1st Stage Phase O/V Start 3ph 587 2 False

147 173 197 1st Stage Phase O/V Start A/AB 588 2 False

148 174 198 1st Stage Phase O/V Start B/BC 589 2 False

149 175 199 1st Stage Phase O/V Start C/CA 590 2 False

150 176 200 2nd Stage Phase O/V Start 3ph 591 2 False

151 177 201 2nd Stage Phase O/V Start A/AB 592 2 False

152 178 202 2nd Stage Phase O/V Start B/BC 593 2 False

153 179 203 2nd Stage Phase O/V Start C/CA 594 2 False

154 180 204 Power Stage 1 Start 595 2 False

155 181 205 Power Stage 2 Start 596 2 False

156 182 206 1st Stage O/C Start 3ph 597 2 False

157 183 207 1st Stage O/C Start A 598 2 False

158 184 208 1st Stage O/C Start B 599 2 False

159 185 209 1st Stage O/C Start C 600 2 False


Page 144/170 MiCOM P342, P343


P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex


DefaultChange


none)

InitialValue

160 186 210 2nd Stage O/C Start 3ph 601 2 False

161 187 211 2nd Stage O/C Start A 602 2 False

162 188 212 2nd Stage O/C Start B 603 2 False

163 189 213 2nd Stage O/C Start C 604 2 False

164 3rd Stage O/C Start 3ph 605 2 False

165 3rd Stage O/C Start A 606 2 False

166 3rd Stage O/C Start B 607 2 False

167 3rd Stage O/C Start C 608 2 False

168 4th Stage O/C Start 3ph 609 2 False

169 4th Stage O/C Start A 610 2 False

170 4th Stage O/C Start B 611 2 False

171 4th Stage O/C Start C 612 2 False

172 190 214 1st Stage EF Start 613 2 False

173 191 215 2nd Stage EF Start 614 2 False

174 3rd Stage EF Start 615 2 False

175 4th Stage EF Start 616 2 False

176 192 216 1st Stage SEF Start 617 2 False

177 2nd Stage SEF Start 618 2 False

178 3rd Stage SEF Start 619 2 False

179 4th Stage SEF Start 620 2 False

217 100% Stator Earth Fault Start 621 2 False

180 193 218 Under Frequency Stage 1 Start 622 2 False




184 197 222 Over Frequency Stage 1 Start 626 2 False

185 198 223 Over Frequency Stage 2 Start 627 2 False

186 I> Blocked O/C Start 628 2 False

187 IN/ISEF> Blocked O/C Start 629 2 False

188 Rate Of Change Of Frequency Start 630 2 False

199 224 Volts per Hz Start 636 2 False

200 225 Field Failure Stage 1 Start 637 2 False

201 226 Field Failure Stage 2 Start 638 2 False

202 227 Voltage Dependant Over Current Start 3Ph 639 2 False


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 145/170


P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex


DefaultChange


none)

InitialValue

203 228 Voltage Dependant Over Current Start A 640 2 False

204 229 Voltage Dependant Over Current Start B 641 2 False

205 230 Voltage Dependant Over Current Start C 642 2 False

189 206 231 Sensitive A Phase Power Stage 1 Start 643 2 False

190 207 232 Sensitive A Phase Power Stage 2 Start 644 2 False

233 Pole Slip (Impedance) Zone1 Start 645 2 False

234 Pole Slip (Impedance) Zone2 Start 646 2 False

235 Pole Slip (impedance) Lens Start 647 2 False

236 Pole Slip (impedance) Blinder Start 648 2 False

237 Pole Slip (impedance) Reactance Line Start 649 2 False

208 238 Under Impedance 3Phase Stage 1 Start 650 2 False

209 239 Under Impedance Phase A Stage 1 Start 651 2 False

210 240 Under Impedance Phase B Stage 1 Start 652 2 False

211 241 Under Impedance Phase C Stage 1 Start 653 2 False

212 242 Under Impedance 3Phase Stage 2 Start 654 2 False

213 243 Under Impedance Phase A Stage 2 Start 655 2 False

214 244 Under Impedance Phase B Stage 2 Start 656 2 False

215 245 Under Impedance Phase C Stage 2 Start 657 2 False

191 216 246 VTS Fast Block 736 2 False

192 217 247 VTS Slow Block 737 2 False

193 218 248 CTS Block 738 2 False

194 Control Trip 739 2 False

195 Control Close 740 2 False

196 Control Close in Progress 741 2 False

197 Reconnection Time Delay Output 742 2 False

CB Status

198 219 249 3 ph CB Open 754 2 False

199 220 250 3 ph CB Closed 755 2 False

200 221 251 IA< Operate 631 2 False

201 222 252 IB< Operate 632 2 False

202 223 253 IC< Operate 633 2 False

203 224 254 ISEF< Operate 634 2 False

225 255 IN< Operate 635 2 False

204 226 256 All Poles Dead 757 2 False


Page 146/170 MiCOM P342, P343


P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex


DefaultChange


none)

InitialValue

205 227 257 Any Pole Dead 758 2 False

206 228 258 Phase A Pole Dead 759 2 False

207 229 259 Phase B Pole Dead 760 2 False

208 230 260 Phase C Pole Dead 761 2 False

New in software version 07

Alarm Signals

209 231 261 CLIO Input Board Failure 320 2 False

210 232 262 CLIO Output Board Failure 321 2 False

211 233 263 Current Loop Input 1 Alarm 322 2 False




215 237 267 Current Loop Input 1 Undercurrent Fail Alarm 326 2 False




219 241 271 User Definable Alarm 16 (Manual Reset) 336 2 False













Trip Signals

232 254 284 Current Loop Input 1 Trip 508 2 False





MiCOM P342, P343 Page 147/170


P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex


DefaultChange


none)

InitialValue

Start Signals

236 258 288 Current Loop Input 1 Alarm Start 658 2 False




240 262 292 Current Loop Input 1 Trip Start 662 2 False




4.2 Binary output status points and control relay output block

The following table lists both the Binary Output Status Points (Object 10) and theControl Relay Output Block (Object 12).

Binary Output Status points are included in Class 0 data set. (Since there is not achange-event object for the binary outputs, the binary output points are not part ofthe class 1, 2, or 3 data sets). It is not possible to configure the class 0 membershipof this object with MiCOM S1.


The Control Relay Output Block (CROB) implementation is compliant with the DNPtechnical bulletin TB2000-006, which rescinds CROB behaviours specified in theoriginal four document set and addendum sub-set documents.

The following text is a brief summary of DNP technical bulletin TB2000-006:

Each control point in the CROB may be either a "complimentary control function" or a"single function".

Examples of complimentary control functions are:

• Trip and close

• On and Off

Examples of single-function controls are:

• Trip

• Activate


Page 148/170 MiCOM P342, P343

A point index cannot support both complimentary and single-function methods ofoperation.

Complimentary control function points require the use of a complementary control-code pair. The CROB provides two sets of control pairs:

• Code 0316 "Latch On" and code 0416 "Latch Off"

• Code 4116 "Pulse On/Close" and code 8116 "Pulse On/Trip"

In DNP there is no significance to these codes; they do the same thing. Acomplimentary-control point may "permit" either or both of these pairs. If a pointpermits both pairs of codes then:

• Latch On and Pulse Close must perform the same function

• Latch Off and Pulse Trip must perform the same function

Single-function control points may permit one or more of the following control codes:

• Code 0116 "Pulse On"

• Code 0316 "Latch On"

• Code 0416 "Latch Off"

• Code 4116 "Pulse On/Close

• Code 8116 "Pulse On/Trip"

There is no significance to these codes; they do the same thing. Each of thepermitted single-function codes must perform the same function on a given single-function point index.

The original DNP 3.0 specification for the CROB "exposes the details of the devicehardware to the protocol stack. This is unnecessary and creates interoperabilityissues". Moreover, "some IED vendors have implemented points that do differentthings based on the control code that is sent. " E.g. a point latches for the latch codesand pulses for the pulse codes. "This perverts the original intent of the CROB andmakes it impossible for masters that statically configure control codes to beinteroperable with such [IEDs]. This type of implementation is also not transportableacross legacy protocol boundaries."

In the following table, point indices that are marked as “unpaired” will accept thecorrespondingly marked control codes and treat them identically as a “trigger” for thecommand action associated with the point. Unpaired points do not have a statevalue that can be read and a read request, whilst completing successfully, will alwaysreturn a value of zero.

Points that are marked as “paired” behave as complimentary-controls and have astate value that can be read. The Latch On and Pulse On/Close control-codes set thespecified output status point whilst the Latch Off and Pulse On/Trip codes reset it.

The Count field is not supported and must be either zero or one. The On-time, andOff-time fields are ignored. The Queue and Clear bits in the Control-Code field arenot supported and must be zero. The “Pulse Off” control-code code is not supported.


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 149/170

Binary Output Status PointsObject Number: 10Request Function Code supported: 1 (read)Default Variation reported when variation 0 requested: 2 (Binary Output Status)Control Relay Output Blocks (CROB)Object Number: 12Request Function Code supported: 3 (select), 4 (operate), 5 (direct operate), 6 (direct operate, no ack)

Supported CROB Fields

P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex

Name/Description

Pa

ired

Un

pa

ired

Latc

h O

n

Latc

h O

ff

Pu

lse O

n

Pu

lse O

n/C

lose

Pu

lse O

n/T

rip

Setting Group Control:

0 0 0 Activate Setting Group 1 * * * * *




Control Commands:

4 Initiate CB Trip * * * * * *

5 Initiate CB Close * * * * * *

6 4 4 Reset Indication * * * * *

7 5 5 Reset Demand * * * * *

6 6 Reset Negative Phase Sequence Thermal Replica * * * * *

8 7 7 Reset Thermal Overload Replica * * * * *

9 8 8 Clear Event Records * * * * *

10 9 9 Clear Fault Records * * * * *

11 10 10 Clear Maintenance Records * * * * *

12 11 11 Test LEDs * * * * *

13 12 12 Reset Lockout * * * * *

14 13 13 Reset CB Data * * * * *

14 14 Reset RTD Flags * * * * *

Scheme Logic Control Input Signals:

15 15 15 Control Input 1 * * * * *

16 16 16 Control Input 2 * * * * *

17 17 17 Control Input 3 * * * * *

18 18 18 Control Input 4 * * * * *

19 19 19 Control Input 5 * * * * *

20 20 20 Control Input 6 * * * * *

21 21 21 Control Input 7 * * * * *

22 22 22 Control Input 8 * * * * *

23 23 23 Control Input 9 * * * * *

24 24 24 Control Input 10 * * * * *

25 25 25 Control Input 11 * * * * *


Page 150/170 MiCOM P342, P343

Binary Output Status PointsObject Number: 10Request Function Code supported: 1 (read)Default Variation reported when variation 0 requested: 2 (Binary Output Status)Control Relay Output Blocks (CROB)Object Number: 12Request Function Code supported: 3 (select), 4 (operate), 5 (direct operate), 6 (direct operate, no ack)

Supported CROB Fields

P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex

Name/Description

Pa

ired

Un

pa

ired

Latc

h O

n

Latc

h O

ff

Pu

lse O

n

Pu

lse O

n/C

lose

Pu

lse O

n/T

rip

26 26 26 Control Input 12 * * * * *

27 27 27 Control Input 13 * * * * *

28 28 28 Control Input 14 * * * * *

29 29 29 Control Input 15 * * * * *

30 30 30 Control Input 16 * * * * *

31 31 31 Control Input 17 * * * * *

32 32 32 Control Input 18 * * * * *

33 33 33 Control Input 19 * * * * *

34 34 34 Control Input 20 * * * * *

35 35 35 Control Input 21 * * * * *

36 36 36 Control Input 22 * * * * *

37 37 37 Control Input 23 * * * * *

38 38 38 Control Input 24 * * * * *

39 39 39 Control Input 25 * * * * *

40 40 40 Control Input 26 * * * * *

41 41 41 Control Input 27 * * * * *

42 42 42 Control Input 28 * * * * *

43 43 43 Control Input 29 * * * * *

44 44 44 Control Input 30 * * * * *

45 45 45 Control Input 31 * * * * *

46 46 46 Control Input 32 * * * * *

4.3 Counters

The following table lists both Binary Counters (Object 20) and Frozen Counters(Object 21). When a freeze function is performed on a Binary Counter point, thefrozen value is available in the corresponding Frozen Counter point.

By default the Binary Counters (object 20) and Frozen Counters (object 21) areincluded in class 0 polls. The MiCOM S1 setting support software may be used toalter both of these assignments. (Since there is not a change-event object for theBinary Counters or Frozen Counters, the counter points are not part of the class 1, 2,or 3 data sets). However, deselecting a point from class 0 also has the effect ofremoving the point from the point-list of the associated object (20 or 21) andrenumbering the remaining points to ensure the point indices are contiguous.


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 151/170

Moreover, if a point is deselected from the running counter object (20) then it is alsodeselected from the frozen counter object (21).


Binary Counter PointsStatic (Steady-State) Object Number: 20Request Function Code supported: 1(read), 7(freeze), 8(freeze no ack), 9(freeze and clear),

10(freeze and clear, no ack)Static Variation reported when variation 0 requested: 5 (32-Bit Binary Counter without Flag)Change Event Variation reported when variation 0 requested: none – not supportedFrozen Counter PointsStatic (Steady State) Object Number: 21Request Function Code supported: 1 (read)Static Variation reported when variation 0 requested: 9 (32-Bit Binary Counter without Flag)Change Event Variation reported when variation 0 requested: none – not supported

P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex

Name/Description Data Type

0 0 0 3Ph WHours Fwd D10

1 1 1 3Ph WHours Rev D10

2 2 2 3Ph VArHours Fwd D10

3 3 3 3Ph VArHours Rev D10

4 4 4 CB Operations -

4.4 Analog inputs

The following table lists the Analog Inputs (Object 30).

For each point, the “Data Type” code refers to the points scaling information insection §4.5; analog values are provided in a fixed-point integer format derived fromthe relay’s internal per-unit quantities. The scaling information associated with eachdata-type code, in section §4.5, will result in an equivalent secondary (i.e. relay input)value. Additional scaling will be required to produce the primary (i.e. power system)values.

By default, all the static object (object 30) points belong to the Class 0 data set. The“Default Deadband”, and the “Default Change Event Assigned Class” columns areused to represent the absolute amount by which the point must change before ananalog change event will be generated. The default allocation of the points in thechange-event object (object 32) to a change-event class (1, 2, 3) is also indicated.The class 0, deadband, and event class values may be changed with the MiCOM S1setting support software. However, deselecting a point from class 0 also has theeffect of removing the point from the point-list of objects 30 & 32 and renumberingthe remaining points to ensure the point indices are contiguous.



Page 152/170 MiCOM P342, P343

Analog InputsStatic (Steady State) Object Number: 30Change Event Object Number: 32Request Function Codes supported: 1 (read)Static Variation reported when variation 0 requested: 2 (16-Bit Analog Input)Change Event Variation reported when variation 0 requested: 2 (16-Bit Analog Change Event without

Time)

P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex

Name/Description DataType Valid Range Default

Deadband

DefaultChange


none)

Active Group

0 0 0 Active Group D9 1…4 1 3

Measurements 1

1 1 IA Magnitude D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

2 2 IA Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

3 3 IB Magnitude D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

4 4 IB Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

5 5 IC Magnitude D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

6 6 IC Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

1 IA-1 Magnitude D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

2 IA-1 Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

3 IB-1 Magnitude D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

4 IB-1 Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

5 IC-1 Magnitude D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

6 IC-1 Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

7 7 IN Measured Mag D2 0.0000…2.0000 0.01 3

8 8 IN Measured Ang D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

7 IN Derived Mag D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

8 IN Derived Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

9 9 9 I Sen Magnitude D2 0.0000…2.0000 0.01 3

10 10 10 I Sen Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

11 11 11 I1 Magnitude D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

12 12 12 I2 Magnitude D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

13 13 13 I0 Magnitude D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

14 14 14 IA RMS D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

15 15 15 IB RMS D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

16 16 16 IC RMS D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

17 17 17 VAB Magnitude D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

18 18 18 VAB Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

19 19 19 VBC Magnitude D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

20 20 20 VBC Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

21 21 21 VCA Magnitude D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

22 22 22 VCA Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

23 23 23 VAN Magnitude D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

24 24 24 VAN Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

25 25 25 VBN Magnitude D3 0.00…220.00 5 3


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 153/170


Time)

P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex


Deadband

DefaultChange


none)

26 26 26 VBN Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

27 27 27 VCN Magnitude D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

28 28 28 VCN Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

29 29 29 VN Measured Mag D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

30 30 30 VN Measured Ang D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

31 31 31 VN Derived Mag D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

32 32 32 VN Derived Ang D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

33 33 33 V1 Magnitude D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

34 34 34 V2 Magnitude D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

35 35 35 V0 Magnitude D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

36 36 36 VAN RMS D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

37 37 37 VBN RMS D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

38 38 38 VCN RMS D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

39 39 39 Frequency D5 5.00…70.00 0.5 3

Measurements 2

40 40 40 A Phase Watts D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

41 41 41 B Phase Watts D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

42 42 42 C Phase Watts D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

43 43 43 A Phase VArs D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

44 44 44 B Phase VArs D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

45 45 45 C Phase VArs D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

46 46 46 A Phase VA D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

47 47 47 B Phase VA D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

48 48 48 C Phase VA D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

49 49 49 3 Phase Watts D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

50 50 50 3 Phase VArs D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

51 51 51 3 Phase VA D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

52 52 52 3Ph Power Factor D8 0.000…1.000 0.1 3

53 53 53 APh Power Factor D8 0.000…1.000 0.1 3

54 54 54 BPh Power Factor D8 0.000…1.000 0.1 3

55 55 55 CPh Power Factor D8 0.000…1.000 0.1 3

56 56 56 3Ph W Fix Demand D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

57 57 57 3Ph VArs Fix Dem D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

58 58 58 IA Fixed Demand D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

59 59 59 IB Fixed Demand D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

60 60 60 IC Fixed Demand D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3


Page 154/170 MiCOM P342, P343


Time)

P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex


Deadband

DefaultChange


none)

61 61 61 3 Ph W Roll Dem D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

62 62 62 3Ph VArs RollDem D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

63 63 63 IA Roll Demand D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

64 64 64 IB Roll Demand D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

65 65 65 IC Roll Demand D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

66 66 66 3Ph W Peak Dem D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

67 67 67 3Ph VAr Peak Dem D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

68 68 68 IA Peak Demand D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

69 69 69 IB Peak Demand D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

70 70 70 IC Peak Demand D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

Measurements 3

71 IA-2 Magnitude D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

72 IA-2 Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

73 IB-2 Magnitude D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

74 IB-2 Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

75 IC-2 Magnitude D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

76 IC-2 Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

77 IA Differential D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

78 IB Differential D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

79 IC Differential D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

80 IA Bias D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

81 IB Bias D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

82 IC Bias D1 0.000…65.534 0.1 3

71 83 IREF Diff D2 0.0000…2.0000 0.01 3

72 84 IREF Bias D2 0.0000…2.0000 0.01 3

85 VN 3rd Harmonic D3 0.00…220.00 5 3

73 86 NPS Thermal D7 0.00…327.67 10 3

74 87 RTD 1 D14 -40.0…300.0 1 3

75 88 RTD 2 D14 -40.0…300.0 1 3

76 89 RTD 3 D14 -40.0…300.0 1 3

77 90 RTD 4 D14 -40.0…300.0 1 3

78 91 RTD 5 D14 -40.0…300.0 1 3

79 92 RTD 6 D14 -40.0…300.0 1 3

80 93 RTD 7 D14 -40.0…300.0 1 3

81 94 RTD 8 D14 -40.0…300.0 1 3

82 95 RTD 9 D14 -40.0…300.0 1 3


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 155/170


Time)

P341PointIndex

P342PointIndex

P343PointIndex


Deadband

DefaultChange


none)

83 96 RTD 10 D14 -40.0…300.0 1 3

71 84 97 APh Sen Watts D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

72 85 98 APh Sen Vars D6 -3150.0…+3150.0 1 3

73 86 99 APh Power Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

74 87 100 Thermal Overload D7 0.00…327.67 10 3

New in software version‘06’

75 88 101 I1 Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

76 89 102 I2 Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

77 90 103 I0 Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

78 91 104 V1 Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

79 92 105 V2 Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

80 93 106 V0 Phase Angle D4 -180.00…+180.00 1 3

New in software version‘07’

81 94 107 CLIO Input 1 D16 -9999.9…+9999.9 10 3

82 95 108 CLIO Input 2 D16 -9999.9…+9999.9 10 3

83 96 109 CLIO Input 3 D16 -9999.9…+9999.9 10 3

84 97 110 CLIO Input 4 D16 -9999.9…+9999.9 10 3


Page 156/170 MiCOM P342, P343

4.5 Data type codesU

nit

s

A A V

Deg

rees

Hz

W/V

Ar/

VA

%

[Non

e]

[Non

e]

Wh/

VArh

/VA

h

S S Min C s

[Use

r]

Sta

nd

ard

Nu

meri

c R

an

ge

0.00

0…65

.534

0.00

00…

2.00

00

0.00

…22

0.00

-180

.00…

+18

0.00

5.00

…70

.00

-315

0.0…

+31

50.0

0.00

…32

7.67

0.00

0…1.

000

1…4

0…231

-1

-7.0

40…

+7.

040

-0.0

220…

+0.

0220

0.00

…32

7.67

-40.

0…30

0.0

0.00

000…

0.32

767

-999

9.9…

+99

99.9

Ch

an

ge E

ven

tD

ea

db

an

d S

TEP

0.01

In

0.00

1 In

0.1

Vn /

110

0.1

0.1

0.1I

n x

Vn /

110

0.1

0.01 1

In x

Vn

/ 11

0

(0.0

1 In

)( 11

0 /

Vn)

(0.0

01 In

)( 11

0 /

Vn)

0.5

0.1

0.00

01

0.1

Ch

an

ge E

ven

tD

ea

db

an

d M

AX

64 In

2 In

220

Vn /

110

180

70

3200

In x

Vn

/ 11

0

320 1 4

3200

0 In

x V

n /

110

32 In

x (

110

/ Vn

)

2 In

x (

110

/ Vn

)

30 300

0.03

9999

Ch

an

ge E

ven

tD

ea

db

an

d M

IN

0.05

In

0.01

In

0.1

Vn /

110

0.1

0.1

0.1I

n .V

n /

110

0.1

0.01 1

In x

Vn

/ 11

0

(0.0

1 In

)( 11

0 /

Vn)

(0.0

01 In

)( 11

0 /

Vn)

1 0.1

0.00

01

0.1

Defa

ult

Ch

an

ge

Even

tD

ea

db

an

d

0.1

0.01 5 1 0.5 1 10 0.1 1 n/a

0.1

0.01 5 1

0.00

1

10

Sca

lin

g

x In

/ 5

00

x In

/ 1

0000

x Vn

/(1

10 x

100

)

x 0.

01

x 0.

01

x 0.

1In

x Vn

/ 1

10

x 0.

01

x 0.

001

x 1

x In

x V

n /

110

x ( I

n /

1000

)( 11

0 /

Vn)

x ( I

n /

1000

0)( 1

10 /

Vn)

x 0.

01

x 0.

1

x 0.

0000

1

x 0.

1

Na

me/

Desc

rip

tion

Stan

dard

Pha

se, R

MS,

& S

eque

nce

Cur

rent

Sens

itive

Cur

rent

Volta

ge

Ang

le

Freq

uenc

y

Pow

er

Perc

enta

ge

Pow

er F

acto

r

Setti

ng G

roup

Ener

gy

Adm

ittan

ce (S

tand

ard

Cur

rent

)

Adm

ittan

ce (S

ensi

tive

Cur

rent

)

Tim

e (M

inut

es)

Tem

pera

ture

(Cel

sius

)

Tim

e (S

econ

ds)

CLI

O In

put V

alue

Da

taTy

pe

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

D8

D9

D10

D11

D12

D13

D14

D15

D16

Not

es:

1.

In a

nd V

n ar

e th

e re

lay

inpu

t rat

ings

: 1A

or

5A a

nd 1

10V

or 4

40V

resp

ectiv

ely.

2.

The

scal

ing

valu

e re

pres

ents

the

mul

tiplie

r re

quire

d fo

r th

e m

aste

r st

atio

n to

sca

le th

e va

lue

obta

ined

from

the

rela

y to

the

rela

y’s

seco

ndar

y (i.

e. in

put)

term

s. A

dditi

onal

sca

ling

will

be

requ

ired

by th

e m

aste

r st

atio

n to

obt

ain

prim

ary

quan

titie

s.

3.

Type

D6

can

repr

esen

t Wat

ts, V

Ars

or

VA, t

he e

xact

uni

t app

lied

depe

nds

on th

e de

scrip

tion

of th

e ite

m.

4.

The

defa

ult c

hang

e ev

ent d

eadb

and

is u

sed

unle

ss s

peci

fied

othe

rwis

e in

the

poin

t lis

t.

5.

All

quan

titie

s ar

e pr

esen

ted

to th

e re

lay’

s in

tern

al D

NP3

inte

rfac

e as

sig

ned

32-b

it va

lues

. U

se o

f the

16-

bit v

aria

tions

will

req

uire

an

asse

ssm

ent o

n a

poin

t by

poin

t bas

is a

s to

whe

ther

the

valu

e sh

ould

be

trea

ted

as s

igne

d or

uns

igne

d. T

he s

peci

fied

num

eric

ran

ge fo

r ea

ch p

oint

can

be

used

as

a go

od g

uide

to m

akin

g th

is d

ecis

ion.

6.

The

“D16

” un

its a

re d

efin

ed b

y th

e us

er, d

epen

ding

on

the

type

of C

LIO

tran

sduc

er c

onne

cted

.


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 157/170

MiCOM P342 PROGRAMMABLE SCHEME LOGIC (07)

Opto Input and Fault Record Trigger Mappings

!"

#$%&'(

)#*$%(

"+&'(#$

)",

"-

-".&

"

+"&'(#*$

/#0

1

/'&233413

P34x/EN GC/F33 Relay Menu Databases

Page 158/170 MiCOM P342, P343


Output Relay Mappings

5

+-

+-67

+-/7+

+-.&5

8

+-+/$

+)

+)

+-

+

++

++

+

+

+

+)6!9:

++*.;

+/2/

+-.&5

+#$

+--#$

+6$

+6*$

+6*$

++-#;/$

++#/$

++#*$

++#*$

+/2/

+);.&5

+);.&5

+6<

=7

+=7

+)) %<!"

"#1

)"#1

"#1

"#1+


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 159/170



5

.%4&>

+-/7+

+-67

+#$

+--#$

+-.&5

+-+/$

+6$

+6*$

+6*$

++-#;/$

++#/$

++#*$

++#*$

+)

+)

+-

+-

+

++

++

+

+

+

+)6!9:

++*.;

+/2/

+/2/

+);.&5

+6<

=7

+=7

+)) %<!"

"#1

)"#1

"#1

"#1+


Page 160/170 MiCOM P342, P343



+?;/

+-24' 1

+01@@

+/2/

+/2/

++*.;

+)6!9:

+

+

+

++

++

+

+-

+-

+)

+)

++#*$

++#*$

++#/$

++-#;/$

+6*$

+6*$

+67

+-67

+6$

+6$

+)/7

+-/7

+-/7

+-/7+

+-/$

+-+/$

+-.&5

+-.&5

+--#$

+#$

5

1

+);.&5

+);.&5

+)-.;:=

+).;:=

+6<+

=7 =7

+)) %<!"

"#1

)"#1

"#1

"#1+


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 161/170



&<@@

+01%

/A.&%

6&3.&%

+6$

+67

+-/$

+-/7

+-/7

+)/7

-/2>&@

+&2/

&

&'

<1'

%%

)/2/%

6!9:%

*.;%

41B1

+41/

41/

;%

//A"&'(

<%"&'(

))<%41

)<"&'(&

)-<41

)#C"&'(&%

)#C41%

)+/%

)/%

)6/%

);0&&#1>2

- %%

"2#!./

"2<!./

"#1%

"#1%

+"#1%

"#1+%

"##7/%

-"##7/%

"##7/%

)"#+#7/%


Page 162/170 MiCOM P342, P343



;3

-6&/

;3

!/

5

/+

+-/7+

+-67

+-+/$

+6$

+6*$

+6*$

++-#;/$

++#/$

++#*$

++#*$

+)@


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 163/170


LED Mappings

-"' 13 "-

"' 13 "

-

*&1"' 13

"

)"' 13 "

"' 13 "

-"' 13 "+

"' 13 "

+"' 13 "

+-+/$

+-/7+

+-67

-1 ;

+-.&5

+6$

++*.;

+

/2/

+/2/

+#$

+--#$

+6*$

+6*$

++#/$

++-#;/$

++#*$

++#*$

+)

;.&5

+6<


Page 164/170 MiCOM P342, P343


Opto Input and Fault Record Trigger Mappings

"-

)",

)#*$%(

#$%&'(

!"

/#0

1

+"&'(#*$

"+&'(#$

"

-".&

/'&233413


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 165/170



+?;/

+-24' 1

+01@@

+/2/

++#*$

++#*$

++#/$

++-#;/$

+6*$

+6*$

+6$

+--#$

+#$

+-.&5

+/2/

++*.;

+)6!9:

+

+

+

++

++

+

+-

+-

+)

+)

+-.&5

8

5

+-67

+-/7+

+-+/$

+)-.;:=

+);.&5

+).;:=

+);.&5

+6<

=7

+)) %<!"

+=7

"#1

)"#1

"#1

"#1+


Page 166/170 MiCOM P342, P343



+?;/

+-24' 1

+01@@

+/2/

+/2/

++*.;

+)6!9:

+

+

+

++

++

+

+-

+-

+)

+)

++#*$

++#*$

++#/$

++-#;/$

+6*$

+6*$

+6$

+-+/$

+-.&5

+--#$

+#$

5

.%4&>

+-/7+

+-67

+);.&5

+)-.;:=

+).;:=

+6<

+=7

+)) %<!"

"#1

)"#1

"#1

"#1+

=7


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 167/170



+?;/

+-24' 1

+01@@

+/2/

+/2/

++*.;

+)6!9:

+

+

+

++

++

+

+-

+-

+)

+)

++#*$

++#*$

++#/$

++-#;/$

+6*$

+6*$

+67

+-67

+6$

+6$

+)/7

+-/7

+-/7

+-/7+

+-/$

+-+/$

+-.&5

+-.&5

+--#$

+#$

5

1

+);.&5

+);.&5

+)-.;:=

+).;:=

+6<+

=7 =7

+)) %<!"

"#1

)"#1

"#1

"#1+


Page 168/170 MiCOM P342, P343



);0&&#1>2

)6/%

)/%

)+/%

)#C41%

)#C"&'(&%

)-<41

)<"&'(&

))<%41

<%"&'(

//A"&'(

;%

41/

+41/

41B1

*.;%

6!9:%

)/2/%

%%

<1'

&'

&

+&2/

-/2>&@

+)/7

+-/7

+-/7

+67

+6$

+-/$

6&3.&%

"2#!./

"2<!./

"#1%

"#1%

+"#1%

"#1+%

"##7/%

-"##7/%

"##7/%

)"#+#7/%

%%

&<@@

+01%

/A.&%

-


MiCOM P342, P343 Page 169/170



+)@

+?;/

++#*$

++#*$

++#/$

++-#;/$

+6*$

+6*$

+6$

;3

-6&

+-+/$

+01@@

++*.;

+/2/

+/2/

+-.&5

+-.&5

+)6!9: ;3

+6!9:

+-67

+-/7+

+);.&5

+);.&5

+6<

=7

+=7

;3

.&5

;3

//

;3

; '()

;3

*.;

;3

)@@

;3

/A-

;3

!/

5

/+


Page 170/170 MiCOM P342, P343


LED Mappings

+?;/

++#*$

++#*$

++-#;/$

++#/$

+6*$

+6*$

+/2/

+/2/

++*.;

+6$

+-+/$

-"' 13 "+

"' 13 "

)

*&1"' 13

"

+--#$

+#$ "' 13 "

+-.&5

-1 ;

-

*&1"' 13

"

+-67

+-/7+

"' 13 "

-"' 13 "-

+"' 13 "

+)

;.&5

+6<

External Connection P34x/EN CO/F33DiagramsMiCOM P342, P343

EXTERNAL CONNECTIONDIAGRAMS

P34x/EN CO/F33 External ConnectionDiagrams

MiCOM P342, P343

External Connection P34x/EN CO/F33DiagramsMiCOM P342, P343 Page 1/36

Figure 1: Comms Options MiCOM Px40 Platform



Figure 2: Generator Protection Relay (40TE) for Small Generator Using VEE ConnectedVT's (8 I/P & 7 O/P)


Figure 3: Generator Protection Relay (40TE) for Small Generator with Sensitive Power(8 I/P & 7 O/P)



Figure 4: Generator Protection Relay (40TE) for Small Generator (8 I/P & 7 O/P & RTD’s)


Figure 5: Generator Protection Relay (40TE) for Small Generator (8 I/P & 7 O/P & RTD’s)



Figure 6: Generator Protection Relay (40TE) for Small Generator (8 I/P & 7 O/P & CLIO)


Figure 7: Generator Protection Relay (40TE) for Small Generator (8 I/P & 15 O/P)



Figure 10: Generator Protection Relay (60TE) for Small Generator (16 I/P & 16 O/P &RTD’s & CLIO)


Figure 11: Generator Protection Relay (60TE) for Small Generator (16 I/P & 16 O/P &RTD’s & CLIO)



Figure 12: Generator Protection Relay (60TE) for Small Generator (24 I/P & 16 O/P &RTD’s)


Figure 13: Generator Protection Relay (60TE) for Small Generator (16 I/P & 24 O/P &RTD’s)



Figure 14: Generator Protection Relay (60TE) with Biased Differential (16 I/P & 14 O/P &RTD’s)


Figure 15: Generator Protection Relay (60TE) (16 I/P & 14 O/P & RTD’s)



Figure 16: Generator Protection Relay (60TE) with High Impedance Differential (16 I/P &14 O/P)


Figure 17: Generator Protection Relay (60TE) with High Impedance Differential (16 I/P &14 O/P)



Figure 18: Generator Protection Relay with Biased Differential Using VEE Connected VT’sand Sensitive Power (16 I/P & 14 O/P)


Figure 19: Generator Protection Relay (60TE) with Biased Differential (16 I/P & 14 O/P &CLIO)



Figure 20: Generator Protection Relay (60TE) with Biased Differential (24 I/P & 14 O/P)


Figure 21: Generator Protection Relay (60TE) with Biased Differential (16 I/P & 22 O/P)



Figure 22: Generator Protection Relay (80TE) with Biased Differential (24 I/P & 24 O/P & RTD’s & CLIO)


Figure 23: Generator Protection Relay (80TE) with Biased Differential (24 I/P & 24 O/P & RTD’s & CLIO)



Figure 26: Generator Protection Relay (80TE) with Biased Differential (32 I/P & 16 O/P &RTD & CLIO)


Figure 27: Generator Protection Relay (80TE) with Biased Differential (16 I/P & 32 O/P &RTD & CLIO)



Figure 28: Assembly P341/2 Generator Protection Relay (40TE) (8 I/P & 7 O/P withOptional I/P & O/P)


Figure 29: Assembly P342 Generator Protection Relay (40TE) (8 I/P & 7 O/P with OptionalRTD & CLIO)



Figure 30: Assembly P342 Generator Protection Relay (60TE) (16 I/P & 16 O/P withOptional I/P & O/P)


Figure 31: Assembly P342 Generator Protection Relay (60TE) (16 I/P & 16 O/P withOptional RTD & CLIO)



Figure 36: Assembly P343 Generator Protection Relay (80TE) (32 I/P & 16 O/P & RTD &CLIO or 16 I/P & 32 O/P & RTD & CLIO)

Hardware/Software Version P34x/EN VC/E33History and CompatibilityMiCOM P342, P343

HARDWARE / SOFTWARE VERSIONHISTORY AND COMPATIBILITY

(Note: Includes versions released and supplied to customers only)

P34x/EN VC/E33 Hardware/Software VersionHistory and Compatibility

MiCOM P342, P343

Hardware/Software Version P34x/EN VC/E33History and CompatibilityMiCOM P342, P343 Page 1/16

Rela

y ty

pe:

P342

/3 …

Soft

wa

reV

ers

ion

Maj

orM

inor

Ha

rdw

are

Suff

ixO

rig

ina

lD

ate

of

Issu

eD

esc

rip

tion

of

Ch

an

ges

S1C

om

pa

tib

ilit

yTe

chn

ica

lD

ocu

men

tati

on

AA

Oct

199

9O

rigin

al Is

sue

V1.0

9 or

Lat

erTG

8614

A

BA

Dec

199

9

Cor

rect

ed 9

0 de

gree

pha

se a

ngle

dis

plac

emen

t in

mea

sure

men

t of I

a, Ib

, Ic

Cor

rect

ed R

TD te

mpe

ratu

re a

nd in

valid

sys

tem

freq

uenc

ym

easu

rem

ents

in M

OD

BUS

faul

t rec

ords

Cor

rect

ed V

T sc

alin

g fa

ctor

s fo

r Va

, Vb,

Vc

in fa

ult

reco

rds

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V1.0

9 or

Lat

erTG

8614

A

01

CA

Mar

200

0

Trip

LED

sta

tus

save

d du

ring

pow

er c

yclin

g

Cor

rect

ions

to o

mis

sion

of f

ault

dura

tion

and

CB

oper

atin

g tim

e in

faul

t rec

ord

Cor

rect

ed -

90 d

egre

e ph

ase

angl

e di

spla

cem

ent i

nm

easu

rem

ent o

f VN

and

VN

der

ived

Rese

t of a

larm

s an

d in

dica

tions

eve

nt a

dded

to e

vent

reco

rd

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V1.0

9 or

Lat

erTG

8614

A

02

AA

Oct

200

0

DN

P 3.

0 pr

otoc

ol a

dded

Cou

rier

and

MO

DBU

S en

hanc

emen

ts to

impr

ove

com

patib

ility

with

oth

er p

rote

ctio

n (m

ainl

y PX

20pr

oduc

ts)

Mod

ifica

tions

to IE

C60

870-

5-10

3 Te

st M

ode

Pole

dead

logi

c D

DB

sign

als

mad

e vi

sibl

e in

PSL

Fore

ign

Lang

uage

text

upd

ated

V1.1

0 or

Lat

erTG

8614

B


Page 2/16 MiCOM P342, P343R

ela

y ty

pe:

P342

/3 …

Soft

wa

reV

ers

ion

Maj

orM

inor

Ha

rdw

are

Suff

ixO

rig

ina

lD

ate

of

Issu

eD

esc

rip

tion

of

Ch

an

ges

S1C

om

pa

tib

ilit

yTe

chn

ica

lD

ocu

men

tati

on

02

Con

t.A

AO

ct 2

000

Act

ive

and

reac

tive

pow

er a

dded

to M

OD

BUS

faul

tre

cord

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V1.1

0 or

Lat

erTG

8614

B

AA

Jan

2001

Even

t filt

erin

g ad

ded

Cor

rect

ion

to e

nerg

y m

easu

rem

ent i

nacc

urac

y

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

0 or

Lat

erTG

8614

B

BA

May

200

1

C

orre

ctio

n to

NPS

Ala

rm o

pera

tion

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

0 or

Lat

erTG

8614

B

CA

Jan

2002

Reso

lved

pos

sibl

e re

boot

cau

sed

by D

istu

rban

ceRe

cord

er

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

0 or

Lat

erTG

8614

B

DA

Feb

2002

Reso

lved

pos

sibl

e re

boot

cau

sed

by in

valid

MO

DBU

Sre

ques

ts

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

0 or

Lat

erTG

8614

B0

3

EA

Dec

200

2

Enha

nced

DN

P 3.

0 O

bjec

t 10

supp

ort f

or P

ulse

On/

Clo

se c

ontr

ol p

oint

s

DN

P 3.

0 O

bjec

t 10

incl

uded

in C

lass

0 p

oll

DN

P 3.

0 su

ppor

t for

sea

son

in ti

me

info

rmat

ion

Cor

rect

ion

to M

OD

BUS

CB

Trip

and

Clo

se v

ia "0

"co

mm

and

Cha

nge

to n

eutr

al v

olta

ge d

ispl

acem

ent p

rote

ctio

n an

ddi

rect

iona

l SEF

pro

tect

ion

so th

at th

ey a

re n

ot b

lock

ed b

yth

e VT

sup

ervi

sion

logi

c w

hen

whe

n th

e VN

Inpu

t and

ISEF

>VN

Pol a

re s

elec

ted

as M

easu

red


Rela

y ty

pe:

P342

/3 …

Soft

wa

reV

ers

ion

Maj

orM

inor

Ha

rdw

are

Suff

ixO

rig

ina

lD

ate

of

Issu

eD

esc

rip

tion

of

Ch

an

ges

S1C

om

pa

tib

ilit

yTe

chn

ica

lD

ocu

men

tati

on

03

Con

t.E

AD

ec 2

002

Cor

rect

ion

to u

nder

volta

ge s

tage

2 (V

<2)

set

ting

rang

e.Th

e se

tting

ran

ge h

as b

een

incr

ease

d fr

om 1

0-70

V to

10-1

20V

(Vn=

110/

120V

) so

that

it is

the

sam

e as

V<

1

Cor

rect

ion

to V

T ra

tio s

calin

g pr

oble

m in

the

dist

urba

nce

reco

rder

Impr

ovem

ent t

o th

e RT

D s

tart

-up

calib

ratio

n ro

utin

e

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

0 or

Lat

erTG

8614

B

AA

Jun

2001

Not

rel

ease

d to

pro

duct

ion

Pole

slip

ping

and

sen

sitiv

e re

vers

e po

wer

add

ed

100%

sta

tor

eart

h fa

ult p

rote

ctio

n en

hanc

emen

ts

Neu

tral

vol

tage

dis

plac

emen

t thr

esho

ld, V

N>

1/2,

incr

ease

d fr

om 5

0 to

80V

(Vn=

100/

120V

), 20

0 to

320

V(V

n=38

0/48

0V)

Eart

h fa

ult p

olar

isin

g vo

ltage

thre

shol

d, V

npol

, inc

reas

edfr

om 2

2 to

88V

(Vn=

100/

120V

) and

88

to 3

52V

(Vn=

380/

480V

)

cos

phi a

nd s

in p

hi fe

atur

es a

dded

to S

EF p

rote

ctio

n

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

1 or

Lat

erTG

8614

B

BA

Jul 2

001

Not

rel

ease

d to

pro

duct

ion

Min

or b

ug fi

x to

bac

kgro

und

self

chec

k di

agno

stic

sin

trod

uced

in 0

4AV2

.01

or L

ater

TG86

14B

04

CA

Dec

200

1

C

orre

ctio

n to

Cou

rier

NPS

ther

mal

res

et c

omm

and

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

1 or

Lat

erTG

8614

B



ela

y ty

pe:

P342

/3 …

Soft

wa

reV

ers

ion

Maj

orM

inor

Ha

rdw

are

Suff

ixO

rig

ina

lD

ate

of

Issu

eD

esc

rip

tion

of

Ch

an

ges

S1C

om

pa

tib

ilit

yTe

chn

ica

lD

ocu

men

tati

on

DA

Jan

2002

Reso

lved

pos

sibl

e re

boot

cau

sed

by D

istu

rban

ceRe

cord

er

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

1 or

Lat

erTG

8614

B

EA

Feb

2002

Reso

lved

pos

sibl

e re

boot

cau

sed

by in

valid

MO

DBU

Sre

ques

ts

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

1 or

Lat

erTG

8614

B

04

Con

t.

FA

Dec

200

2

Enha

nced

DN

P 3.

0 O

bjec

t 10

supp

ort f

or P

ulse

On/

Clo

se c

ontr

ol p

oint

s

DN

P 3.

0 O

bjec

t 10

incl

uded

in C

lass

0 p

oll

DN

P 3.

0 su

ppor

t for

sea

son

in ti

me

info

rmat

ion

Cor

rect

ion

to M

OD

BUS

CB

Trip

and

Clo

se v

ia "0

"co

mm

and

Cha

nge

to n

eutr

al v

olta

ge d

ispl

acem

ent p

rote

ctio

n an

ddi

rect

iona

l SEF

pro

tect

ion

so th

at th

ey a

re n

ot b

lock

ed b

yth

e VT

sup

ervi

sion

logi

c w

hen

the

VN In

put a

ndIS

EF>

VNPo

l are

sel

ecte

d as

Mea

sure

d

Cor

rect

ion

to u

nder

volta

ge s

tage

2 (V

<2)

set

ting

rang

e.Th

e se

tting

ran

ge h

as b

een

incr

ease

d fr

om 1

0-70

V to

10-1

20V

(Vn=

110/

120V

) so

that

it is

the

sam

e as

V<

1

Cor

rect

ion

to V

T ra

tio s

calin

g pr

oble

m in

the

dist

urba

nce

reco

rder

Impr

ovem

ent t

o th

e RT

D s

tart

-up

calib

ratio

n ro

utin

e

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

1 or

Lat

erTG

8614

B


Rela

y ty

pe:

P342

/3 …

Soft

wa

reV

ers

ion

Maj

orM

inor

Ha

rdw

are

Suff

ixO

rig

ina

lD

ate

of

Issu

eD

esc

rip

tion

of

Ch

an

ges

S1C

om

pa

tib

ilit

yTe

chn

ica

lD

ocu

men

tati

on

AA

/BSe

pt 2

001

Not

rel

ease

d to

pro

duct

ion

Ther

mal

ove

rload

pro

tect

ion

adde

d

Add

ition

al s

tage

of u

nder

-im

peda

nce

prot

ectio

n

Con

trol

inpu

ts a

dded

PSL

DD

B lis

t of s

igna

ls in

crea

sed

from

512

to 1

023

sign

als

PSL

Dat

a m

enu

adde

d w

ith P

SL R

efer

ence

info

rmat

ion

for

vers

ion

hist

ory

Opt

iona

l add

ition

al o

pto

inpu

ts a

nd o

utpu

t con

tact

s w

itha

larg

er c

ase

size

opt

ion

avai

labl

e

New

‘Uni

vers

al’ w

ide

rang

ing

opto

inpu

ts (M

odel

num

ber

hard

war

e su

ffix

chan

ged

to B

)

New

out

put c

onta

cts

with

bet

ter

brea

k an

d co

ntin

uous

carr

y ra

tings

(Mod

el n

umbe

r ha

rdw

are

suffi

x ch

ange

d to

B)

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

Cou

rier

and

MO

DBU

S bu

ilds

only

V2.0

5 or

Lat

erP3

4x/E

N T

/C11

05

BA

/BO

ct 2

001

Not

rel

ease

d to

pro

duct

ion

Cor

rect

ion

to V

T ra

tio s

calin

g pr

oble

m in

the

dist

urba

nce

reco

rder

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

Cou

rier

and

MO

DBU

S bu

ilds

only

V2.0

5 or

Lat

erP3

4x/E

N T

/C11



ela

y ty

pe:

P342

/3 …

Soft

wa

reV

ers

ion

Maj

orM

inor

Ha

rdw

are

Suff

ixO

rig

ina

lD

ate

of

Issu

eD

esc

rip

tion

of

Ch

an

ges

S1C

om

pa

tib

ilit

yTe

chn

ica

lD

ocu

men

tati

on

1(C

)A

/BJa

n 20

02

IEC

6087

0-5-

103

build

with

spe

cial

priv

ate

code

map

ping

for

ALS

TOM

Pow

er p

roje

ct in

Icel

and.

Inc

lude

spr

ivat

e co

des

and

unco

mpr

esse

d di

stur

banc

e re

cord

er

Reso

lved

pos

sibl

e re

boot

cau

sed

by D

istu

rban

ceRe

cord

er

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

IEC

6087

0-5-

103

build

onl

y

V2.0

5 or

Lat

erP3

4x/E

N T

/C11

DA

/BFe

b 20

02

Reso

lved

pos

sibl

e re

boot

cau

sed

by D

istu

rban

ceRe

cord

er

Reso

lved

pos

sibl

e re

boot

cau

sed

by in

valid

MO

DBU

Sre

ques

ts

Enha

ncem

ents

to IE

C60

870-

5-10

3 bu

ild to

incl

ude

priv

ate

code

s, m

onito

r bl

ocki

ng a

nd d

istu

rban

ce r

ecor

dex

trac

tion.

New

unc

ompr

esse

d di

stur

banc

e re

cord

er fo

rIE

C60

870-

5-10

3 bu

ild o

nly

Cor

rect

ion

to C

ourie

r N

PS th

erm

al r

eset

com

man

d

Cor

rect

ion

to IE

C60

870-

5-10

3 vo

ltage

mea

sure

men

tsfo

r Vn

=38

0/48

0V r

elay

s

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

5 or

Lat

erP3

4x/E

N T

/C11

EA

/BM

ar 2

002

Cor

rect

ion

to fo

reig

n la

ngua

ge te

xt fo

r Sy

stem

Bac

kup

prot

ectio

n no

t inc

lude

d in

pre

viou

s 05

sof

twar

e bu

ilds

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

5 or

Lat

erP3

4x/E

N T

/C11

05

Con

t.

FA

/BO

ct 2

002

Enha

nced

DN

P 3.

0 O

bjec

t 10

supp

ort f

or P

ulse

On/

Clo

se c

ontr

ol p

oint

s

Cor

rect

ion

to M

OD

BUS

CB

Trip

and

Clo

se v

ia "0

"co

mm

and


Rela

y ty

pe:

P342

/3 …

Soft

wa

reV

ers

ion

Maj

orM

inor

Ha

rdw

are

Suff

ixO

rig

ina

lD

ate

of

Issu

eD

esc

rip

tion

of

Ch

an

ges

S1C

om

pa

tib

ilit

yTe

chn

ica

lD

ocu

men

tati

on

FA

/BO

ct 2

002

Cha

nge

to n

eutr

al v

olta

ge d

ispl

acem

ent p

rote

ctio

n an

ddi

rect

iona

l SEF

pro

tect

ion

so th

at th

ey a

re n

ot b

lock

ed b

yth

e VT

sup

ervi

sion

logi

c w

hen

the

VN In

put a

ndIS

EF>

VNPo

l are

sel

ecte

d as

Mea

sure

d

Cor

rect

ion

to u

nder

volta

ge s

tage

2 (V

<2)

set

ting

rang

e.Th

e se

tting

ran

ge h

as b

een

incr

ease

d fr

om 1

0-70

V to

10-1

20V

(Vn=

110/

120V

) so

that

it is

the

sam

e as

V<

1

Impr

ovem

ent t

o th

e RT

D s

tart

-up

calib

ratio

n ro

utin

e

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

05

Con

t.

(1) F

A/B

Oct

200

2

IEC

6087

0-5-

103

build

with

spe

cial

priv

ate

code

map

ping

for

ALS

TOM

Pow

er p

roje

ct in

Icel

and.

Inc

lude

spr

ivat

e co

des

and

unco

mpr

esse

d di

stur

banc

e re

cord

er

Cor

rect

ion

to IE

C60

870-

5-10

3 vo

ltage

mea

sure

men

tsfo

r Vn

=38

0/48

0V r

elay

s

Cor

rect

ion

to fo

reig

n la

ngua

ge te

xt fo

r Sy

stem

Bac

kup

prot

ectio

n no

t inc

lude

d in

pre

viou

s 05

sof

twar

e bu

ilds

Cha

nge

to n

eutr

al v

olta

ge d

ispl

acem

ent p

rote

ctio

n an

ddi

rect

iona

l SEF

pro

tect

ion

so th

at th

ey a

re n

ot b

lock

ed b

yth

e VT

sup

ervi

sion

logi

c w

hen

whe

n th

e VN

Inpu

t and

ISEF

>VN

Pol a

re s

elec

ted

as M

easu

red

Impr

ovem

ent t

o th

e RT

D s

tart

-up

calib

ratio

n ro

utin

e

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

IEC

6087

0-5-

103

build

onl

y

V2.0

5 or

Lat

erP3

4x/E

N T

/C11



ela

y ty

pe:

P342

/3 …

Soft

wa

reV

ers

ion

Maj

orM

inor

Ha

rdw

are

Suff

ixO

rig

ina

lD

ate

of

Issu

eD

esc

rip

tion

of

Ch

an

ges

S1C

om

pa

tib

ilit

yTe

chn

ica

lD

ocu

men

tati

on

06

AA

/CA

ug 2

000

Not

rel

ease

d to

pro

duct

ion

Add

ition

al ID

MT

char

acte

ristic

s fo

r ov

ercu

rren

t and

volta

ge d

epen

dent

ove

rcur

rent

pro

tect

ion

(rec

tifie

r an

d RI

curv

e), e

arth

faul

t pro

tect

ion

(RI a

nd ID

G c

urve

) and

sens

itive

ear

th fa

ult p

rote

ctio

n (ID

G c

urve

)

Cha

nge

to ti

me

dial

set

ting

rang

e of

IEEE

and

US

curv

es.

Prev

ious

ly c

urve

s w

ere

base

d on

TD

/7 w

here

TD

= 0

.5-

15.

Now

, cur

ves

are

base

d on

TD

whe

re T

D =

0.0

1-10

0. A

lso,

incl

udes

cha

nge

to U

S ST

Inve

rse

(C02

)cu

rve.

K c

onst

ant a

nd L

con

stan

t mul

tiple

d x

7 be

caus

eof

cha

nge

to T

D, n

ow K

=0.

1675

8 an

d L=

0.11

858

Ang

le m

easu

rem

ents

for

sequ

ence

qua

ntiti

es in

Mea

sure

men

ts 1

men

u ad

ded

Inte

rtur

n pr

otec

tion

adde

d

Opt

iona

l 2nd

rea

r co

mm

unic

atio

n po

rt a

dded

New

pow

er s

uppl

y w

ith in

crea

sed

outp

ut r

atin

g an

dre

duce

d dc

inru

sh c

urre

nt (t

ypic

ally

< 1

0A).

(Mod

elnu

mbe

r ha

rdw

are

chan

ged

to s

uffix

C)

Wid

er s

ettin

g ra

nge

for

Pow

er a

nd S

ensi

tive

Pow

erpr

otec

tion.

P>

1/2

(rev

erse

pow

er) a

nd P

<1/

2 (lo

wfo

rwar

d po

wer

) max

imum

set

ting

chan

ged

from

40I

n to

300I

n W

(Vn=

100/

120V

) and

from

160

In W

to 1

200I

nW

(Vn=

380/

480V

). S

en –

P>1/

2 an

d Se

n P<

1/2

max

imum

set

ting

chan

ged

from

15I

n to

100

In W

(Vn=

100/

120V

) and

from

60I

n to

400

In W

(Vn=

380/

480V

). T

here

is a

lso

an a

dditi

onal

set

ting

for

the

Pow

er a

nd S

ensi

tive

Pow

er p

rote

ctio

n to

sel

ect t

heO

pera

ting

mod

e as

Gen

erat

ing

or M

otor

ing

V2.0

6 or

Lat

erP3

4x/E

N T

/D22


Rela

y ty

pe:

P342

/3 …

Soft

wa

reV

ers

ion

Maj

orM

inor

Ha

rdw

are

Suff

ixO

rig

ina

lD

ate

of

Issu

eD

esc

rip

tion

of

Ch

an

ges

S1C

om

pa

tib

ilit

yTe

chn

ica

lD

ocu

men

tati

on

AA

/CA

ug 2

000

Wid

er s

ettin

g ra

nge

for

the

volta

ge d

epen

dent

over

curr

ent p

rote

ctio

n. V

olt D

ep O

C V

<1

and

V<2

min

imum

set

ting

chan

ged

from

20

to 5

V(V

n=10

0/12

0V) a

nd fr

om 8

0 to

20V

(Vn=

380/

480V

). V

Dep

OC

k S

et m

inim

um s

ettin

g ch

ange

d fr

om 0

.25

to0.

1

Max

imum

ove

rfre

quen

cy p

rote

ctio

n se

tting

incr

ease

dfr

om 6

5 to

68

Hz

Cha

nge

to u

nder

volta

ge s

tage

2 (V

<2)

set

ting

rang

e to

corr

ect a

n er

ror.

The

set

ting

rang

e ha

s be

en in

crea

sed

from

10-

70 V

to 1

0-12

0V (V

n=10

0/12

0V) s

o th

at it

isth

e sa

me

as V

<1

Cha

nge

to n

eutr

al v

olta

ge d

ispl

acem

ent p

rote

ctio

n an

ddi

rect

iona

l SEF

pro

tect

ion

so th

at th

ey a

re n

ow n

otbl

ocke

d by

the

volta

ge tr

ansf

orm

er s

uper

visi

on lo

gic

whe

n th

e VN

Inpu

t and

ISEF

> V

N P

ol a

re s

elec

ted

asM

easu

red

Incl

udes

all

the

impr

ovem

ents

and

cor

rect

ions

in 0

5Fso

ftwar

e ex

cept

for

2 en

hanc

emen

ts s

how

n fo

r 06

B

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

6 or

Lat

erP3

4x/E

N T

/D22

06

Con

t.

BA

/CO

ct 2

002

Cor

rect

ion

to u

nder

volta

ge s

tage

2 (V

<2)

set

ting

rang

e.Th

e se

tting

ran

ge h

as b

een

incr

ease

d fr

om 1

0-70

V to

10-1

20V

(Vn=

110/

120V

) so

that

it is

the

sam

e as

V<

1

Impr

ovem

ent t

o th

e RT

D s

tart

-up

calib

ratio

n ro

utin

e

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

6 or

Lat

erP3

4x/E

N T

/D22



ela

y ty

pe:

P342

/3 …

Soft

wa

reV

ers

ion

Maj

orM

inor

Ha

rdw

are

Suff

ixO

rig

ina

lD

ate

of

Issu

eD

esc

rip

tion

of

Ch

an

ges

S1C

om

pa

tib

ilit

yTe

chn

ica

lD

ocu

men

tati

on

AA

/CA

pr 2

003

Not

rel

ease

d to

pro

duct

ion

Opt

iona

l add

ition

al 4

ana

logu

e in

puts

and

4 o

utpu

ts(c

urre

nt lo

op in

puts

and

out

puts

– C

LIO

)

Add

ition

al s

ettin

g to

sel

ect t

he c

urre

nt in

puts

(IA

-1, I

B-1,

IC-1

or

IA-2

, IB-

2, IC

-2) u

sed

for

the

brea

ker

fail

unde

rcur

rent

Two

new

har

dwar

e co

nfig

urat

ions

- (1

) 32

Inpu

ts, 1

6O

utpu

ts, R

TD, C

LIO

(2) 1

6 In

puts

, 32

Out

puts

, RTD

,C

LIO

Num

ber

of a

larm

s in

crea

sed

from

64

to 9

6 (N

ew A

larm

Stat

us 3

wor

d -

32 b

it)

Add

ition

al u

ser

alar

ms.

Pre

viou

sly

1 m

anua

l res

et a

nd 2

self

rese

t use

r al

arm

s, n

ow 1

2 m

anua

l res

et a

nd 4

sel

fre

set u

ser

alar

ms

Con

trol

Inpu

t sta

tes

adde

d to

non

vol

atile

mem

ory

Ger

man

lang

uage

text

upd

ated

Cou

rier

and

MO

DBU

S bu

ilds

only

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

9 or

Lat

erP3

4x/E

N T

/E33

07

BA

/CO

ct 2

003

Pow

er m

easu

rem

ent l

imits

add

ed to

pre

vent

non

zer

ova

lues

with

no

curr

ent a

nd v

olta

ge.

Als

o po

wer

fact

orm

easu

rem

ents

lim

ited

to +

/-1

In th

e C

omm

issi

onin

g Te

st m

enu

the

DD

B st

atus

has

been

mad

e vi

sibl

e on

the

fron

t pan

el d

ispl

ay

Supp

ort f

or T

rip L

ED S

tatu

s an

d A

larm

Sta

tus

adde

d to

G26

dat

a ty

pe fo

r M

OD

BUS

regi

ster

300

01

V2.0

9 or

Lat

erP3

4x/E

N T

/E33


Rela

y ty

pe:

P342

/3 …

Soft

wa

reV

ers

ion

Maj

orM

inor

Ha

rdw

are

Suff

ixO

rig

ina

lD

ate

of

Issu

eD

esc

rip

tion

of

Ch

an

ges

S1C

om

pa

tib

ilit

yTe

chn

ica

lD

ocu

men

tati

on

07

Con

t.B

A/C

Oct

200

3

Cor

rect

ion

to th

e C

B tr

ip/C

lose

func

tiona

lity

via

MO

DBU

S so

that

loca

l/re

mot

e se

tting

in th

e C

B C

ontr

olm

enu

is n

ot ig

nore

d

Cor

rect

ion

to M

OD

BUS

auto

eve

nt e

xtra

ctio

n w

hich

doe

sno

t wor

k co

rrec

tly in

ver

sion

s 05

and

06

softw

are

Exte

nsio

n of

the

cont

rol i

nput

func

tiona

lity

to s

uppo

rtpu

lse

and

latc

h op

erat

ions

in D

NP

3.0

DN

P 3.

0 ob

ject

10

adde

d to

cla

ss 0

pol

l

Cor

rect

ion

to D

NP

3.0

time

sync

ope

ratio

n so

that

it d

oes

not m

odify

the

seas

on b

it in

the

time

stam

p

Impr

ovem

ent t

o th

e di

ffere

ntia

l pro

tect

ion

perf

orm

ance

at lo

w fr

eque

ncie

s

Cor

rect

ion

to th

e m

anua

l res

et u

ser

alar

ms

so th

at th

eev

ent r

ecor

d sh

ows

the

alar

m tu

rnin

g of

f onl

y w

hen

are

set c

omm

and

has

been

issu

ed.

Prev

ious

ly th

e "a

larm

off"

even

t is

prod

uced

onc

e th

e in

itiat

ing

sign

al is

rem

oved

Cor

rect

ion

to th

e fa

ult r

ecor

der

win

dow

for

curr

ent b

ased

trip

s so

that

it c

an te

rmin

ate

prop

erly

onc

e th

eFA

ULT

_REC

_TRI

G s

igna

l (D

DB

288)

is r

eset

. Pr

evio

usly

itne

eded

to w

ait f

or R

elay

3 to

res

et a

lso

befo

rete

rmin

atio

n

DD

B 64

9 fo

r po

le s

lip r

eact

ance

line

sta

rt r

emov

ed fr

omth

e ev

ent l

ist

Min

or b

ug fi

xes

V2.0

9 or

Lat

erP3

4x/E

N T

/E33


Page 12/16 MiCOM P342, P343Re

lay

Softw

are

Vers

ion

0102

0304

0506

07

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

Setting File Software Version


Rela

y So

ftwar

e Ve

rsio

n

0102

0304

0506

07

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

PSL File Software Version


Page 14/16 MiCOM P342, P343Re

lay

Softw

are

Vers

ion

0102

0304

05A

-E05

F06

07

01

02

03

04

05A

-E

05F

06

07

Menu Text File Software Version

M

enu

text

rem

ains

com

patib

le w

ithin

eac

h so

ftwar

e ve

rsio

n (e

xcep

t 05)

but

is N

OT

com

patib

le a

cros

s di

ffere

nt v

ersi

ons.

Hardware/Software Version P34x /EN VC/E33History and CompatibilityMiCOM P342, P343 Page 15/16

Information Required with Order

MiCOM P342 GENERATOR PROTECTION RELAY NOMENCLATURE

A N N N A X X X A X X N N X A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Character Type (A=Alpha, N=Numeric,X=Alpha-numeric)

Character Numbering (Maximum = 15)P 3 4 2 * * * * * * 0 * * 0 *

Vx Aux Rating24-48 Vdc48-110 Vdc, 30-100 Vac110-250 Vdc, 100-240 Vac

123

In/Vn RatingIn=1A/5A, Vn=100/120VIn=1A/5A, Vn=380/480V

12

Hardware OptionsNothingIRIG-B onlyFibre Optic Converter OnlyIRIG-B & Fibre Optic ConverterRear Comms Board*Rear Comms + IRIG-B*

123478

Product SpecificSize 40TE Case, No Option (8 Optos + 7 Relays)Size 40TE Case, 8 Optos + 7 Relays + RTDSize 40TE Case, 8 Optos + 7 Relays + CLIO*Size 40TE Case, 16 Optos + 7 Relays*Size 40TE Case, 8 Optos + 15 Relays*Size 40TE Case, 12 Optos + 11 Relays*Size 60TE Case, 16 Optos + 16 Relays*Size 60TE Case, 16 Optos + 16 Relays + RTD*Size 60TE Case, 16 Optos + 16 Relays + CLIO*Size 60TE Case, 24 Optos + 16 Relays*Size 60TE Case, 16 Optos + 24 Relays*Size 60TE Case, 16 Optos + 16 Relays + RTD + CLIO*Size 60TE Case, 24 Optos + 16 Relays + RTD*Size 60TE Case, 16 Optos + 24 Relays + RTD*

ABCDEFGHJKLMNP

Protocol OptionsK-BusMODBUSIEC870DNP3.0

1234

Mounting Panel Mounting A

Software XX

Setting FilesDefaultCustomer

01

Design SuffixOriginalPhase 2 Hardware

AC

Note Design Suffix

A = Original hardware (48V opto inputs only, lower contact rating, no I/O expansion available)C = Latest hardware (Universal Optos, New Relays, New Power Supply)

* Not available in design suffix A relays

Note MountingFor rack mounting assembled single rack frames and blanking plates are available



Information Required with Order

MiCOM P343 GENERATOR PROTECTION RELAY NOMENCLATURE

A N N N A X X X A X X N N X A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Character Type (A=Alpha, N=Numeric,X=Alpha-numeric)

Character Numbering (Maximum = 15)P 3 4 3 * * * * * * 0 * * 0 *

Vx Aux Rating24-48 Vdc48-110 Vdc, 30-100 Vac110-250 Vdc, 100-240 Vac

123

In/Vn RatingIn=1A/5A, Vn=100/120VIn=1A/5A, Vn=380/480V

12

Hardware OptionsNothingIRIG-B onlyFibre Optic Converter OnlyIRIG-B & Fibre Optic ConverterRear Comms Board*Rear Comms + IRIG-B*

123478

Product SpecificSize 60TE Case, No Option (16 Optos + 14 Relays)Size 60TE Case, 16 Optos + 14 Relays + RTDSize 60TE Case, 16 Optos + 14 Relays + CLIO*Size 60TE Case, 24 Optos + 14 Relays*Size 60TE Case, 16 Optos + 22 Relays*Size 80TE Case, 24 Optos + 24 Relays*Size 80TE Case, 24 Optos + 24 Relays + RTD*Size 80TE Case, 24 Optos + 24 Relays + CLIO*Size 80TE Case, 32 Optos + 24 Relays*Size 80TE Case, 24 Optos + 32 Relays*Size 80TE Case, 24 Optos + 24 Relays + RTD + CLIO*Size 80TE Case, 32 Optos + 24 Relays + RTD*Size 80TE Case, 24 Optos + 32 Relays + RTD*

ABCDEFGHJKLMN

Size 80TE Case, 32 Optos + 16 Relays + RTD + CLIO*Size 80TE Case, 16 Optos + 32 Relays + RTD + CLIO*

PQ

Protocol OptionsK-BusMODBUSIEC870DNP3.0

1234

Mounting Panel MountingRack Mounting (Size 80TE case only)*

AB

Software XX

Setting FilesDefaultCustomer

01

Design SuffixOriginalPhase 2 Hardware

AC

Note Design Suffix

A = Original hardware (48V opto inputs only, lower contact rating, no I/O expansion available)C = Latest hardware (Universal Optos, New Relays, New Power Supply)

* Not available in design suffix A relays

Note MountingFor rack mounting in the 60TE case size assembled single rack frames and blanking plates are available

REPAIR FORM

Please complete this form and return it to AREVA T&D with the equipment to be repaired. Thisform may also be used in the case of application queries.

AREVA T&DSt. Leonards AvenueStaffordST17 4LXEngland

For : After Sales Service Department

Customer Ref: ___________________ Model No: ___________________

AREVA T&D Contract Ref: ___________________ Serial No: ___________________

Date: ___________________

1. What parameters were in use at the time the fault occurred?

AC Volts ___________________ Main VT/Test set

DC Volts ___________________ Battery/Power supply

AC current ___________________ Main CT/Test set

Frequency ___________________

2. Which type of test was being used?

3. Were all the external components fitted where required? Yes / No(Delete as appropriate)

4. List the relay settings being used

5. What did you expect to happen?

continued overleaf

6. What did happen?

7. When did the fault occur?

Instant Yes / No Intermittent Yes / No

Time delayed Yes / No (Delete as appropriate)

By how long? ___________________

8. What indications if any did the relay show?

9. Was there any visual damage?

10. Any other remarks which may be useful:

Signature Title

Name (in capitals) Company name

TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION Energy Automation & Information [email protected] www.areva.com

MICOM P34x_EN_O_F33

Documents

Transcript of MICOM P34x_EN_O_F33